Ranma ½ Senpai: A Story of Good Friends ~Devas Edition~

The First Volume

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#1
Disclaimer: The following is a fan-written parody. Ranma ½ is property of Rumiko Takahashi, Studio Deen, Shogakukan, Viz Media, and Madman Entertainment. Support the official release, okay?


Disclaimer: The following is a fan-written parody. Ranma ½ is property of Rumiko Takahashi, Studio Deen, Shogakukan, Viz Media, and Madman Entertainment. Support the official release, okay?

SENPAI
A story of Good Friends


|Right and Wrong Lessons|

If there was one thing that Katie Izland didn’t like, it was a bully. Back in her hometown of Tillamook, Oregon, she’d seen enough of them at her old High School. They spread nasty rumors, carved words in their victims’ desks, dumped pencil shavings on heads, and if riled enough outright attacked the target of their ire. It wasn’t a good time for her–but don’t be mistaken.

While her experience wasn’t great, theirs was awful.

A lesson Katie took from that point in her life was that when you knowingly messed with and provoked someone stronger than you and you got your ass handed to you on a silver platter for it, it was no one else’s fault but your own. If you could learn your lesson and change your ways though, you had a chance at being a better person. If you kept doing it? You were too dumb to live. It was this lesson that brought Katie to the following conclusion:

96% of Furinkan High School’s male student population were irredeemable subhumans.

It was the fourth day in a row that the American transferee had to watch a sad display of lust and desperation take place in front of the school: a literal army of boys from first to third year armed with any weapon they could find was gathering in the front courtyard, waiting for a particular girl to show up so they could attack her.

There had to be nearly two hundred of them now, every club from the kendo and boxing to the non-athletic clubs that had no actual business being out on a battlefield. All of them were there to beat her into submission–so that one of them would take her out on a date.

Setting aside how abhorrent everything about that was, what made it worse was that in spite of their numbers, weapons, and lustful determination? These guys were going to get annihilated by this girl, like they had every time they went after her.

She obliterated them; not even taking so much as a graze as she ripped through them like a chainsaw through melting butter and went on her way to class–she wasn’t going to let something like a gang of would-be rapists get in her way of an education, especially if they couldn’t do jack to her. Yet in spite of that, these clowns were determined to beat that date out of her and on the fourth day of this embarrassment Katie was tired of it.

For as strong as she was, the wrecking ball of their affections was just too nice to beat them properly, and while Katie understood why she wouldn’t want to actually maim any of them. She also knew that if it didn’t get driven into the collective heads of these idiots, they would probably go at this for weeks until it just became some twisted tradition that would never stop.

She didn’t come all the way to Japan just to be stuck in another shitty school full of guys who thought beating the shit out of a girl was a great icebreaker.

So with that in mind, the tall, black-haired girl with striking green eyes rolled her shoulders and began to make her way through the crowd of spectating girls and somewhat smarter boys–the precious 4 percenters who knew better–towards the front of the group of malcontents. At 180cm she was taller than nearly all of the boys, and the moody, intimidating aura of her foreignness combined with the flat, disinterested look she had on her face most of the time parted the more timid and polite of the crowd without her having to ask.

Past the onlookers, she made a line straight for the front gate, walking along the wall. A glance to her left as she reached the gate allowed her to catch sight of the girl in question, a cute girl with long dark hair walking with her slightly taller, bob-cut sporting older sister. Even from this distance, she could see that the girl of the hour was looking pretty agitated.

A glance to her right saw the slavering crowd, of young men readying weapons and psyching themselves up. “Today was the day,” she could hear them reassuring themselves and each other, “One of them will do it! One of them will beat her and get to go on a date with her and maybe even get to win her heart entirely!”

Yeah right.

Katie sighed and stopped, turning to face the group of boys. Seeing her step forth, the horde grew confused and stared at her. It wasn’t like they didn’t know who she was, the foreign transfer student from America’s Pacific Northwest stood out like a sore thumb, being taller than a bunch of the boys and emanating an intimidating aura that put off even the boldest attempts to approach her. Why was she stepping up all of a sudden?

Speaking clearly, but with a rustic accent, she revealed her intentions.

“Howdy guys, don’t y’all think this has gone on long enough?”

|The Buck|

Just outside the school, stomping up the path, Tendo Akane stared with seething malice at the crowd awaiting her. “… I can’t believe this, they’re here again?”

Beside her Tendo Nabiki, her older sister, observed the gathering with lifted eyebrows. “I can almost admire that determination. There isn’t a boy at this school you’ve beaten unconscious now, and here they all are lining up to give it another go.”

Akane’s shoulders dropped as she let out a frustrated groan.

“Well, you can’t fault them for being determined.”

“Yes, I can, they’re just going to keep coming, and coming, until one of them actually beats me,” Akane shot back, not noticing the tall dark-haired girl who walked out in front of the crowd. “Not that any of them can… even holding back all it takes is a one-hitter-quitter and down they go.”

Nabiki, who totally did not resent her younger sister for turning the boys she once flirted with into short-sighted fools who won’t give her the time of day, debated that. “Hey, one could get a lucky shot in.”

Akane sniffed. “Oh yeah, and then what is he gonna do? Ask me out? The moment he does I will be thorough when I turn him into pulp!”

She groaned. “Why are they even obsessed with me? It’s not like someone’s selling pictures of me to give them something to work for.”

“Oh my, someone would have to be a stone-cold money-loving bitch with a jealous streak a mile wide to be so petty,” Nabiki replied.

She was selling pictures, but only to Kuno. The rest just thought Akane was cute–in spite of three beatings in a row she laid on them that already had people questioning their collective manhood.

Akane looked ahead, ready to take on the horde, and saw the situation brewing at the school’s gate. “What’s going on there?”

Up ahead, Katie was in the process of making her polite appeal to the futility of the boys’ situation. “It’s been three days of this and it’s pretty obvious you’re not gonna beat her, so why don’t y'all give it a rest?”

She was expecting a more hostile response–maybe someone calling her a filthy foreigner or telling her to mind her own business, maybe someone brusquely shoving her aside so they could get to the object of their desire. However, they all did neither; all she got from them was a slack-jawed stare that told her they were all having difficulty comprehending what she said.

At the front, a boy in a karate gi was the one to ask. “You want us to… stop?”

Katie stared at their confusion with some of her own.

Were they surprised someone was asking them to stop?

Had anyone just asked them to stop?

Had the girl they were after asked them to stop?!

She put those alarming questions out of mind as she addressed the matter in front of her. “Oh… bless your hearts, but that girl you're trying to cajole into dating you ain't gonna.”

“Not until we beat her!” One enterprising young man called out.

“Yeah!” A few others chorused.

“Y’all don’t understand, even if you could beat her–” Katie tried to emphasize, but an enterprising young boxer cut her off.

“Well, she has to, that’s what Kuno said!”

A fencer in the crowd corrected the young boxer. “No, no, no. If we beat her, then we have permission to ask her out, that’s what Kuno said.”

Now Katie needed a moment to process whatever the hell it was she just heard. “Hold on now… what?”

The karate gi boy explained. “You must understand, Kuno-senpai–who is way stronger than all of us combined–said if any of us tried to date Akane without his permission then he’d beat the crap out of us, and the only way we can get that permission is by beating her in a fight. Therefore, and thusly… here we are. It sucks, but… at least we have a chance against her.”

As the karate boy spoke, Katie’s expression began to darken, her pale face flushing and the darkness growing beneath her left-swept bangs and dog-ear tresses until her eyes looked damn near fluorescent in the pitch darkness the shadows created. When she let out the breath she’d been holding, it streamed from her mouth like it were three below rather than a comfortable seventy–around minus and plus twenty degrees respectively for the celsius minded.

“All right, lemme see if I can grasp what yer fixin’ to say, here,” she began, calmly, but with every word her enunciation slowed and became more forceful as her voice trembled. “The reason y’all are lining up like hogs to slaughter, is because you think you have better odds in beating up the girl y’all want to date than you do the guy tryna stop you from datin’ her?”

The group nodded collectively.

As it was said before, if there was one thing that Katie Izland didn’t like, it was a bully. Back in her hometown of Tillamook, Oregon, she’d seen enough of them at her old High School. They spread nasty rumors, carved words in their victims’ desks, dumped pencil shavings on heads, and if riled enough outright attacked the target of their ire.

But in all honesty, that almost paled compared to what she was looking at right here.

Kuno Tatewaki held a bokken to the throat of every young man in the school, sending them against their will to assault a single girl over and over, no matter how easily they were beaten.

He was the ace of this school, the shadow of his power cast long over its students.

Lowering her head, Katie clenched and unclenched her fists.

“HEY KUNO!”

Her shout filled the entire courtyard, making the boys in front of her jump with fright, and Akane and Nabiki behind her give pause.

The crowd of boys parted like the Red Sea before Moses, revealing the tall and suave figure cut by one Kuno Tatewaki. He heard the woman call him out, in a tone befitting an uneducated lout seeking challenge, and when he saw that it was the new foreign girl who’d darkened the halls of his school just days before, his intense eyes narrowed intensely.

“Is there something that you request of the undisputed and undefeated champion of the High School Kendo circuit, I, Kuno Tatewaki?” He walked towards her; the wooden sword he carried in his right hand held low.

Katie nodded slowly. “As a matter of fact, I do have a request for ya: may I take your face and apply it vigorously, and with considerable force, to every flat surface in this here schoolyard until such a point in the future where I am satisfied with the result?”

Kuno paused midstep, struck by the woman's radiating contempt. “I beg your pardon?”

“Oh, no, beggin’ my pardon,” she replied, the venom dripping off her polite apology. “Lemme say it a bit simpler so you can keep up hon:”

The force and fury returned to her voice at the flip of a switch. “I’m ‘bout ta whup yer ass so hard that they’re gonna hold prayers for your backside every year.”

Akane and Nabiki reached the edge of the foreigner’s escalating exchange with Kuno.

“Who is that?” The former asked of the dark-haired girl.

Watching with raised eyebrows, Nabiki recognized her. “That’s the transfer in my class.”

Akane frowned. “What is she doing?”

Pulling out a sleek little smartphone, Nabiki pointed its cameras at the confrontation. “Looks like she wants to fight him.”

The younder Tendo looked at the phone, and then her. “Wait, does she know who she’s up against?”

Nabiki shrugged as she hit record. “Dunno, but whatever’s about to happen is going up on the net.”

The other students couldn’t believe it either. All anyone knew about her was that she was tall, kept her head down, and was from America… and now she was challenging the ace of their school. Kuno himself puzzled over it as well, and even considered that same information. Where did such a presence come from?

Kuno had been listening in on the exchange at the back of the crowd, however, so he had an idea what she was so upset about. Such frivolities could be easily explained.

“I see… as you are an American visitor, I can understand your confusion.”

Katie tilted her head to one side slightly. “What’re you on about?”

Kuno lifted his free hand with the grace of a show presenter, and brought his open, upraised palm to bear on Akane. “I present to you, the fair Tendo Akane, the only woman to have bested me so thoroughly in combat, and the captor of my heart in the battlefield of love.”

Glancing back, all Katie saw was a thoroughly disgusted underclassman scowling back at Kuno like she was gonna haul off and kill him herself. She looked back at Kuno as he continued.

“Such a fair and noble maiden beyond myself is beyond any other man many times more! So, a challenge is issued!” He swept his arm out, indicating the other students. “May no man speak of dating her, lest they prove their strength and strike her down in battle as she has struck me!”

He clenched that hand into a fist. “It is a test of manhood, of resolve, of honor… of the warrior spirit! Such thinking is beyond the ken of the American, who lacks understanding of the esoterica of bushido.”

Shutting his eyes and shook his head. “There is no place for such uncouth language and threats of violence. To prove one’s honor is to prove one’s strength, and to prove one’s strength is to battle.”

He opened his eyes, meeting Katie’s as he brought his bokken up to point at her–the air swirling ominously around it from such a simple motion.

“If you wish to capture my heart as well… then you must battle me to take it!”

Katie’s face abruptly went blank, and she abruptly pitched forward as the sheer stupid of what he just said vacated her fury. “… Guh...?!"

She caught herself and stared at him in stunned disbelief. "I'm sorry, but WHAT?!”

“What?” Nabiki and Akane said in unison with similar expressions.

“Eh?!” The entire student body bearing witness to the confrontation sounded at once.

Letting out a truly sophisticated laugh, Kuno elaborated. “Though you are far from what many would call a fair maiden, your beauty and presence is not lost to me. Therefore, if you wish to date me, then you must defeat me!”

Nabiki heard this one before. “Oho! That two-timer, doing this right in front of you. Is this what they call NTR?”

Akane leaned forward slowly, and brought her hands up to cover her face, all murderous thoughts of her own evacuated in exchange for secondhand embarrassment. “I want to be struck by lightning right now.”

Fairly disheveled, in complete wonder of the sheer density of the man in front of her, Katie almost fell to her knees in defeat right there. This man… this was the man who held a bokken pointed to the necks of the entire male student body of this school? The mastermind behind the pitched and violent assaults on a single girl? The shadow that loomed over the school as its ace? This man?!

He was…

He was…!

“… Dumber than a buck tryna make sweet, magical love to a grizzly fresh outta hibernation’…”

Kuno let out a hum. “What was that?”

Her expression void of any life, Katie lifted her head to look at him properly and nodded. “You got yourself a deal, hon. Let’s do this… right now.”

Kuno smirked and took his sword in both hands. “Very well, but be prepared…”

He lifted the bokken above his head. “For you, I will be losing with all of my might!” He lunged forward at Katie. “I STRIKE!”

Still nodding as he came at her, Katie agreed. “Boy…? You have no idea.”

|The Breaker|

As he roared his kiai and charged at Katie, closing the distance with her, Nabiki turned to Akane. “Hey… when he says he’s gonna lose with all his might, is he or is he not holding back?”

When he reached Katie, he swung down diagonally on his target–who abruptly moved to his right, outside of the slash and to safety. The gust of wind kicked up off the blade’s passage reached both sisters, standing some twenty yards away, causing their hair and the loose fabric of their dirndl uniforms to ruffle about in a strong but not lascivious manner.

“Nevermind,” Nabiki said.

Akane, face buried in her hands, wanted to go home.

The draft from that missed blow was much stronger near the wooden blade, and Katie looked at Kuno’s lowered weapon in surprise. Her eyes darted from the edge of the bokken to his face, hidden by his bangs save for his confident smirk.

“… Well, shit,” she muttered as she realized this man wasn’t the joke she thought he was.

“Again!” Kuno shouted and the bokken came up in a rising sweep aimed for Katie’s lower right side.

Katie moved with the blade, sidestepping ahead of it before ducking down beneath not only its arc, but the path of the leading edge of the shockwave that came off it. Just as quickly Kuno swung down, and Katie dodged to his left into a roll. Getting back on her feet, she jumped back from Kuno as he pursued, angling her body and her evasions of his strikes to get out the path of that blade even as the strikes came up short.

“Again! Again! Again! Again!” Kuno repeated with every blow. “Again!”

He swung downward diagonally left, she ducked to his right.

“Again!”

Rising vertically, she moved up and to his left.

“Again!”

Downward right, she went dropped straight down and rolled back from his reach.

Kuno Tatewaki was exactly as Katie said–not in the least bit smart. However, everything else that was said about him not woven into his flowery nonsense was true. He was the undisputed and undefeated champion of the High School Kendo circuit–so much so that he was summarily banned from the High School Kendo circuit at the end of the previous school year.

He was stronger than every other boy at the school.

And, most importantly, he was losing with all his might.

“Again!” He yelled and unleashed a horizontal sweep for Katie’s hips that she had no recourse but to hop straight up over, curling her legs for the wooden blade to pass beneath her knees.

He also knew how to fight. “Foolish!”

Like a viper the bokken’s tip was thrust straight forward, aimed for Katie’s heart. In the same instant Katie’s feet shot back to the ground and she sidestepped the thrust.

The blade missed, but the force of the blow crossed the open air between Kuno and the school’s wall, striking it and blasting a bowling ball-sized hole clean through it.

The loud crack of the wall simply breaking from the force of Kuno’s blow brought Akane’s head up from her hands, and she looked over. “What was that…?! What happened?!”

Nabiki’s eyes narrowed a bit as she focused her camera on Katie’s pale, wide-eyed face as she too beheld at the damage done.

“Our girl just learned she’s screwed.”

Katie jumped back from Kuno thrice, until she was halfway towards the corner, and stopping to rest her hand against the wall–her eyes not leaving the hole Kuno made in it until she came to rest. She looked at the wooden sword, then at the wooden head of the maniac wielding it.

Around her, students murmured in silence, the boys crowding closer to look at the hole in the wall he made.

“He didn’t even hit the wall, with a wooden sword…” The karate kid from earlier said in a shaking voice.

“The Captain… this is why he’s feared,” a kendoist among Akane’s opponents said grimly.

The boxer was shaking in his boxing shorts. “We’d never stand a chance against that… I’ll take getting beaten up for months by Akane before I take one hit from Kuno-senpai…”

Akane grimaced in disgust at the crowd, then looked back at Kuno and Katie. Her eyes narrowed as she sized up the two combatants, Katie still leaned against the wall while Kuno enjoyed the dramatic breeze funneled through the hole in the wall he just made.

He was wearing that insufferable, but richly deserved smirk as he brought his sword to his shoulder. “Mesmerized by the beauty of my strength, I see?”

Pulling her hand from the wall, Katie looked from the sword to his face, to his hands, to his face again. “I’ll fess up, yer the strongest martial artist I met in this town since I got here.”

In spite of her ashen expression moments before, she was calm as she let the tension flow from her body and relaxed back into a fighting stance. She brought her fists up high in front of her, her right leading her left, and when her stance lowered, she brought her right leading foot off the ground, her toes just touching the ground.

Akane’s focus tightened sharpened, her eyes widening as she locked onto Katie’s stance, then her face, and then most importantly her eyes. She leaned forward a bit, Nabiki edging up alongside her and trying to muscle in to get the best possible shot.

“That’s… Muay…” She murmured.

“Muay Thai?” Nabiki finished. “Oh man, she’s toast. Kuno-baby’s dumb, but he can at least bring a knife to a fist fight.”

Akane looked from Katie to Kuno and back, before she–to Nabiki’s surprise–just relaxed. Noticing no tension at all in her little sister, Nabiki looked up at her. “What?”

“It’s over,” Akane simply replied.

Kuno lowered his sword again, once again taking it in his mid-stance, the tip pointed at Katie. “Acknowledging an opponent’s strength in the face of defeat, perhaps you do understand the precepts of bushido. When I defeat you, I promise to make as much time as I can to date you.”

Katie didn’t waver from her stance. “Wait, I gotta date you if I lose, too?”

“This is a battle for the heart!” Kuno declared passionately. “Mine or yours, one can only take the other!”

At that, the boys all looked at one another, and the boxer spoke up. “Wait, so if he starts dating her… does this mean Akane’s free?”

“Absolutely not! For my heart belongs to Akane as much as this maiden’s will belong to I!” Kuno corrected them. “Unless you have proven your worth and captured her heart, then it is to no avail!”

A silence followed.

Karate kid spoke up. “Kuno-senpai, does this mean that Akane has all of our hearts?”

“Which means she's free to date us, technically?” Fencer-kun asked, filled with hope.
“NO!” Kuno, Katie, Akane, and Nabiki all said in unison.

“God no,” Katie added for emphasis. “Bless your hearts, though, you tried.”

Kuno began running towards Katie again, keeping his sword pointed at her. “But I shall succeed!”

Katie looked up, just as he raised his sword high again for another vertical strike.

“Prepare yourself, I strike!” And down the sword came again, nowhere near close to her–but it didn’t need to be. The shockwave of his swing surged at Katie, who sidestepped to her left.

“Again!” Kuno shouted as he swung straight up this time, sending another wave of air slicing at her. Katie moved the other direction, avoiding it even as the razor-sharp air lashed horizontal cuts across the sleeve of her uniform and unprotected forearm.

His return stroke was followed by another and another, sending slicing waves at Katie as she performed repeating side hops consecutively to avoid them. With each swing her closed the distance to Katie, shouting again with each unsuccessful attack.

Nabiki stepped even closer, catching every frame. “… You’re running out of wall…”

Akane, arms folded now, waited patiently.

As Katie evaded one more air blade, Kuno let out a victorious laugh. “Even to the end you stand defiant! That is the way of the warrior, yield nothing and stand to the last!”

Instead of vertical slashes, his wooden sword came up straight, a viper poised to strike again at Katie’s heart. The moment Kuno locked on, Katie’s retreat stopped, and she drew her fist to counterattack.

“It will do you, no good! This is your defeat at the hands of The Breaker of Furinkan High, but the beginning of…” Kuno launched himself forward. “OUR LOVE!”

Instead of evading, Katie lunged straight into Kuno’s stab, swinging a powerful haymaker aimed straight for the tip of Kuno’s lancing bokken.

Both fist and sword stopped barely an inch from one another, but there was a tremendous roar and crack as the wall beside them and the ground between them was split by a fine line the same width. The air trembled for a moment, as Kuno’s devastating attack dissipated with such speed that Nabiki’s camera caught the vapor ring of the expanding shockwave.

Nabiki’s eyebrows rose. “Wait.” She did a double take. “Wait, no, wait… what?”

Akane’s lips curled into a smile.

Kuno stared, transfixed on Katie’s fist. “Wait a moment, hold on… what did you–?”

Katie lashed her leg up in a high kick, catching the bokken and launching it up and out of Kuno’s hands.

The kendoist stared at his now vacant grip, then up at his weapon as it ascended skyward, then came tumbling end-over-end to land neatly in Katie’s upraised hand.

He blinked twice in the moment that passed, and followed the weapon with his gaze as Katie brought it down and examined it.

“Huh…” Katie said as weighed it one hand, then in two. “Ain’t nothin’ more than a wooden sword, not even HF… though fer the life of me why would anyone make an HF wooden sword…”

Kuno’s hands began trembling as Katie firmly gripped the weapon. “… M-Madam… you seem to have my weapon.”

Katie stopped and looked at him. “Mm, I sure do. Now… I got me a question; do you have another one on you?”

At that question, Kuno quietly shook his head.

In response, Katie let out another short hum and nodded. “All right. Now then… I believe I had a request I asked of you. Id est, it’s time I got to smashing your face on every flat surface in this here school yard.”

Kuno cleared his throat. “Madam, may I ask to have my blade back, before you proceed to engage in such activity. I… ahem… am a kendoist you see, and I need a blade in order to fight you to the fullest of my ability.”

Katie looked from Kuno to his bokken, and back again. When he smiled emphatically at the idea of his weapon being returned, she promptly threw it to her side–and with a crunch the bokken punched clean through the wall to get stuck halfway.

“My guy… if you come ‘round here picking a fight you can’t win without a stick? Then that is a YOU situation.”

Kuno stopped. “Madam, I beg your pardon, but I believe you challenged me–” Katie’s plowed a right cross into his face and followed it in quick succession with a left. Bruises immediately appearing on his cheeks, Kuno twirled away from her groaning in pain.

“There we go,” Akane said as Katie pressed the attack.

Tottering around to face her, Kuno weakly raised his hands to block. His world flashed white as she swung her left leg in a roundhouse into his ribs, kneed him in the stomach with her right leg, and rotated her body to elbow him in the side of his head. Each blow sounded like thunderclaps, both to him and to the spectators watching in stunned silence.

“Hurgh, huuh…!” Kuno groaned as he stumbled from side to side. “W-wait…!”

Katie turned and over and brought her knee up high to smash it flat against his nose. When he staggered back, she began to hop in place.

“I’m sorry, is this goin’ a bit too fast?” She asked, her eyes alight with malice. “Here, hon… let me make it easier fer ya! I STRIKE!”

She kneed him in his right side.

“Again!”

She kneed him in his left.

“Again!”

Kicking his right leg in, she dropped him to his knee.

“Again!”

She slammed a left low kick into his right arm.

“AGAIN!”

She kneed him across the face, sending him spinning around to land on his belly.

Katie adopted a low, strong stance, her left fist and foot pointed at Kuno as he lay there.

“Hey now, you ain’t tapped out already, are ya? That’s just the ground! I still gotta few walls I want you ta meet!”

Groaning in pain, Kuno tried to lift himself up onto his right arm, but a flash of pain made him think better of it and switched to his left. Trembling like a leaf, he slowly got up and staggered forward away from Katie and towards the students. Flecks of spittle and lines of drool cascaded from his mouth as he attempted to rise to full height, but once more stopped from his radiating injuries.

His blurry vision focused on the horde of boys normally laid out by Akane at this point in the morning, and he let out a mumble. “… Word…”

Behind him, Katie inched closer, her face a mask of wrath. “They can’t hear ya, buck.”

Kuno lowered his head, then raised it to yell. “A SWORD! SOMEONE PASS ME A SWORD!”

The boys who feared his wrath enough to attack the girl they admired, stared back in solidarity as they answered all at once.

“Nah.”

Katie’s right hand came to rest on his left shoulder, and she leaned close to his ear. “Sowin’ all that wind with that stick of yours, only to not have it when the whirlwind comes a knockin’. That’s a damn shame.”

Yanking Kuno around, she grabbed his right shoulder and drove her right elbow into his face a half dozen times before she spun in place to build up massive momentum and drove her right knee into his left arm, an audible snap filling the airbefore Kuno hobbled back from her.

Akane was positively radiant now, never in her wildest dreams did she think this morning would be so satisfying.

Nabiki, still filming, pondered where this video was even going to go now. “Is Worldstar still a thing, or will LiveLeak get more views?”

Despite his bruises and his broken bones, Kuno spaced his feet and kept standing. Heaving for breath, he looked up at Katie with his left eye–the right already swelling shut just like how his lips were starting to balloon–and began to blubber.

“… You… you have not…”

Katie lifted an eyebrow.

“… beaten me.

She turned and brought a hand up to her ear. “What was that bucky? Yer kinda mumblin’ there.”

“… You have not beaten me,” he said, gaining strength as he declared. “With no sword… with no arms… with naught but the spirit of the warrior, the honor of the Kuno bloodline… I will demonstrate my true power!”

In spite of his pain, he managed to stand upright and even partially open his swollen eye “You, an American… cannot understand the depths of power, that the bushido code provides me…! This is the moment, that I, Kuno Tatewaki… will strike you down with all my might…”

After a brief pause, Katie gestured for him to finish.

“… And you shall date me with all of yours!”

Katie nodded. “There ya go. Just wanted to make sure you’re still a denser than a devil’s food cake.”

She snapped back into her fighting stance. “But you know what? Let’s get that first date going right now.”

Kuno stopped. “… Wait, you shall?”

Spacing her feet, Katie got ready as she looked at Kuno and the school behind him. “Mm… the issue is… it’ll only last about eight seconds.”

And just like that, Kuno seemed to have forgotten he was injured at all. Closing his eyes, he began to speak as Katie shot towards him like a missile. “Even a date of one second is fine when it is with-”

The blow that followed didn't seem visually all that different, but where the others merely prompted desperate flailing, the knee that caught Kuno in the solar plexus forced his eyes to widen in sheer heightened panic.

Akane's joy cut a little as she felt something was very different from the other hits.

Nabiki, not a martial artist, could read the panic in his eyes. "What's with th–"

She was cut off when Kuno opened his mouth to speak and proceeded to spew out a mouthful of blood. “Oh… shit.”

“Let this be a lesson to ya, bucko.” Katie swept back, performed a full body rotation as she dropped low, then leaped and swung her knee up to collide full force with his chin shattering his jaw.

A blast of wind washed over the students behind Kuno, blowing back hair and flipping up skirts, before there was a loud bang behind them. Behind Katie, Akane gasped when she saw a huge dent appear in the face of the clock near the top of the school’s front. At that same moment, Katie ground her knee against Kuno’s ruined chin, her green eyes lit up with fury. The air was still–filled with incredible tension even after the strange impact.

“Don’t be the clown…”

All at once the suspended tension snapped, and she completed the motion of her knee to launch Kuno skyward.

“AT YER OWN RODEO”

The recoil of her blow caused her to perform a backflip, and Kuno–a trail of condensation rings radiating from him in his short flight–smashed into the clock at the center of the school’s tower and hitting the clock’s bell behind it with a loud, warped clang and an uncomfortable grinding of gears.

|Nuclear|

The schoolyard was quiet again, as Katie landed on her feet. Letting her hands hang limp at her sides, she looked at the group of students staring at the hole in the building where Kuno had gone–and waited. Sure enough, one by one all eyes returned to the foreign girl who just made an embarrassment out of who had been once the undisputed lord of the school. Quiet murmurs rose.

“She… she put him through the school’s clock.”

“So powerful…”

“Is he dead?”

Everyone waited and listened. Sure enough, they could hear a high-pitched whine of pain from a man too durable to avoid being knocked unconscious, but not durable enough for when it counted.

Katie let out a sigh and dusted off her knees. “Hoo… I needed that like a peacock needs a hen…”

Akane walked over to Katie, entering her field of view with care. The taller girl noticed and turned her head to greet her. “Howdy.”

“Hi,” Akane returned. “You are… way stronger than I expected.”

Katie shrugged her shoulders. “I’d better be, ‘else all that martial arts training was a huge waste of time and money.”

She looked back up at where Kuno’s legs dangled out of the school.

“Like with that dumb buck; he oughta look for a refund–at least to help with the medical bills.”

Akane let out a small laugh. “Yeah.”

Katie placed her hands on her hips and cocked her head to one side. “I mean, who in their right mind practices kendo, and don’t even know how to fight without a weapon?”

Akane shook her head. “The problem is right there… he practices kendo, and nothing else.”

It took a moment for Katie to process. “… Oh, he’s an over-tiered sport fighter.”

Akane closed her eyes and nodded once in confirmation. “Mm.”

Katie tsked. “Ya hate to see it.”

She brought a hand up to herself. “By the way, the name’s Katie. Katie Izland.”

Akane blinked. “Izurando? That’s a bit weird.”

Katie waved it off. “Ugh, yes, there’s a Z instead of an S. It ain’t my first choice in a name, but I can’t go helping it.”

Akane nodded, and then bowed to her. “I’m sorry you had to be bothered, but thank you for stepping in. I don’t think I could put up for his nonsense for another day.”

Katie waved it off. “Weren’t no thang. Been too long since I had me a real fight.”

Nabiki joined them. “A real fight? I’ve seen slaughterhouses that gave the cows better odds.”

She hadn’t, but the sheer one-sidedness of that beating warranted the comparison. Katie appreciated the reference.

“Even better, he won’t be bothering anyone none for a hot minute,” Katie said with confidence.

And with that, an epiphany struck one of the boys in the horde of Akane’s suitors. “Wait, hang on. Does this mean we can ask Akane out on dates like normal people now? We don’t have to do this fighting thing anymore?”

Akane went stiff where she stood, her eyes wide and glassing over as fury radiated from her.

Before any could ask what Katie had referred to… Akane’s sheer rage manifested as a visible blue glow, bright enough to make Katie hop back from her.

“… Uh oh,” she said as Akane began to twitch and ramble.

“Ask me… out? Still what think… you after… me did to…?”

Nabiki was impressed, never had she seen her little sister so angry that sentences were a challenge. Like a car with a popped clutch rolling down hill, though, Akane’s sputtering stopped.

It was the only warning anyone had, before she exploded.

“I’LL NEVER GO OUT WITH ANY OF YOU DISGUSTING PERVERTS!”

Just about every boy in the group went so pale they seemed titanium white except for a faint blue shade appearing on their foreheads and descending down their faces. Nabiki stepped back to catch everything on camera.

“YOU THINK THAT I’D GIVE YOU THE TIME OF DAY, WHEN I HAD TO PUT UP WITH YOU SHOUTING AT ME TO GO OUT WITH YOU WHILE YOU WERE SWINGING FOR MY FACE?! SCREW YOU! SCREW ALL OF YOU FOR EVEN THINKING IT!”

A dark cloud appeared over them, weighing down their shoulders and forcing their heads down in shame. The students not directly in the path of Akane’s verbal assault stood stock still, most of them–almost all girls–in awe of the unfathomable wrath that was pouring from the girl.

“YOU WEAKLINGS COULDN’T EVEN BEAT ME UP WHEN THERE WERE HUNDREDS OF YOU, WHY THE HELL WOULD I DATE ONE OF YOU?!”

Katie’s mouth dropped open, but no words came out.

On the other end of the verbal assault, what had once been a large percentage of the male student body were now extras for a zombie apocalypse film.

“SO GO AND FIND SOME OTHER GIRL TO BOTHER AND LEAVE ME ALONE–OH WAIT! YOU CAN’T! BECAUSE EVERY FREAKING GIRL HERE KNOWS YOU’RE DESPERATE ENOUGH TO BEAT UP A GIRL YOU CAN’T HAVE!”

It was the most powerful and devastating truth of her eruption: in their desperation to avoid Kuno’s wrath they hadn’t just poisoned the well–they contaminated the entire aquifer. All any girl saw for the last three days were hundreds of boys gathering up to beat up a girl and get beaten by that girl like she wasn’t trying.

Who would date a guy like that? Who would want to go near a guy like that? Who could call themselves a man after that?

Her long, ribbon-secured hair looking more disheveled than it ever did fighting the boys, her face red, and her body covered in sweat, Akane stood there gulping down a lungful of air and shaking as she growled out the last words she ever wanted to say to any boy.

“Get the hell out of my sight, and if I lock eyes with any of you, I will do so much worse than what happened to Kuno!”

Completely destroyed, the male students of Furinkan High School obeyed, and one by one began to disperse.

As they marched silently away, everyone could see it in their lifeless eyes: there was no hope for them, no light, not even a faint glimmer. All romantic aspirations for every single one of them were dashed with their irrational decisions. There would never be a springtime of their high school days, or real love and companionship to look forward to.

All that was lost forever, in lieu of a dark, lonely future surrounded by plastic figurines and posters of unattainable fictional representations of women, warmed only by the light of computer-generated wives programmed to worship them but feel nothing.

Akane couldn’t imagine a more fitting punishment.

Katie took a deep breath. “… Damn.”

Nabiki let out a whistle as Akane’s reactor scrammed and the meltdown ended. “Well, you didn’t throw a punch this time, but I think you neutered all of them.”

“They never had any balls to begin with,” Akane snapped back.

“Inclined to agree there,” Katie said as she dusted off her hands. “Iffin’ that’s all square, I’m gonna go to class.”

As she began to walk away, however, Akane called to her. “Wait, Izurando-san!”

Katie stopped and looked back at Akane. “Yeah?”

Akane bowed deep once more. “Seriously, thank you so much, and I am sorry you had to see that.”

Katie waved it off. “Don’t apologize fer doing the right thing; those boys had no business picking on a pretty lil’ thing like you.”

Katie’s compliment hit its mark with Akane. “Oh, um… thank you for that as well, uh…”

Akane brightened and seized the opportunity to learn more about the mysterious girl and that unusual attack of hers. “Do you want to have lunch together?”

Nabiki raised an eyebrow in curiosity, as Katie gave Akane a probing glance, and smiled herself.

“Sure, you don’t mind eating lunch outside, do you?

Akane shook her head. “No, that’s fine.”

Katie smiled a little broader and reached out to give Akane the V-sign. “Cool. I’ll see you out under the trees then.”

Katie turned and began walking back to the school along with the rest of the dispersing students. As they watched her go, Nabiki looked over to Akane, who was happier than she’d been over the last few days, despite having just gone off.

“She’s so nice,” she said.

Nabiki shrugged her shoulders. “Eh, she’s all right, I guess. Let me know when a hot guy comes along.”

Akane huffed noisily at that. “A hot guy? Here? If I ever meet a hot guy our age in this town, that’ll be the day I’m engaged to him!”

|Qinghai Province, China|

"ACHOO!"

The sneeze of a handsome Japanese young man dressed in a karate gi, with dark blue eyes and black hair ending in a tightly-braided pigtail, made his father and their tour guide–both middle aged, follically challenged men–jump.

Sniffling, Saotome Ranma brought his fingers to his nose. "Aw geez, I hope I'm not coming down with a cold."

"Don't you worry, son, these springs will cure all that ails you even as we train," his father, Saotome Genma, declared.

Ranma sniffled again and shivered. The air here was pretty chilly, for a place that was supposed to be a spring. "I hope so, it doesn't feel like no hot spring though, Pop."

Their tour guide, a stocky Chinese man wearing a green uniform and matching cap, looked back at them. In stilted but comprehensible Japanese he spoke urgently.

"It not hot-spring, honored guests, it cursed spring. Very dangerous, you no want to fall in."

Genma dismissed the tour guide's warning like he didn't understand it. "Whatever, even if they're not hot springs. There's nothing that a good workout won't cure!"

Ranma had been paying more attention. "Wait, what about not falling in?"

"Don't worry about it," Genma insisted. "Besides, that's the whole point of this training, you won't fall in."

The two of them looked ahead at the cursed pools of the Jusenkyo Springs before them. Thousands of wide pools spread out for as far as they could see in the mist-shrouded clearing in the hilly forest.

"Trust your old man, son. Nothing will go wrong."
 
Last edited:
Volume Two: Under The Oak Tree

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#2
Disclaimer: The following is a fan-written parody. Ranma ½ is property of Rumiko Takahashi, Studio Deen, Shogakukan, Viz Media, and Madman Entertainment. Support the official release, okay?

SENPAI
A story of Good Friends

|Under the Oak Tree|

As the school’s clock and bell had been wrecked by Kuno whipping through it, Furinkan Academy’s PA system chimed across the school to alert students of lunch. While most enjoyed lunch in their classes, some ventured outside onto the school’s verdant courtyard to enjoy the spring weather with friends, while others more boldly left school grounds entirely in search of lunch. Katie was among the later, tucked away around the side of the school between the building and the school’s outer wall, shaded by several tall oak trees.

She was looking down at her phone, texting up a storm.

Me:
Okay, I did it.


The Bae said:
What did you do?


Me:
I finally kicked the shit out of that
chuuni asshole.
>:|

The Bae said:
Oh shit!! =O


The Bae:
What happened?! ?_?


Me: I told him to fuck off and leave
that girl alone, and he didn’t fucking
listen.


The Bae said:
How bad was it?


Me:
They’re gonna need a hose to
clean him out of the clocktower stg.


The Bae said:
JESUS CHRIST KATIE! =O


Me:
What?


The Bae said:
This morning I thought I heard a
church bell explode, that was you?!


Me:
Yeah.


The Bae said:
Unstoppable War Goddess.



Me:
:smug:


Me:
Anyway, Imma have lunch with her,
so maybe send something sweet
that I can share with her when
you send lunch?


The Bae said:
Aw, are you finally
making a friend?


Me:
I hope so. She’s really cute.


The Bae said:
Well, I got streaming to do!
No more interruptions, ‘kay?


Me:
Sorry!!! I’ll let you get back to it!


Finishing the last message, Katie pocketed her phone and sat back against the tree in contentment.

After getting the third degree from her teacher for bodying Kuno (though noticeably not punished) and being swarmed by classmates asking questions, she decided she’d spend her lunch under the clear and comfortable spring sky filled with fluffy white clouds. It was a sky worth looking at, compared to what she was used to back home.

As students began emerging from the building to find their own spots outside to enjoy their food. Not interested in more attention, Katie moved around the tree, putting it between herself and the doors.

Having escaped her own relentless Q&A session, Akane was relieved to be outside and away from her classmates, but a little anxious to sit down and have lunch with the girl who flattened Kuno. It was nice that she had met someone who was not only strong, but also intolerant of the antics that people could get up to around here–but she was from another country, and definitely different from her. Would they even get along?

There is only one way to find out. She thought as she reached the old trees and stepped around the largest of them to look down at Katie. “Izurando-san?”

Katie looked up and was relieved to find just Akane standing there. “Cool, you made it.”

Akane sat down beside her and produced a tori bento lovingly prepared by her sister. She looked at Katie and noticed that she didn’t seem to have her lunch. “Did you bring your lunch?”

“It’s being delivered, so don’t worry. You go on and eat up.”

Nodding, Akane opened the bento. As she took her chopsticks and began eating the delicious chicken and rice, she wasted no time. “So, if you don’t mind my asking…”

“I don’t,” Katie said as she scanned the area for signs of her arriving food.

“How long have you been training in martial arts? You definitely know some Muay Boran.”

Katie turned to look at Akane, impressed. “Not many people make that distinction.”

Akane tried not to sound too proud. “Yes, I’ve seen all sorts of stuff.”

“Use it too. I think I saw six, seven different styles just from watching that fight you had yesterday. A few moves from cartoons, too, actually…”

Akane brushed it off. “Please, I could afford to use whatever came off the top of my head because they were all that weak.”

Katie chuckled; Akane’s opponents were so boring that she’d been memeing all over their faces. “So what’s your actual forte?”

“Armed combat. That’s how all this started. I wanted to join the kendo club, but I had to show what I was capable of and… rrr…” She stuffed some food in her mouth and chewed it to muffle her growl. “Had I known what I was getting into, I would’ve run out of there as fast as I could.”

“So, where would you say you and that chuuni asshole stand, skills wise?” Katie asked.

Akane remembered the match that started the last four days of her life, and how her relentless charge and hail of shinai strikes battered Kuno backward before he could get a swing in edgewise. “He’s the strongest guy in the whole neighborhood. I beat him in the demonstration, but if he didn’t pull his punches he could’ve won.”

Katie mulled on that one. “He held back then too, didn’t he?”

“He sandbagged the same reason, too; I was a cute girl and he wanted to go out with me.”

Katie grimaced. “Well, bucky got what he deserved.”

Akane giggled. “It’s kind of a shame he was holding back, I wanted to see you go all out, too.”

And suddenly the older girl’s grimace was a big grin. “You noticed?”

“Mm!” Akane replied. “Once you had him figured out, you took your time and didn’t even break a sweat.”

She looked down at Katie’s legs, splayed out from under her Furinkan uniform’s sky-blue dirndl. She couldn’t see her thighs completely, but her calves were strong with well-built muscle, while her shins and knees bore long healed scars from her relentless training.

“You must be a regular battle maniac, to be good as you are.”

Katie confirmed it. “Yeah, my whole family are basically monsters. My mom, my dad, my uncle, his wife, and their kids…”

“So who trained you?”

“My uncle. Ma and Pa thought it’d be a good hobby to keep my nose clean. So every summer he’d pick me up and we’d go to some other country, and I’d spend every day there training and doing nothing else. This has been a tradition of our family since I was four.”

Akane’s eyebrows rose as she swallowed more of her food. “I’ve never met anyone else as dedicated to martial arts as I am.”

Katie was of the same thought. “Honestly, until I saw you taking names and stopped the buck here, I was starting to think this place was a letdown. My uncle dumped me off here because this is the ‘Martial Arts Mecca.’”

“He’s not wrong at all, there’s more weirdo martial arts and the people who practice them here than anywhere else.”

“Yeah, and I want to train with and fight against strong people,” Katie said brightly, “Like you! What do you say, want to train with me?”

The praise did not miss Akane, and she blushed again. Really? Someone that powerful calling her strong. “I’m strong, but I’m not ‘break a guy’s arms and then put him through a building’ strong.”
“Sure you are, hon, you’re just too nice. You could’ve killed all of those chumps on day one if you wanted to, but you held back.”

Akane disagreed. “I wasn’t trying to be nice to them.”

“I don’t care what anybody says, any girl who can one and done a few hundred boys in under two minutes is strong as hell, I’ll tell you what.”

Katie nudged her shoulder with a fist. “But hey, that says other great things about you. Like, you know, that you’re nice.”

She leaned closer to her. “And I’d rather hang with nice people.”

Akane gave her a sidelong look. “Say, if you were so quick to mess up Kuno, does that make you not nice?”

Katie huffed smugly. “I’m the meanest sumbitch you’ll ever meet.”

“I don’t know~” Akane mused. “You did help me because you think I’m nice.”

“A nice person wouldn’t let someone get jumped once.”

“You still stood up for me.”

Katie looked aside, her eyes focusing on the far wall to their left. “Honestly? I was hoping that at least one of those assholes would snap out of it and actually stand up for you first.” She shrugged her shoulders. “But nope! I guess ganging up on the girl they want to date makes way more sense than attacking the guy who is trying to dictate who can date her.”

Akane sighed, putting it like that made all of those boys extra pathetic.

“I bet if even one of them stood up to Kuno instead of just blindly following the herd, you’d be eating lunch with them right now,” Katie noted.

Akane made a sour face. “I can’t even imagine that!”

“I reckon that’s fair.”

“I swear, I’m off boys forever,” Akane lamented.

“Don’t let a couple hundred idiots ruin all of them for you.”

“Oh I wasn’t going to. I’m done with boys; I need a man in my life.”

Katie bit her lower lip. “You know, I’m hard pressed to find one of those in this town, too.”

“There’s at least one,” Akane revealed.

“No shit? What’s he like?”

“A mature, reasonable adult.”

“Yeah, but is he hot?”

Akane giggled and looked aside. “Um~!”

Katie laughed softly at her reaction and nudged her. “Eh? Eh?”

Cheerfully smiling again, Akane nodded and took another bite of her lunch. Now that she was free of the vile horde and Kuno, everything was great and wonderful. The sun light was brighter, the birds sang sweeter, even this already delicious food was nicer.

“I really can’t thank you enough,” she said to ease the subject from men she was into, “I don’t even know what I can do to repay you.”

Conceding from her prodding, Katie floated a suggestion as she looked back towards the wall. “We could hang out more. Have lunch? Go shopping? That training thing I floated a bit ago…?”

Akane acceded to that. “It couldn’t hurt.”

The taller girl became much more alert. “My food’s here.”

“It’s here…?” Akane asked before a blue and red blur came up and over the wall, flipped, and landed in a crouch in front of them, making her jump.

It was a pretty woman their age, with long brown hair covered with a baseball cap, wearing a blue gi over a red bodysuit and sandals. In her right hand she carried a red bag that she reached into as she stood upright. “Afternoon Katie, I see you forgot to pack lunch again.”

Katie flushed. “Long night, late morning…”

Akane stared in confusion at the delivery girl, who quickly produced a container from the bag. “I know, I delivered to you guys last night too, remember?”

“Do you ever sleep?” Katie earnestly wanted to know as she took the container.

“Sleep is for the poor,” the delivery girl said before she noticed and recognized Akane. “Hey, you’re Tendo Akane, right?”

Akane was surprised that this girl recognized her. “Um… yes?”

The girl nodded, then pointed a thumb at herself. “Daikoku Kaori, big fan. Did you finally get those boys to stop?”

Akane scowled. “Well, they’ve stopped at least, and they won’t be going after me again.”

And she didn’t care a lick about what happened to them from here on.

Kaori brightened. “Great! I’m glad that’s the case. Some schools around here, the boys don’t know when to quit even if you kick them around a hundred times–there are some places I won’t even go anymore no matter how well they tip.”

“Try kicking them through a building, that seems to work,” Akane suggested.

Kaori’s eyes flew wide. “Whoa, give me the deets on that and your next delivery is free–discounted fif–twenty-five percent.”

“I’ll tell you about it, it’s wild,” Katie said. “Come by at the usual time? My aunt sent a new diffuser and it’s lit.”

Kaori agreed with a nod. “I’ll bring some food and we’ll make it a party.”

A chime from her gi prompted her to pull from it a smartphone she looked at. “Oh, I got another delivery. Enjoy the food and see you later!”

The girl waved hastily and rushed back towards the wall, in an instant she vaulted over it, and she was gone. The speed and swiftness of Kaori’s ascent surprised Akane, who recognized it.

“Parkour, huh?” Akane asked. “You know a bunch of interesting people.”

“You have no idea,” Katie said with a laugh as she opened her container. Inside she found some hastily assembled fried chicken sandwiches, bottled water, some tossed in baked edamame, and a note.

Opening the note, she frowned as she read it. “Oh, well, so much for hanging out with Kaori.”

Akane looked at the note. “What is it?”

“My roommate; she’s having family over and when that happens, I’m usually out of the house for the night.” Katie explained as she held up the note.

“What? That’s not fair!” Akane protested.

“Eh, I have her to myself for most of the month, they’re allowed to visit from time to time,” Katie countered. “It’s no big, I’ll go get a hotel or something.”

“You could stay at my house overnight. It wouldn’t be a problem at all,” Akane offered.

It was Katie’s turn to be surprised. “Huh? That’s mighty generous of you…”

“Well, I’m really grateful for what you did. if you hadn’t, I’d probably be miserable forever,” Akane insisted. “Besides, you did say you wanted to train with me, right? And you won’t have to commute far to get to school tomorrow.”

Katie averted her eyes and took another bite out of her sandwich to distract herself from the warm and gooey feeling in her chest. This girl was so cute, there was no way she could refuse. “Well how can I say no, if you insist?”

Akane beamed. “Great! I’ll let my older sister know to prepare a little more dinner tonight!”

Katie chuckled and gave her a playful smile of her own. “Cool.”

A distance away, in the tall trees that grew in Furinkan High’s vicinity, a small shadowy figure glared darkly at the two young women smiling and eating lunch. His beady eyes burned with a vengeful fire beneath his bushy brows as he brought an older-style flip phone to his ear.

For what that awful girl did to his master, there would be no peace–only revenge.

“Kodachi-sama, it is your loyal servant, Sarugakure Sasuke-san. I have grievous news regarding your dear brother…”



[BGM: Smash Ultimate Theme]

Daikoku Kaori delivers the heat!
 
Last edited:
Peace For A Time

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#3
|Peace For A Time|

Tendo Nabiki shared classes with Katie, and as such she was more familiar with the transfer student than her younger sister. For the first few days she was here, Katie was just a quiet girl who behaved herself participated in class, did her schoolwork, tried not to stand out and, though polite, didn’t try to stand out. Still, other girls were intimidated by her, the few boys interested in foreign girls were disillusioned that she wasn’t a blonde-haired bimbo with giant tits like all American girls were supposed to be, and all the other guys in school were too busy trying to beat up Akane to even notice her.

Nabiki herself, ever the indomitable one, wasn’t bothered in the slightest by Katie. However, living with Akane did help her spot a wild animal was when she saw it and from day one she knew: Katie was the exact same sort of punch-happy maniac wanting an excuse to throw down that Akane was..

She expected a fight at some point to break out, but she didn’t expect her to go straight to calling Kuno out.

Nor did she expect her to be at Kuno’s level, or that she’d break him into pieces.

And she most certainly did not anticipate that being what got her out of her shell and friendly enough that Akane was inviting her to stay the night over at their house.

“She can’t go back to her place tonight, and since she helped me out, I wanted to be nice in turn,” Akane explained to Nabiki as they walked home with Katie trailing a bit behind them.

She glanced back at Katie, who passively stared back at her when she noticed her gaze. Returning the brunt of her attention to her little sister, the elder Tendo shrugged her shoulders. “Well, don’t destroy the house with your sparring or whatever and I don’t really care.”

“Thank you kindly,” a grateful Katie said.

“And we’ll keep any fighting in the dojo,” Akane promised.

Katie perked up. “You have a dojo?”

“Of course we do,” Akane said, like it was perfectly normal. “My Dad runs a school; that’s how I trained.”

Nabiki let out a short amused snort at Akane’s choice of words. “Runs is a very generous way to describe it nowadays.”

“Oh cool, what’s your style?” Katie asked, interested in her cosmopolitan style.

“The Tendo School of Indiscriminate Grappling,” Akane revealed with pride.

Katie never heard of anything like that. It kinda sounded like MMA, which was weird knowing the girl specialized in armed combat. “Indiscriminate?”

Nabiki nodded. “It means exactly what it says. Use whatever however, the only thing against the rules is losing–and even that is up for interpretation.”

That struck Katie with surprise. “Whoa, hold up, you actually train in something like that?”

“Akane does, I’m not at all about that scene,” Nabiki chimed.

“Yeah, Nabiki isn’t interested in fighting,” Akane clarified.

“Still, I’m impressed! That ain’t the kind of fighting you do on a mat or in an octagon..”

“Well, I don’t fight for medals, I fight to get stronger.” Akane put it so bluntly, Katie’s heart skipped a beat.

“… Hon, I wish I’d met you sooner,” she said in wonder, “I wouldn’t have spent the last four months bored out of my goddamn skull.”

Akane nodded in reassurance. “We’ll make up for it.”

Were Katie any less reserved she’d be bouncing with every step, eager to get to Akane’s house and spar with her new friend, but she did start walking a bit faster to keep up with them now. She didn’t need to show it, Akane could sense Katie’s anticipation, and she was thrilled herself–they were going to have so much fun!

Nabiki noticed the vibe humming between them. Yep, the exact same kind of maniac. “Four months, you say? You’ve been here a while.”

“Since a little before Christmas, actually.”

Some quick math floated through Nabiki’s head, before she came upon an epiphany. “… Oh.”

Akane looked at her sister. “What?”

“Yeah, what?” Katie pressed.

Nabiki averted her eyes and coughed. “Oh, for a second, reminded me of something from a few months back.”

She looked straight ahead and shrugged her shoulders. “It’s nothing important, though.”

Katie’s eyes narrowed a little, while Akane gave her older sister a puzzled stare.

“Good afternoon Akane, Nabiki,” a voice called from the trio’s right. Akane brightened, while Nabiki rolled her eyes.

Turning her head to the person who called out to them, Katie lifted an eyebrow at the plain-looking bespectacled man somewhere in his early twenties, sweeping the front doorway of a clinic. He had short brown hair, dark brown eyes, and was dressed in a dark gray karate gi.

He didn’t seem like much, but looking at Akane go from bright to radiant as she stepped up to him, she quickly figured it out.

So this is the man she was on about. She thought.

“Good afternoon, Tofu-sensei,” Akane greeted as she stopped and bowed. “How are you doing today?”

Dr. Ono Tofu was all smiles as he leaned on his broom in an informal bow of his own. “Well for once today, I’m not busy. It seems that the rush of customers I’ve had over the last couple days finally petered out.”

Nabiki kept walking, and waved over her shoulder. “I’m going on ahead.”

Akane barely paid her sister any mind, as she tried to evade the subject of Dr. Tofu’s past customers. “O-oh? That’s… well… at least you’re not swamped with work, right?”

“Yes, there’s still a lot of paperwork I’ve got to sift through. I might even need to hire an assistant soon.”

He looked over to Katie, and like he was just noticing her he gave a start. “Oh, pardon my rudeness, are you a friend of Akane’s?”

Akane was more than happy to introduce her. “Oh, this is Katie Izurando, she’s a transfer from America.”

Looking at Katie, she gestured to Dr. Tofu.

“This is Ono Tofu-sensei, he’s been our family doctor for a few years now–he’s a medical prodigy.”

“Charmed to meetcha,” Katie greeted. “Medical prodigy, you say?”

Dr. Tofu humbly rubbed the back of his head as he humbly played down his youthful achievement. “Now, I’m not a prodigy. Medicine’s just always been a passion of mine, so I got into it very early.”

Akane was pleased as punch to brag about him. “He’s only twenty! He was already graduating college when he was my age. He’s studied with the best medical professionals here in Japan, in America, and Ukraine.”

A small jolt ran through Katie, like Akane had said something unpleasant just then. Just as quickly, it passed. “… Ukraine, huh?”

As if he’d sensed Katie’s discomfort, Dr. Tofu quickly changed the subject. “So, on your way home from school on time, today?”

Akane missed it entirely. “Yes, I actually have a chance to, and Katie is coming to stay the night.”

Dr. Tofu looked back at Katie, his smile still warm and relaxed. “Oh? Be on your guard, Akane’s a bit of a scrapper.”

“I’ve seen it, she’s really good,” Katie agreed, before she noticed Akane visibly flinch.

“You’re a martial artist yourself?” Dr. Tofu asked, as he gave Katie a proper once over.

“Guilty,” Katie freely admitted as she recognized his appraisal.

“Fantastic! It’ll be nice for Akane to have someone her age who can keep up with her. She can be pretty rough–I’ve been taking care of her cuts and scrapes since the first day I opened these doors.”

“I-I’ve been getting into fights less,” Akane was quick to point out.

“Well, a fight isn’t much of one if someone is unable to hit back, right? You’ve really improved your form over the last couple of days,” he said with a wink.

Akane looked like she wanted to protest, but she stopped mid-breath and let it out as a strained sigh. “… That’s right!”

Katie could feel the tension in the air, it was weird.

“Anyway, I should um… get home, Katie really wants to see the dojo. See you later, sensei.”

Bowing quickly as Tofu returned her goodbye, and her face a considerable shade of red, Akane turned and resumed briskly walking home; Katie waved farewell and fell into step with a teasing grin.

“He’s the man you’re into, huh?”

“Yeah,” Akane admitted.

Katie glanced back and hummed. “Seems like a harmless guy, to me.”

Akane’s blush grew. “He’s so much better than all those stupid boys. More mature, smarter, stronger…”

She is absurdly cute. Folding her hands behind her head, Katie pulled a small smirk. “… Can take a hit and not go down like an AV star putting in overtime?”

“Yeah…” Akane whirled upon Katie, startled. “Eh?!”

Katie broke into a laugh at Akane’s reaction, and she tried to subdue it into a giggle when she pouted at her. Is it possible to be too cute?!

Akane raised her nose and closed her eyes, which was even cuter!

“I have to remember that you’re an American, so it’s easier for you to make crass jokes like that.”

“Heheheheh… if you’re going to be this cute reactin’ to my crass jokes, then I’m going to make ‘em all the time,” Katie promised.

Akane whirled on her, startled once more. “Ah?! Cute?!”

Katie laughed.

@@@@@

Kasumi Tendo was well-used to her little sister Akane’s volatile temper, especially in the last three days. Ever since boys had begun trying to ask her out, Akane had been coming home completely steamed, slamming doors as she changed to work out her pent-up frustrations in the dojo. From what Nabiki told her, the boys who were interested in her youngest sister were really aggressive in their courtship, and she wasn’t used to it. Kasumi accepted it, but there was no discounting that whatever those boys were doing, it was making Akane angrier and angrier.

So it was a surprise for the mature and beautiful eldest of the Tendo sisters to find out that Akane was in a really good mood when she called her at around lunch time. There wasn’t much explained, just that Akane was bringing a friend home to sleep over, but she sounded so cheerful and excited that Kasumi was too eager to accommodate her to ask.

Since then she’d been awaiting her and Nabiki’s return, to just find out what happened, and Nabiki’s arrival home had her almost leaping from the kitchen table to greet her.

“Welcome home, Nabiki-chan,” she called to her as she made it to the kitchen doorway. “Is Akane-chan going to be home soon?”

“She’s right behind me, with her new friend. I’m going to my room to do homework. Text me when dinner’s ready, I’m gonna have my headphones on.”

“What’s her new friend like?” Kasumi asked after her.

“A lot like her,” Nabiki called back, and her bedroom door closed a moment later.

Kasumi smiled bright and went right to the door, just as Akane was opening it.

“Ahhh! Stop it already!” Akane mock-whined as she walked in.

“But you are, and I’m going to keep saying it, A-ka-ne-ko. You’re cute! Cute, cute, cute, cute, cute.”

Akane laughed, as though Katie’s praise tickled her. “You’re terrible!”

“But you’re the cutest!” Kasumi called over to her.

Akane turned to her sister with her bright smile. “Don’t you start, too!”

“Welcome home, Akane-chan,” Kasumi said gently to her youngest sister.

To Katie, she introduced herself. “And welcome to our home, her new friend. I’m Kasumi.”

Katie had a hard time responding, because the very sight of Tendo Kasumi had stolen her breath away. “Uh…”

This stunningly beautiful woman with long brown hair worn in a ponytail slung over her shoulder, looking like a perfect housewife in her dress and apron, and wearing a smile that reminded Katie of coming home from school to cookies, milk, and Disney movies… this woman was Akane’s older sister?!

“Uh… hi, I’m Katie…” She barely managed to squeak out in a low, retreating voice.

Akane looked at Katie, curious about her reaction.

“There’s no need to be shy. Please, come in, it’s so wonderful to meet a friend of Akane-chan’s.” The eldest of Akane’s sisters turned to walk back inside, giving her a friendly nod over her shoulder to her as she headed in.

When she broke eye contact, Katie lowered her gaze, her pale cheeks turning a nice shade of pink, before she looked away.

Akane sidled closer to her. “Are you okay?”

Katie nodded fast, while putting one hand on the wall and slipping out of her shoes. “Yeah, uh… yeah‘m fine. Your sister, she’s really pretty… uh… nice… and stuff… huh?”

Akane chuckled as she recognized Katie’s expression. She so totally had a girl-crush on her older sister. This wasn’t anything new, Kasumi had this effect on a lot of girls back when she went to High School.

She’d never seen it happen so suddenly, let alone with someone who’d been so cool a few moments ago.

“So, come on, let me show you the dojo! And we can get some training in!” She offered.

“Sure, that sounds good…” Katie replied, still distracted by Kasumi’s radiance.

To herself, she thought. Good golly molly…

As Kasumi went back to the kitchen to resume working on dinner, Akane led Katie down the hall adjacent to the rather spacious Tendo family’s dojo–a broad, high-ceiling building that was half the size of the main house itself. Snapping out of her Kasumi-induced daze, Katie let out a whistle as she looked around.

“You could train a lot of students here,” she said as Akane went to a small closet adjacent to the door.

“We used to have a whole class, but then my mother died, and Daddy lost interest in training anyone,” Akane said as she began to change out of her uniform for her white-colored karate gi. “After that, the class shrank until eventually I was the only one left. I mean I tried to keep it going, but I guess I was a little too intense for them.”

“I can’t imagine that,” Katie joked as she pulled her own uniform off.

Out of practicality–or rather laziness–she normally wore her exercise clothes under her uniform. In this case, black and neon green compression shorts and a matching camisole top she wore underneath. From her bag she grabbed a hair scrunchie to tie her long black hair up into a ponytail.

Akane finished tying the belt of her gi tight around her waist and turned to face Katie.

“Wow…” Akane murmured, more impressed than she’d ever thought she’d be by a girl. She looked every bit as fit and tough-looking as her joke of a run-in with Kuno demonstrated.

Katie glanced over at her and smirked. “Wow yourself, lookin’ so cute and fierce.”

Akane puffed up her chest and took the compliment with sharp nod. She wasn’t going to be embarrassed at praise here in her element. She walked towards the center of the dojo, Katie following. “What do you do for your training?”

“My secret is water,” Katie replied as she joined her and the two began stretching.

That made the shorter girl pause. “Water how?”

“I do my usual training in a pool, sometimes waist deep, sometimes fully submerged. That sorta thing, water resistance is crazy good for building up strength,” Katie explained, and Akane blanched. “… What?”

“Oh, um… I’m no good with swimming pools…” She admitted as she continued. “I’m not that much of a swimmer, more a sinker.”

Katie tilted her head to her in an apologetic bow. “You have my condolences.”

Akane brightened back up. “It can’t be helped.”

“What about you, hon? What’s your regimen of choice?”

Akane was happy to move on from the subject of swimming. “Nothing too out of the ordinary. I use weights, lots of running, and when I’m in a bad mood I break bricks.”

She finished stretching. “… I kinda ran out of bricks this past week, though.”

Katie likewise continued limbering up and hummed mock contemplation. “I can’t imagine why.”

“So,” Akane asked as she got ready, “How do you want this spar to go?”

“The first to fall loses?” Katie said.

Akane nodded and smiled. “Well, you asked for it.”

Rolling her shoulders and cracking her neck, Katie faced Akane as she popped her knuckles. They bowed–acknowledging the friendly terms of their spar–and assumed fighting stances.

“Ready?” Akane asked.

“Yeah, let’s dance,” Katie replied.

“Then here I come!” Akane called out as she rushed straight at Katie with a powerful punch.

The initial attack seemed slow to Katie right up until she realized how deceptive that was–like a train in the distance that appeared to be crawling along, but in actuality hurtling towards the person watching it at nearly 120 k/ph. She quickly went on the defense, bringing up her hands like a baseball catcher’s and blocking the punch, the full force pushing her back despite her braced feet.

Surprised, but undaunted, Katie vaulted right up and over Akane, twisting her body around to deliver a kick that Akane raised one arm to block–before kicking back just as Katie landed, forcing her to skip backwards from the heel aimed at her cheek.

When she escaped Akane’s reach, the older girl took advantage of hers, advancing forward with quick jabs that Akane parried and deflected, using her footwork and weaving around the strikes she couldn’t block to stay at the limit of Katie’s reach while trying to scope out an opening to break out with. Her opponent was quick though, with barely any gaps between her blows to capitalize on.

“Good moves, good moves!” Katie complimented as she faked a punch again–to pivot into the same devastating roundhouse kick she destroyed Kuno with.

Akane was much smaller than Kuno though and she used it–ducking under it to attack. As Katie’s foot went over her, she realized that the kick was different–the angle was too high. Just in time, she quickly rolled back as Katie’s leg came down much faster, the impact from her ax kick causing the entire dojo to shake.

“Whoa!” Akane scrambled back onto her feet, avoiding slash-like low kicks that Katie kept her from capitalizing against with wild and unpredictable feints.

Her footwork is so good… she really loves kicking! She thought right before she fired off a low kick of her own to stop hers. When Katie when high, so did she, once again crossing their legs and parrying her. She went on the offensive, unleashing snap kicks in quick succession aimed for Katie’s upper body, advancing with each kick.

As Katie was pushed back, Akane made a full rotation, rushed in low, and fired a right uppercut, forcing the taller girl to somersault backwards and land a much safer distance away, bouncing from one foot to the other as she resumed her loose fighting stance.

“Very cool, that almost grazed me,” Katie teased.

Akane began to mimic Katie’s bouncing motion, she was starting to feel a rush she hadn’t since she went head on with Kuno in kendo. “The next one will do more than that!”

“C’mon, c’mon~!” Katie invited, right before the two danced back into it and swung at each other.

Inside the sitting room, a napping meditating Tendo Soun was stirred by a noise he hadn’t heard in quite a while: The muffled thumping of footsteps, jumping, and stomping, the shouts of kiais, and smacks of blows being traded. Ah, what a nostalgic sound, it took him back to happier days, before the tragedy of his wife’s passing, a dojo full of students practicing their moves, sparring, training… all under his watchful eyes.

The mustachioed head of the Tendo family opened his eyes and smiled as he brought up his hand to stroke his chin. Ah, he remembered those old days so fondly. Maybe… maybe he ought to go back to that. Round up some students and teach the art of fighting as he’d been taught.

… Well, maybe not exactly as he’d been taught, but in a manner that wouldn’t have an angry mob knocking on his door.

An especially loud thump made Soun jump, and it was then that he finally realized that the racket wasn’t just him spacing out and reminiscing.

“Hmm?”

There was another, and now Soun was curious. An especially loud bang followed–the sound of another of Katie’s kicks barely missing its mark, followed by the thumping and shouting as Akane punished it.

Soun’s curiosity could take it no longer, and so he rose and made his way over to the dojo. He knew how his youngest daughter was when it came to training, and usually affairs such as sparring were far less violent and even more brief. As he walked down the short hallway from the main house to the dojo, he found his oldest daughter standing by the doorway, looking inside.

“Kasumi-chan, what’s that racket. Is Akane upset about something?”

Kasumi looked at him, smiling.

“Oh no, she’s sparring with a friend from school, it sounded like they were having fun, so I came to see.”

Upon reaching the doorway, he was surprised to see Akane locked in combat with a taller young woman he’d never seen before.

Katie was on the offensive, jabbing quick and fast at Akane as she withdrew in a defensive posture, her hands moving just quickly to defend. She caught one punch and deflected it to her right, used her palm to divert another blow to her left, and brought both hands together to entirely block a third blow.

As Katie lunged with a fourth jab, Akane jumped back from it–surprising her as she landed on the wall to kick off and lash out with a spinning kick straight for Katie’s head. The taller girl had the wherewithal to raise her arms to block, but when the blow connected, it still had enough force to lift her off her feet and launch her across the dojo into the wall next to the doorway. Katie slammed into the wall hard enough force to splinter the sturdy wooden planks that went halfway up its sides.

Landing from her kick at the same time, Akane came to a stop, aghast. “Oh no! Katie, are you okay?!”

Soun was surprised himself. “Akane, what on Earth are you doing?!”

He looked at the foreign girl embedded in his wall and paled. It was an unfortunate fact that when Soun’s interest in training students began to wane, Akane attempted to pick up his slack. This led to the vast remainder of his students fleeing the dojo–or more specifically, fleeing Akane’s wrath. While the girl knew enough to hold back from killing anyone, she was just aggressive enough in a spar to break someone short of killing them.

It was one thing for local boys to taste her wrath, but a foreign guest?!

Akane looked over. “Daddy? Oh, I was sparring but…”

Katie, looking none the worse for wear, pushed herself out of the indent she made in the wooden planks. “Don’t worry, I’m okay.”

Akane looked back at Katie, awash with relief. “Are you sure?”

“C’mon now, hon, I ain’t tryin’ to ask you out. I can take a hit,” Katie teaseed as she went right back into a fighting stance and grinned. “We’re just getting warmed up, ain’t we?”

Akane’s relief turned into the brightest smile Soun had ever seen her with, before she laughed and returned to her stance.

The two began circling around the center of the dojo floor, like binary stars around a central point. Soun watched, enamored by the spar now; he couldn’t quite recall the last time he’d seen Akane so thrilled.

“All right, round two, you ready?” Katie asked with a competitive smile.

“If you are. Now that I know what you can take, I’m gonna hit harder,” Akane promised.

Katie lit up with anticipation. “Show me what you got, Akaneko!”

Before they could throw themselves back at each other, they were interrupted–by several smoke bombs rolling across the floor around Akane and Katie and exploding.

=-=-Note Time-=-=

So this took three previous scenes and combined them into one. I wanted to make a few changes to the interpersonal dynamics here, especially considering that in the original story I just kinda left Tofu behind (just like Takahashi, lol!). This time we're going to take a different tack here, and from now on I'm going to be posting little commentaries here about the changes coming with the ~Devas~ version of this fic. Stay tuned, yeah?
 
Last edited:
From Where The Shadows Are Born

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#4
|From Where the Shadows are Born|

“Ah, what the fuck?!” Katie cried out as the smoke filled her nose. “It stinks, oh God!”

It was disgusting–a pungent stink of rotten eggs and gym socks that stuck to the smoke and made her eyes water and her gag reflex go off.

Akane covered her face in vain as the smoke passed over her, too. Soun, just on the edge of the smoke bombs, brought the sleeve to his gi up to cover Kasumi’s face as she yelped in surprise. Fortunately for either, it didn't appear to be that strongly smelling from where they stood at all.

As the smoke billowed, the triumphant laughter of a young man filled the room, and recognition made both Akane and Katie freeze.

“K-Kuno?!” Akane gasped.

“What the…?” Katie began as she managed to open one eye and look through the blinding smoke. That open eye twitched as she snarled. “Are you kidding me…?”

It was the unmistakable silhouette of Kuno, with what should be a broken arm holding out a bokken at his side as his laughter calmed. “As you can plainly see, I, Kuno Tatewaki the Invincible Blade of Furinkan High School, stand unharmed before you,” he declared, “Your flashy moves and foul demeanor, amusing as they are, were merely style to make up for substance you truly lack!”

Katie wiped her eyes again and her expression turned to confusion–then into a flat glare. Kuno chuckled again and pointed his bokken at her.

“However, if you pack up your things and leave Japan immediately, to never be seen again, I will forgive you for your transgression and spare you a truly awful fate.”

He brought the wooden blade to his shoulder and laughed again.

“You must also pay a restitution fee, as well. I do not ask for much, just drop what money you have on the floor and leave at once.”

By this point the smoke had cleared enough for Akane, Katie, Kasumi, and Soun to see that “Kuno” was actually a tall bar stool wearing Kuno’s pants, with a very short, bushy-eyebrowed, monkey-like young man in a ninja gi wearing the top part of his usual attire. He also wore a wig that helped complete the illusion, and in the hand not holding the bokken he held a microphone to his mouth as he tried to emote the suaveness of Kuno and let the voice modulator do the rest.

“And Akane Tendo must go on a date with me, for allowing me to suffer such indignity, at a later date of my choosing!”

Katie walked up to the ninja and kicked the stool out from under him as he laughed again, causing him to fall flat on his face and swallow the microphone.

“Uncool, man,” she snarled.

The ninja, Sarugakure Sasuke, quickly got up–groaning from the nasty sensation of having a working microphone in his stomach. Hacking out a cough, he looked up at Katie, shocked.

“H-how did you resist my poison smoke?!” He demanded.

"Barely! That shit almost fucked up my nose you piece of shit!”

Sasuke pointed at her defiantly. “Now only begins your suffering! I will not forgive you for what you have done to my master!”

“Your Master? Wait, are you like Kuno’s ninja or something?” Katie asked.

“He is!” Akane snapped angrily.

“I don’t need your forgiveness, but hey… since you’re out of a job now, how about you work for me? I always wanted a pet ninja.”

“I AM NO ONE’S PET! ESPECIALLY NOT TO A LOOSE, LEWD WOMAN!” Sasuke roared while looking at Katie's toned body, drool running from his mouth. He folded his arms and turned away when he realized how perverse he looked. “I am a loyal servant to the Kuno family, and for them I would gladly lay down my life!”

He turned back to face her, more smoke bombs held between his fingers. “Now prepare for a taste of true hell-!”

A simple front kick scooped Sasuke straight up into the air, before Katie spun around and swung a high kick straight up into his stomach with such force, that there was feedback from the unseen speakers he’d used with the mic. This was followed by a muffled pop and Sasuke belching fire from the whole microphone exploding in his gut.

Akane winced from the racket, while by the door Kasumi brought her hand to her mouth as she gasped at the violence of Katie’s dispatch of the ninja.

Her leg held high, Katie balanced the folded over ninja on her heel, as she stared up at him.

Her voice seething with contempt, she spoke. “What are you, twelve? ‘A taste of true hell?’ Get out of here with that horseshit!”

She brought Sasuke over her head in a wide arc and slammed him into the floor of the dojo with enough force to buckle the planks and send him straight through the bottom of the dojo and into the cold, bare dirt under the building.

As splinters rained down around the edge of the hole made in the floor, she leaned down and looked. He was still conscious, and in quite a lot of pain. Good, she wanted to make sure he understood completely how badly he fucked up.

“The hell do you think this is?” She asked the crumpled shinobi.

“Oh my…” Kasumi murmured in a lower voice than usual for her.

Soun gaped at the girl. Such power, such ferocity, such brutality…

He grinned. Akane has made a friend that shares her interests well!

Katie looked up from the hole and to Soun as she realized the damage she’d done. “Oh shoot, I’m sorry about the floor. I’ll pay for it, I promise.”

Soun brightened more. She’s not a cheapskate either!

“Well, as long as you’re taking responsibility, I don’t see the harm done,” he said reassuringly.

“That was great, Senpai!” Akane said eagerly as she joined her side.

Katie looked over to her. “Senpai?” She cocked her head a bit to her left, to look at Akane from a slight angle. “I’m not much of one…”

“Well, you took care of Kuno’s little servant pretty well.”

“I guess, but that just sounds so… I’m not used to that kind of thing…” Katie looked back at the hole. “Besides, I didn’t put the little guy out completely.”

Sure enough Sasuke began to haul himself out of the floor. He had an evil smile on his face, as if getting his butt kicked had been a part of his plan the whole time.

“Hmhmhm… indeed… you were clever to hold yourself back, as I expected you to,” he croaked.

Akane looked from Sasuke to Katie. “You held back, why?”

“Because we’re being watched,” Katie revealed.

Akane, Kasumi, and Soun looked around quickly.

“Wait, we are?” The youngest Tendo asked. “Who’s there?”

Sasuke let out a weak cackle in triumph. “That is correct! Kodachi-sama, have you seen enough?”

“Oh my, yes, I certainly have,” a new voice, that of a noble young woman, answered.

Then, the entire inside of the dojo was subjected to a gentle fall of petals from the ceiling.

“Rose petals?” Akane asked.

Katie caught one that fell near her. “They’re black.”

When she looked ahead, her eyes widened again at the sight of the woman responsible for them. She was simply beautiful–a well-toned gymnast with a face to match, her gorgeous complexion accentuated with black lipstick and violet eyeliner, and with long silken black hair that was pulled into a side ponytail that fluttered off the right side of her head and ended past her waist.

So this is the part of town where all the hot, dangerous girls live. She thought.

“Who are you?” Akane asked, unnerved by the arrival of this unknown, weirdly alluring woman.

She did not hesitate to introduce herself. “I am Kuno Kodachi, sister of the man you know as Tatewaki, and mistress of this Sarugakure Sausuke here.” She gestured to the ninja, who was still grinning maliciously at them.

Akane entered a fighting stance, as did Katie.

“So what, you want a hospital bed beside your brother? Because I’m already done with your whole family.” The latter warned.

“Same here!” The former agreed.

“Given your reactions, it is obvious to me that what my servant has described is true. You humiliated my brother, shattering his bones, his pride, and his spirit. You left him a hollow wreck of a man, who had to be carted to hospital nearly in pieces.” Kodachi looked between the two of them, before settling on Katie and gesturing to Akane. “All because you took objection to his courtship of this homely girl?”

Akane almost lunged to start punching her bloody. “Homely?!”

Katie held her arm out, holding the firebrand back. “I shut him down because he was bullying the whole school into beating her up. Why wouldn’t I?”

Kodachi let out a soft, dark laugh. “For that, I believe a fitting reward is in order, for your selfless intervention at my brother’s expense.”

Sasuke laughed. He knew well of Kodachi-sama’s madness, and how deadly she could be in battle. If that vicious beast of a woman only barely withstood his poison, then his mistress would show her what a real master of toxins was like! He clenched a fist, eager to see Kodachi’s first blow.

Katie snorted. “Oh, and what would that be?”

Kodachi, reached behind her… and produced a beautifully crafted engraved silver handheld mirror lined with black rose patterns.

“Here, a token of my gratitude. A one-of-a-kind artisanal mirror commissioned as a gift for me for my sixteenth birthday; valued at well over seven hundred thousand yen.”

Akane and Katie dropped their stances, confused at the offer of a genuine reward instead of some sinister attack. At the same time, Sasuke all but leaped out of the hole.

“WHAT?!” The ninja yelled out.

Looking at the mirror, Katie reached out with slight hesitation and took it. “Okay…?”

Kodachi continued. “I would also like to offer my sincerest apologies. My brother can be something of a boor when it comes to that which he cannot have, throwing tantrums this way and that. This treatment of you, Tendo-san, is absolutely unacceptable to the proud name of the Kuno family.”

Sasuke could not believe what he was hearing. “K-Kodachi-sama, but your brother… his love…!”

“Love? Is that what he calls his disgraceful behavior?” Kodachi asked, amused by the very notion.

Sasuke nodded. “Yes! His love for Tendo Akane burns brighter than any star, his passion is unmatched by that of a hundred men, two hundred!”

Kodachi’s gaze fell upon Sasuke, sharper than any blade, making him freeze with fear. “A passion that can outmatch two hundred men, but cannot best one girl?”

Katie had to look away, to protect her eyes from that burn. “Dang…”

Akane almost felt sympathy for the little creep, when she saw Sasuke’s shattered expression. “I think putting him through the floor was nicer…”

Kodachi thrust forth her hand, pointing at Sasuke. “You let your devotion to my brother cloud your judgement on a matter as sacred as love! That fool rightfully earned his crushing defeat for his embarrassing idea of courtship, and unjustly seeking revenge upon his behalf rightfully earned you yours! OHOHOHOHOHOHO!”

Katie bit her lower lip again. Okay, she’s hot, crazy, and does the ojou-sama laugh. Girls in this neighborhood are amazing.

How did she not stumble over this part of Nerima sooner?

A beeping from the house caught Kasumi’s attention and she brightened. Turning back to the group, she called. “Excuse me, Kodachi-san, does this mean that you’re a friend of Akane-chan’s?”

“An acquaintance, at best, but I bear no ill-will towards her.”

That pleased Kasumi to hear it. “Well there’s no need to be a stranger, please sit down for dinner with us. It’s just about ready to serve.”

Akane was on the fence about this. On one hand, being friends with Kodachi didn’t seem so bad if her idea for showing apology was handing out expensive gifts and hurling abuse at people trying to mess with her.

On the other, it’d give her brother an excuse to come straight to the house.

On the gripping hand, Kuno Tatewaki was a broken shell of a man who wouldn’t be bothering her for a while at least.

Furthermore, if she was as athletic as she looked, she could probably learn a few things from her (and about her brother) and incorporate that into her style, so in case Tatewaki did come back to bother her? Akane would have even less of a problem pummeling the pompous ponce.

That reconsideration tipped her hand. “Please, Kodachi-san, join us for dinner. Kasumi is a very good cook.”

Kodachi took a moment to ponder the offer. “Well, it has been some time since I’ve had a meal prepared by someone other than my servant…” She looked down at Sasuke, much as one would look upon an insect needing to be stomped on. “And since the fool will be indisposed due to his injuries, I will gratefully take your offer.”

Akane and Katie both smiled, for different but overlapping reasons.

“Great!” Akane cheered.

“Cool,” the taller girl said with her.

Kasumi gestured for everyone to follow her. “Wonderful, please come to the sitting room.”

Soun couldn’t help his own smile. When did this house suddenly get so lively?

=-=-Note Time-=-=

Some changes here, two smaller scenes being pulled together, some grammatical changes, Kasumi being in the thick of it. Other than that and a few changes of dialogue, the edits done to this scene are fairly minimal. Next scene, that changes.

Oh, and a change on the Meta Leitmotif for Kodachi. Outkast's Roses just don't suit her, here.
 
Friends of the Black Rose

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#5
|Friends of the Black Rose|

With her headphones on, Nabiki had missed most of the racket, but still heard it. The thumping and bumping had gotten particularly loud towards the end, but since there was no screaming and shouting in the aftermath, she reckoned that things went well enough and focused on the task at hand–watching the video of a fight in the dark confines of a nightclub setting.

While the quality of the camera was excellent, the lighting was bad and there was just too much noise from the crowd to hear what was being shouted–in English no less–between the combatants.

One was a tall girl wearing a black suit and matching tie, but any evidence of her hair’s length was tied up in a fishtail milkmaid style braid. The other was a much smaller Japanese girl, dressed in a cream-colored cocktail dress and a white fur-lined jacket, and she was swarming all over the taller girl with punches and kicks, forcing her to turtle to defend from her incessant barrage.

She’d seen this video enough times to recognize the girl on the offensive: Shiratori Azusa, one half of the legendary figure skating duo known as the Golden Pair. Cute as a button, but a dangerous martial artist off the ice rink and on it, she was demonstrating her fantastic agility and striking skills all over the monolithic figure that, until very recently, Nabiki didn’t have a name to go with her.

A violent kick collided with the tall girl’s crossed arms, and she slid backward across the flashing dance floor. Azusa didn’t let up, closing the distance in a dancing fashion to throw off where she was going to attack from while building up incredible momentum. As the taller girl’s arms came down, Azusa zigged left, and then zagged right, driving a haymaker directly into the tall girl’s cheek.

Like she’d just hit the face of a mountain, Azusa’s punch did not budge the tall girl, who stood stock still, staring back down at her before Nabiki froze the moment.

“Huh.”

The frame didn’t hold too much detail, but even in the poor light Nabiki could make out the unmoved girl’s pale, pretty face against the stage illuminating her from below. No wonder Katie didn’t talk much about herself to anyone at all until today–the girl had some baggage, and cleaning Kuno’s clock with an actual clock was going to attract trouble once word got around.

How problematic, Nabiki was going to have to stay ahead of this, if for her own comfort. Leaning back in her chair, she raised her hands above her head and stretched.

I should put my ear to the ground first thing tomorrow. No doubt the peanut gallery is going to be all a-twitter over Furinkan losing its shooting star…

She stopped, when a new implication loomed. Oh, that is going to be a thing, too, isn’t it?

Whatever further thoughts she had on the matter at hand were shelved, when her phone lit up with Kasumi’s text. Dinner was ready.

Leaving her room, Nabiki kept her mind on what she knew now of Katie and the impression she had when she was a mystery girl in a leaked video. The American had kept to herself enough that it really did seem out of character that she’d suddenly become a stereotypical transfer student shaking up the status quo. But it wasn’t like Nabiki had gone out of her way to talk to her, which was why this annoyed her right now.

Not that it mattered, if Katie was going to be friends with Akane, there was plenty of time to learn about her. She reached the bottom of the stairs, her mind fully made up on what to do for now.

When she entered the sitting room, that went out the window.

What is she doing here? Nabiki thought upon seeing Kodachi at the table.

Kodachi was in the middle of speaking with her hosts. “I’ve been curious about the girl who has bewitched my brother’s heart, between the constant ravings, the poetry, the pictures, the shrine, the body pillows…”

Katie did a quick double take. “Wait, body pillows…?”

“I was beginning to wonder if you were a celebrity,” Kodachi revealed.

“Oh no, she’s just the most popular girl in school,” Kasumi praised, to Akane’s embarrassment.

“I’m not that popular…”

“Yes, you are,” Katie and Nabiki said in unison.

Katie looked up at her. “Oh, howdy.”

Nabiki gave a casual nod to Katie as she took her spot at the table.

Akane grumbled. “Well, I’m not popular anymore now that those idiot boys know I don’t want anything to do with them.”

Kodachi hummed. “Not a single one of them?”

Akane nodded. “Those desperate dweebs may as well be dead to me.”

“They’re dead to pretty much every girl in the whole town after what they did,” Katie said.

Kasumi was blithe about it. “Well, I don’t really care for younger men, so it’s no loss to me.”

Katie glanced over to the eldest Tendo. “Really? W-what sort is your type?”

Put on the spot, Kasumi brought a hand to her cheek, as her face tinted pink. “Oh my, it’s kind of embarrassing really. It's not dinner table conversation for me.”

Kodachi rested a finger on her cheek, she was contemplating something. “So all of those young men are burakumin in the eyes of the women at the school?”

Akane nodded. “That’s about it.”

“Fascinating, I will be visiting your school in the coming days to take a tour of this phenomena myself; would you be so generous as to show me around?”

“As long as you don’t plan on taking your brother’s place as the resident lunatic,” Akane offered.

Kodachi laughed, sending a shiver down Katie’s spine and making her thighs clench together. “Ohohoho! Tendo-san, as a token of my forgiveness, you needn’t worry about me. I swear upon my family’s honor that I, Kuno Kodachi, will be your friend and confidante for life. I’ll do what I can to make up for my boorish buffoon of a brother.”

That had Nabiki lifting an eyebrow. “Wait, huh?”

Kasumi clasped her hands together. “That’s so kind of you!”

Akane was stunned. “That… really?”

“Truly!” Kodachi said before turning to Katie. “And to you as well, Izurando-san. I don’t want any bad blood between our houses. Let us let bygones be bygones.”

Katie didn’t hesitate. “Sure, that sounds good. Long as you keep your brother out of our hair.”

“You have permission from me to deal with him as you see fit, short of actually killing him of course.”

Katie nodded. “In that case, next time I’ll break his legs.”

“That will be fine by me, but you may have to wait a while for another opportunity!” Kodachi said with another powerful laugh.

Her generosity was unexpected, suspicious even. It was as if she was getting something pretty big out of this and Nabiki wanted to know what it was.

Soun, quite impressed by Kodachi’s vow–and seeing the possible financial benefits–was more than happy with this new development. “Akane-chan, your friend Kodachi-kun is more than welcome in our home.”

“Just so long as her brother isn’t,” Akane again affirmed.

“I’ll keep him out when you can’t,” Katie said.

“So you’ll be coming over more often?”

“Whenever you need me. We’re friends. right?” Katie asked.

Akane let out a small laugh, as she beamed right back at Katie. “Yeah, we are!”

She said to Kodachi. “You, too!”

Kodachi was quite taken by the happy girl’s smile, just as every other hopeless soul who saw it tended to be and returned it in kind. “It is an honor.”

Nabiki’s gaze darted between Akane, Katie, and Kodachi. In one day, in less than one, everything just got flipped on its head and there really was no telling what was going to happen next.

“Well, dinner was fabulous, Tendo-san, but I must be on my way,” Kodachi said as she finished her plate and rose. “I have class in the morning and homework to complete.”

She produced from nowhere a stack of yen and set it on the table right in front of Nabiki. “A token of appreciation and gratitude for the lovingly crafted meal.”

She bowed politely to them, before going outside. “I will see you soon, Akane-san, Izurando-san!”

Laughing that laugh Katie found so incredible, Kodachi took off into the night, leaving Nabiki staring blankly down at the stack of 100,000 yen casually tossed down by the younger of the Kuno siblings.

That was 100,000 yen. Right there. In front of her eyes.

“She really is generous,” Kasumi said, surprised as well by the amount of money offered.

“I’ll say!” Soun said as he reached for it, only for Nabiki to move faster than she ever moved to snatch it up herself.

“Mine,” she said impulsively, earning pointed looks from her father, her younger sister and her beastly friend.

Recoiling, she tried to look less money grubbing and forced a crooked smile. “Er… as in… I will make sure that this is safely deposited.”

The stares cooled off, and Nabiki looked down at the tremendous amount of money with no small amount of giddiness. The status quo was gone, and there was no telling what to make of this new beginning–but it was going to be interesting.

|Meanwhile, back in China|

Everything went wrong.

First, in clear defiance and disregard of the warnings, Genma and Ranma leapt into action, to train atop the bamboo poles of the Jusenkyo Springs. Everything was fine and dandy, with no sign of anything going wrong–aside from the protests of the guide–but then Ranma kicked his father into the Spring of the Drowned Panda. An apt name, because instead of his father, what emerged from it was a grizzly bear-sized and indignant panda which promptly batted Ranma straight into the Spring of the Drowned Young Girl.

As expected of its description, Ranma emerged from the spring in the body of a short, buxom, and unbelievably cute redheaded girl.

With a scream of horror, and then of rage, father and son–rather panda and daughter–spent the next few hours with the former being chased and pummeled by the latter.

At some point during this chase, Ranma may have knocked someone else into a spring, but in his rage, he did not see who or what spring they fell in. He wasn’t even sure if it actually happened, and he was angry about that, too.

Now he was a girl, his dad was a panda, he was tired, angry, hungry…

“ACHOO!”

… And coming down with a cold now, too. Today was the worst day ever and he was not sure how it could get worse.

“Hey, tour guide, you've been walking us down this path for hours. How can you be sure that there’s a place that can help us here?” He asked the man.

“There place, yes. Village with ancient history! Wise, wise elders who know very much of curses, yes? You get good cure here.”

“Can I get a warm bed and a meal, too? Because I’m tired and I’m starving!” Ranma moaned, his panda dad agreeing with a growl right as a modest-sized but walled-off and heavily guarded village came into view.

“Mr. Customers, you need not worry, we is here,” the tour guide revealed. “This village of Women Warriors, they fix everything. It all be a-okay one hundred percent.”

Ranma looked with relief at the village and sighed. Though the words weren’t exactly what he’d go for in terms of reassurance, it sounded like this nightmare was finally coming to an end.

=-=-Note Time-=-=

And this is where we diverge. A few things that were held off (read: not fully formed) until later get brought up here. That's going to have a big effect on the new content to come. Suffice to say, the next two weeks in this story are going to be interesting for all of our characters, including Ranma of course.
 
Volume Three: Vice Principal

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#6
SENPAI
A story of Good Friends


|Vice Principal|

The next morning at the Tendo Dojo was a hive of activity. In the backyard of the house, an invigorated Soun was shadow boxing, and in the sitting room Nabiki watched him while she sipped a glass of juice. Kasumi was busy at work cooking for her family plus their guest, and just finishing up to her satisfaction.

“Akane-chan, Katie-chan, breakfast is almost ready!” Kasumi sang and the sound of footsteps coming down the stairs followed. “Are you ready for class?”

“We’re ready as we’ll ever be,” Akane called back as she and Katie strode into the sitting room and sat down.

Katie sat down next to Akane and ran her fingers through her long black hair, fanning it out and letting it fall against her shoulders and back. She had a restful night’s sleep on a comfortable bed roll that Akane set out next to her bed. “Well, I feel refreshed. How you doin’ this morning?”

Nabiki was a half-second slow to realize Katie was speaking to her and lowered her juice. “Oh? I’m okay; not really looking forward to today, though.”

Akane looked over as Kasumi came in with several covered bowls of breakfast. “What is it?”

“Well, Kuno’s gone, so the faculty is going to take control at school,” Nabiki lamented.

That puzzled Akane. “Isn’t that what’s supposed to happen?”

“I for one welcome anyone competent enough to do their job,” Katie added.

“And there’s the rub. These are the same guys who let Kuno have free reign of the school.”

Katie grimaced. “Yikes.”

“Can you blame them? Kuno probably threatened to challenge any of them who resisted to a duel, or something silly like that,” Akane said.

Kasumi sat down with them after setting the last of the dishes out. “Well, if Okamada-sensei is still the Vice-Principal, it should be fine, shouldn’t it?”

“We have a Vice-Principal?” Akane asked, surprised.

“Yes, he was Vice-Principal when I went to Furinkan for my first year, and he was the only one who could really keep the principal contained. By Summer break he convinced the principal to go to Hawaii and we never saw him again.”

“How bad was he?” Katie dared to ask.

Kasumi sat still for a moment, her gaze unfocusing as she stared at the far wall of the sitting room. Katie and Akane shared a look as a moment went by with no movement from Kasumi. Without warning, she snapped out of it.

“What’s important is that we never saw him again.”

Katie and Akane shared another concerned look.

“After that, school was more peaceful, but I decided to leave to devote my time here at home,” Kasumi went on like she didn’t just have a traumatic flashback.

Mulling on that as she began to fill her plate, Katie decided to sit on the brighter side of it.

“Well, as long as he’s a peaceful guy then we’ll have a peaceful time. I doubt anyone’s going to cause much trouble after yesterday, and if anyone does, I’ll handle them,” she said

“We’ll handle them,” Akane corrected.

Katie chuckled. “Pardon me, we will handle them.” She corrected herself and earned a smile from Akane.

With breakfast done, the three girls Akane, Nabiki, and Katie left the Tendo residence and headed to the school. As far as morning walks went for Akane, it was a much-welcomed change of pace to be able to just walk to school and talk about something other than how frustrated she was. It had only gone on for three days, and ended just yesterday, but being able to go to school with no worries for once made it feel like it’d been suffering for weeks.

“It’s so weird,” Akane said as they neared the gate.

“Having no unruly mob to greet you every morning?” Katie teased.

“Yeah,” Akane said before she looked up at the covered clock.

Katie let out a silky chuckle. “Soon you’re gonna miss the attention, Akaneko.”

“Not likely, ever, I’m never going to miss a boy, especially any of them.”

“Ah, to be so young,” Nabiki said as they passed the threshold to the front yard of the school.

Barely two steps into the schoolyard, and Akane bumped into someone who walked into her path. Surprised, she pushed him back and gave a yelp when she realized it was one of the school’s male students.

“Ugh, back off!” She snapped at him.

The student stumbled back, and with a muttered “Sorry” he lumbered listlessly away from Akane–not towards the doors but towards the school’s wall. Watching the dazed boy leave, she looked back at Katie and Nabiki. They were both looking at the curious sight all around them: the schoolyard was packed with male students left and right.

There was no mistaking them, they were all the very same boys who’d aggressively lusted for Akane in the days prior, but it was clear that her explosion had an effect on them. They were all pale, almost completely colorless; it was like looking at a grayscale manga drawing compared to everything around them. They all had the same lifeless expressions, as well, and their gazes were held firmly to the ground, looking no higher than anyone’s ankles.

“Huh,” Katie said as she nudged one of the meandering boys.

“Sorry,” he muttered as he drifted away like a balloon bouncing off her.

Nabiki scratched her cheek with one finger, and pushed another of the boys, and he went stumbling in the direction he was shoved.

“Sorry,” he said, before he tripped, fell, and laid there on the ground motionless.

“Dang, I think they’re actually broken,” Katie said.

“Woe, for my ability to care is nonexistent,” Akane said with her hand upon her chest.

Nabiki nudged the prone student, and he spoke a muffled “Sorry” into the dirt. “Frankly, I’m impressed they had enough sentience to get up and come to school today.”

“They’re going through the motions … I think,” Katie said as she kept poking another boy’s cheek.

“Sorry, sorry, sorry, sorry…”

“Definitely an improvement,” Katie said as she relented and let the young man wander off. “Though I think if they’re gonna wander around like livestock, we’d better put bells on ‘em.”

Nabiki and Akane both looked at Katie and jumped.

“They’re like ghosts, I’m looking right at them and I can barely tell they’re…” She noticed the two jump and looked back. “What…?”

She jumped back, flying to her guard, when she saw the slight, weary-looking middle-aged man in a suit standing right behind her. The man came up to Katie’s nose in height, with a wrinkled and pitted face and a severely receding hairline.

“Who…?” Katie began.

“Good morning, I am the Vice-Principal of Furinkan, Okamada-sensei,” the old man introduced himself.

This was the Vice-Principal? No wonder no one noticed him, he was the image of a man who wouldn’t be noticed unless he was standing directly in front of someone, and he was barely there now. Still, Katie bowed politely to him, Akane and Nabiki doing the same.

“Good morning, sensei,” all three said.

The Vice-Principal returned his bow. “Good morning, Akane-san, Nabiki-san, Katie-san. I hope that you are well this morning, and that you experienced no difficulty on your way to school.”

“It was the nicest walk to school I’ve had in the last couple days, everything is much quieter now,” Akane said freely.

Katie watched a boy walk between them in a fugue and bounce off another zombie-like lad. “We’re gonna need to build a pen for all these boys, though.”

Okamada looked to his left at one of the boys and shook his head slowly. “That is a shame. The fire of youth in their souls ran wild without forethought or reflection; it is the unfortunate state of affairs here in Nerima, that makes them like this. Before I needed to worry over a single madman–now everyone’s gone mad, and these young men paid for it by having their spirits snuffed out.”

He turned to the girls and bowed deeply. “On behalf of myself and the faculty of the school, you have my sincerest and humblest apologies for inaction in reining them in.”

Akane was a bit taken aback by the gesture. “Oh! Well, thank you… and just do not let it happen again.”

“Not that it can,” Katie chimed in as she envisioned where the pen to keep them would go in the courtyard.

She’d probably need a dog to help herd them.

“Yes, going forward there will be changes to how the school is administered, with steps to contain raucous behavior at the forefront. You needn’t worry anymore, it is my sworn duty now to ensure that Furinkan High School will be a paradise,” Okamada assured them.

“Good!” Akane said brightly, thankful that more change was in the wind.

“Yeah, thanks,” Katie agreed.

Nabiki just hummed and nodded.

“Now, hurry to class before the bell rings,” Okamada ordered, and the three girls turned and bolted off to the building.

Soon as they were up the stairs and through the door, he heaved a sigh and looked around at the sad mess of empty young men milling around him. He brought his right hand to his mouth, covering it, before he bowed his head and spread his palm across his face like a man in grief.

It was too much to bear.

“It is no one’s fault but my own,” he said to himself. “I was too meek, slow, too com-”

He stopped himself, he was suddenly gripping his own face, like he wanted to tear it off.

“No, I am the Vice-Principal of this school.”

Okamada Kamoyo will make everything right.

=-=-Note Time-=-=

Ranma's not showing up quite yet. There's quite a bit of content we're going to add here in the ~Devas~ edition, but don't worry! We'll be checking in on him and his... adventures in China in short order.
 
Delinquency

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#7
|Delinquency|

Kuno Tatewaki, the Blue Thunder of Furinkan High, the Rising Star, the Hero of History, and all sorts of other titles bequeathed upon him by he himself… was not just some guy who scared people with his weird personality and the wooden sword he freely brandished at anyone who stood up to him. He was the top student of Furinkan High School, its authority that even the school’s faculty bent to without hesitation, and with his position was the ability to influence the area around Furinkan as though it were his own Kingdom–whether he was aware of it or not.

His authority didn’t just come from his strength of force and personality. Among the wealthiest families in Japan and the surrounding region, the Kuno family ranked among the top five. In the Nerima Ward, where there were effectively no rules, this was the greatest power. Strength, wealth, charisma; It was possible to get by with any one of them, but with none of them there was trouble.

Clear on the other side of Nerima, was Butsumetsu High School. An All-Boys Reform School where many of the Ward’s worst delinquents wound up. Here, in spite of the school’s purpose, the delinquents were free to brawl and scrap as they saw fit, on and off the school grounds, and even during the middle of school. They were a band of brigands, and not an uncommon sight in the lawless town–motivated by an uncaring faculty and society that’d given up on most of them as failures who would never amount to anything more than violent thugs.

Their boss was the intimidating and powerful Soban. The bald, big-lipped, and burly young man of indeterminable age literally loomed large over the boys in his gang physically–but wasn’t exactly the sharpest knife in the drawer. Soban, however, was fine with not being very sharp. He hit like a hammer, after all.

He and his gang were meeting in an empty lot on the edge of their turf with the more affluent Taian neighborhood. Rough and tumble youths who seemed to cover a wide swath of delinquent culture and stereotype, from the old schoolers like himself to the more stylishly modern looking guys. They all proudly wore the black uniforms of Butsumetsu–some had patches from past damage, others no sleeves, and others just draped the uniform jackets on their shoulders like capes as they brandished all manner of blunt instruments like weapons.

The Butsumetsu boys were squaring off against their complete opposite: A gang of a dozen immaculately dressed, well-styled, and exceptionally pretty young men from the Taian neighborhood. None wore school uniforms, but their sharp, casual clothes were on point–they looked more ready for a date than a backlot brawl.

Their leader, wearing a cream-colored suit, with spiky brown hair and matching-colored eyes, stepped up ahead of his stylish underlings, and sniffed dismissively towards Soban and his crew.

“I see you guys brought your tank with you, hoping to soak up some damage, hm?” The leader of the well-dressed young men, Suzuki, asked the group. “

Just beside Soban, another delinquent stepped up. Average-sized (but looking small beside Soban) and built, he had short curly black hair that gave him the nickname he went by in his gang, Curly.

At Suzuki’s taunt, he rolled his eyes.

“And here you pretty boys go, walking onto a battlefield like it’s a game. This is Butsumetsu turf, you Pick Up Martial Artists don’t belong on this side of the tracks!” The curly-haired delinquent shot back.

Suzuki scowled at the nickname. “We’re Host Club Martial Artists! Get it right you jackasses!”

Curly brought a hand to his ear. “What was that? I could’ve sworn you guys just practiced karate to impress chicks and then pump and dump ‘em when you’ve roped them in… that sounds way less stylish than a host.”

That cut too, and Suzuki assumed a fighting stance. “You’re talking mad shit for someone within ass-whooping distance.”

Curly put up his dukes, like he was ready to box against Suzuki’s more esoteric martial arts. “I could be closer.”

Suzuki sneered and his entire body flickered before reappearing halfway between where he had stood and Curly. He accelerated, remaining a blur as he closed in to shut the bad-mouthing Butsumetsu punk with a chop to his throat, but as he reached him, he stopped and jumped away.

Soban, who had not been moving previously, swung at him with one of his powerful arms–the giant of a young man much faster than his size suggested.

“Shit!” Suzuki yelped as the air disturbed from the blow threw him off, and he landed several paces away from Soban and Curly with his guard up.

I didn’t even see him move… The handsome young man realized.

Laughing at Suzuki’s reaction, Curly folded his arms as Soban stepped up, cracking his knuckles. “This guy gets zapped by Lum Invader every other day, and even in a straight fight she couldn’t keep him down! What makes you think that you’re going to stand a chance against him?!”

Suzuki adjusted his stance. “That’s a good question but let me ask… when was the last time you fought someone other than an alien chick?!”

He vanished again and reappeared a few paces forward, to Soban’s right, striking a fabulous pose straight out of JoJo. “Dazzling!”

Flickering again, he was at Curly’s left, posed with his jacket open, its short back blowing in a nonexistent wind. “Stunning!”

Before either could move, Suzuki disappeared again and was suddenly above Soban and Curly, rose petals and sparkles surrounding him before he abruptly accelerated downward towards him. “This is a… STYLISH KICK!”

Soban swung an uppercut into Suzuki’s dive kick. Instead of shattering his leg and sending him twirling through the air, Soban’s mighty fist connected and both attacks stopped–a powerful shockwave exploding from the impact and pushing back delinquents on both sides.

Jumping back, Suzuki landed again, stunned by the sheer strength of the other student. Behind him, his gang were similarly shocked.

“Aniki’s attack was on fleek, h-how could a buffoon like that just stop it with one punch, man?!”

“That thing’s as strong a monster as it’s ugly!” Exclaimed another.

On Butsumetsu’s side, there was a mutual surprise at Suzuki’s ability to not be instantly killed by Soban’s blow.

“Eeesh, I could’ve sworn that PUMA would’ve been blown away,” one of the rowdy, rough boys said in surprised amusement.

“He’s more than just a pretty face!” Another declared.

“Good, he might hold up a bit while the boss is rearranging it!” Teased another one.

Soban shook his hand. “Hmph, that stung.”

Curly slapped the back of his hand against Soban’s side and laughed. “Geez, big guy. Way to show off!”

He turned his attention to Suzuki. “All right, the exhibition’s over. Are we going to throw down, or has it gotten into your pretty little head that your flashy moves ain’t gonna help you against our down and dirty styling?!”

The other Butsumetsu boys broke into cheers, throwing their fists into the air as they got fired up.

Sniffing, Suzuki stood straight and brushed his fingers through his hair. Swinging his hand aside, he smirked as sparkles flew off his fingertips and masculine beauty radiated from his posed form. Behind him, the other members of his gang struck fabulous fighting poses–sparkles, bubbles and roses rising like an aura around them.

“It’s not our policy to cater to males, but we’re going to serve you up a beating straight to hell!” Suzuki promised.

The two sides, bursting with the violent energy of youth, began to fan out as they sized each other up. Strategies and tactics forming and failing on the fly, as they prepared to plunge into a melee. With the tension skyrocketing as Suzuki assumed a more conventional stance and Soban posed like a bear ready to lunge, neither side was prepared for another smaller boy from Butsumetsu to come running into the lot in a panic, flailing his arms.

“Guys! Guys!” The student shouted as he ran straight up to Soban and his right-hand man. “Boss! Curly! You guys ain’t gonna believe this!”

Curly looked over to him. “Hey, Chibi! We’re in the middle of smacking down these joke PUMAs!”

“We’re Hosts!” Suzuki corrected at the top of his lungs.

“Forget about them, this is way more important! Kuno Tatewaki is in the hospital!”

Both sides forgot about their confrontation on the spot and looked towards Chibi like he’d just told them the emperor had been assassinated. Curly and Soban both fell slack-jawed, the other Butsumetsu boys shouting in disbelief around them. On their side, Suzuki went tense with alarm while the other Host Martial Artists looked at each other with worry.

“The hell happened to the strongest guy in Furinkan?” Curly asked over the other boys in the gang clamoring for info as they gathered around, only to be held back by Soban to keep them from crowding on the smallest member of their gang.

Chibi was grateful for the gesture and explained. “Yesterday morning, he got into a fight in the school yard, and he got destroyed. They’re saying every bone in his body’s been broken!”

One of the strongest guys in the Neirma ward… the Soaring Eagle of Furinkan High School, one of the rising stars of the Kendo Circuits. A guy whose skill with a wooden sword was enough to keep Butsumetsu away from the river that bordered their turf with the Furinkan neighborhood to the south. Kuno Tatewaki was as weird as they came for this town–but his power was recognized, respected, and feared.

Even Soban was wary of taking him on, so he wanted to know the responsible party more than anyone. “Who did it?”

Curly agreed. “Yeah, who’d he piss off?!”

Suzuki and the other Host Martial Artists came over as well. With everyone more concerned about this development, their battle could wait for later–much later if Kuno was really going to be down for the count.

“Out with it,” Suzuki said, “Who’s the guy that kicked Kuno off his throne?”

Chibi looked over at Suzuki and stepped back to address everyone. “That’s just it! It wasn’t a guy… Kuno got his butt kicked by a girl!”

Silence fell, as both sides stared at Chibi like he’d abruptly grown forty feet tall. Curly recoiled a step from Chibi, before he leaned in. “What? There ain’t a girl that strong at Furinkan.”

Suzuki couldn’t believe it either. He had heard rumors of a girl in the last few days who’d gotten Kuno’s attention, but…

“There is! Two of them even!” Chibi shot back.

Confusion went right back to full-on astonishment. Two super strong girls? Curly wasn’t having it. “Dude… that doesn't make sense. We would’ve heard about two girls that strong a long time ago!”

Another boy spoke. “Yeah, that sounds like Lum-chan, or Fujinami, or Shin-”

Everyone in both gangs lunged to silence the boy, and for good reason as Soban became more alert than he seemed even in combat just moments ago. Frozen, the boys all stared at the Butsumetsu boss, who looked around with fervent eagerness, before calming back down.

All of them sighed in mutual relief.

Suzuki looked back at Chibi. “Please tell me you have some details or proof, or something?”

“I can tell you what happened, from what I overheard. The guys at Furinkan were trying to go out with this girl, and she just kept beating their asses when they tried to ask her out. She won’t date anyone who can’t beat her so pretty soon the entire school got into it,” he explained.

The boys began to murmur in disbelief even as Chibi continued.

“Then yesterday, Kuno himself shows up to take her on–and this other girl just steps in and nearly kills him for trying! He couldn’t even touch her!”

Astonishment petered out, turning into mild skepticism. The boys of both groups looked amongst their own sides and even to the other as they tried to process that. Now Curly was flat out having a problem with the concept entirely.

“Yeah, I’m gonna call bullshit on it… you got any proof at all?”

Before Chibi could offer any, Soban–who towered above his peers–pointed towards the edge of the vacant lot. “Those are Furinkan boys.”

Everyone looked over, and sure enough spotted a couple Furinkan students wandering past the chain-link fence that bordered the lot and the street. They shambled as they walked, dragging their feet and swaying back and forth like zombies. There wasn’t a single hint of color with them, all life and vibrance was drained from their bodies.

It was a disturbing sight for everyone to behold. “What… happened to them?”

Chibi pointed over. “That’s the worst part. After Kuno got creamed, the girl all the guys had been fighting just went nuclear. She screamed and howled at them... calling them weak and that no girl would ever date them.”

Walking over to the open gate of the fence, the other boys following, Chibi grabbed one of the wandering Furinkan boys and pulled him over. Without resistance, the young man let himself be led over to the group.

“How do you think I found out? I saw these guys wandering around and I asked them what happened!”

Chibi shook the Furinkan boy. “That’s what happened yesterday, right?”

To the Hosts and Delinquents, the Furinkan student nodded. “It’s true… we screwed up… no girl will ever like us… we’re weak… we’re pathetic… we always were…”

Curly gasped as this sunk in. “Two… two girls took down Furinkan’s best fighter and chopped the balls off every other guy who could stand against them…?”

He lowered his head and began to shake. “That… that…”

Looking up, there were tears in his eyes, as he broke into hysterical laughter. “THAT IS THE FUNNIEST SHIT I’VE EVER HEARD!”

Chibi jumped back, as the Butsumetsu students and almost all of the Hosts joined him in laughing.

“A couple of girls!” One boy yelled, in tears.

A host was covering his eyes with his head tilted back as he guffawed. “The strongest in Furinkan couldn’t hit one girl in a straight fight. What an idiot!”

“To think we were scared of those guys! Oh no, my sides! They are achieving escape velocity!” Another Butsumetsu student howled.

Even Soban was bellowing, his hands resting on his fat stomach as he rocked back and forth trying not to double over.

Suzuki was the only one not laughing. He had hit upon something. “Wait, wait…”

He took Chibi by the shoulders. “Let me get this straight: Kuno’s in the hospital now.”

Chibi nodded. “Yeah, it could be months before he even gets out.”

“All of the boys are like this.” Suzuki gestured to the grayscale student.

Chibi nodded again. “Yeah, just about every boy in the school. The girls want nothing to do with them.”

“And there are how many girls at Furinkan High School…?”

Chibi stopped and thought about it. “I don’t know, two hundred? Two fifty?”

Suzuki looked towards the direction of the river border; his eyes alight as what Chibi said was cottoned onto by the other Hosts. “Iiiinteresting.”

He let Chibi go and looked back to his gang. “Guys! We’re out of here! We’ll call this your win, Butsumetsu! But the next time you see us! We’ll be unstoppable!”

The delinquents of Butsumetsu barely had an instant to act before the rest of the Hosts quickly vacated, following Suzuki in a full sprint out of the lot and down the street. Curly, watching them go, looked over to Chibi.

“Hey… what are they in a hurry for?” He asked.

Chibi shrugged his shoulders. “Heck if I know, man. That PUMA just asked me about the boys at Furinkan not being around and how many girls there… were… at… the…”

All of the other Butsumetsu students stopped laughing as Chibi trailed off.

Silence filled the air for a few moments, before again Soban was the first to say something.

“… Wait.”

Moments later, the few listless boys from Furinkan wandering the streets of the Butsumetsu neighborhood were knocked flying or trampled underfoot by a stampede of their peers from the rival school. At the front of it, Soban led the charge, while Curly held onto his back, pointing ahead.

“WE CAN’T LET THOSE DOUCHEBAGS BEAT US TO THAT TURF!” He yelled over the roaring youths behind him.

=-=-Note Time-=-=

Lot's of OCs, but it comes with the territory. Luckily, I'll try to keep with the tone.
 
Queens of the New Age

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#8
|Queens of the New Age|

It was lunchtime, and again Katie and Akane were enjoying it out in the schoolyard under the trees. It was even more peaceful than yesterday, with the exception of the occasional wandering male student who quickly changed direction and walked away without a word. It was so wonderfully refreshing. If that wasn’t justice, Akane didn’t want to hear it.

“Hon, for serious, I’ll take these idiots being listless zombies over the last couple days any day,” Katie said as she opened a lunchbox, compliments of Kasumi.

Akane was in full agreement. “I don’t feel an ounce of sympathy or guilt. They all made that bed, and they can lie in it until it becomes their grave!”

“Damn right. Let’s not even talk about those pieces of shit,” Katie said.

With an unnoticed wince, she brought a hand to her right ear and rubbed it. “You got any plans for later today?”

“Ah? Well, nothing besides studying and training–if you want to come over for dinner again, I’m sure Kasumi would be happy to have you,” Akane offered.

Katie blushed, but it cleared up quickly as she averted her eyes. “Ah, nah. I mean… I’d like that, but I was thinkin’ we could hang out later at this karaoke place I like to hit up.”

Akane was surprised. “There’s still a karaoke bar here?!”

All of the ones she knew of closed up months ago.

Katie nodded, as she rubbed her ear again. “Yeah, it’s kind of a low-key place. Exclusive clientele, but I’m in good with the owner so we can chill there as long as we want.”

Akane couldn’t possibly say no to that, she missed Karaoke so much! “Sure, when and where?”

“I don’t know, around 20:00?” Katie asked. “I should be done with homework by then.”

“Would it be okay if I brought some of my friends?”

“Well, are they cute?” Katie asked, feigning innocence, and Akane flushed brightly.

“Of course they’re cute!”

Her friends, Sayuri and Yuka, prided themselves on being cute. Sayuri, the slightly taller of the two, her dark brown hair tied into a ponytail, let out a sneeze as she and Yuka–whose light brown hair was tied into a set of pigtails–walked towards the school gate. Yuka looked over at her friend and grinned.

“Someone’s talking about you~” The shorter girl teased.

Sayuri sniffled and shook her head. “Brrr! I hope it’s someone nice, and not one of the mobs.”

Yuka laughed. “I don’t know if they’re even capable of thinking, now. They just sit there, staring off into space.”

It was such a surreal thing, seeing the boys that had been so hot-blooded and excited only the day before, being reduced to passively going through the motions–avoiding any interaction, let alone confrontation. Being Akane’s friends, they shared her strong feelings and lack of sympathy with regards to their gutted mental state. In some ways, compared to Akane, they were even more extreme about their feelings.

Sayuri paused, searching for a joke, and found one. “Bold of you to assume that the mobs could once think.”

As Yuka laughed, and they turned to round the corner at the gate and head to a restaurant for lunch, they stopped when they found themselves face to face with a band of five boys wearing Furinkan Boys uniforms.

Right from the get-go they looked like a bunch of delinquents, the tough leader with hair dyed blonde, his plain and bespectacled but dangerous-looking right hand man, the big wide tough guy who wore a baseball cap to hide his face with an ominous shadow, a short cute one who was carrying a bat, and a skinny, perverted-looking one with slick hair who leered at the two girls with a sick grin.

Both Sayuri and Yuka stepped back from the boys.

Just down the road from the school’s gate, Suzuki peered around the corner at the confrontation. He frowned when he saw that the students there were Furinkan guys, and not like the ones he and the rest of his crew had seen on their way here. Behind him, another of his friends, a blue-haired boy in a pink suit, tapped on his shoulder.

“Oi, why’d we stop?” The young man asked.

Suzuki looked back. “There’s some Furinkan guys over there, they don’t look like zombies.”

Turning to look back at the group of guys, he frowned. “They look like the sort who’d hang out with those Butsumetsu idiots.”

“Those guys? No way!”

Suzuki and the other Hosts turned back as one. There was Soban, Curly, Chibi, and the rest of the Butsumetsu gang gathering around them. They too were looking over at the gate, Curly scowling as he scoped them out.

“Those guys, we’ve mixed up with those Furinkan punks before,” Curly growled.

The blonde leader smirked. “Hey girls! Name’s Kodaira, but you can call me Kodaira-senpai! How’re you doin’?”

Yuka stepped a bit in front of Sayuri, who shrank back from the menacing aura radiating from the five boys.

Kodaira mock-pouted. “Hey, no need to be so scared. We’re just as happy to hear that asshole Kuno is gone as you are. He drove us from the school last year and said if we tried to come back, he’d beat the shit outta us.”

Kodaira’s bespectacled right hand reached up and adjusted his glasses with his middle finger. “It’ll be so nice to actually sit down and continue our education.”

“They call themselves the Shining Killers,” Curly explained to the Host Club Martial Artists, “They used to run this entire end of Nerima. They’d pick fights with anybody and come back for more, win or lose!”

Suzuki looked at Curly. “We’ve never dealt with them.”

“That’s because when Kuno started high school, he drove ‘em off. It was a pretty brutal fight, too, but after that they stopped showing up at school… and all the other delinquent crews in Furinkan followed them out until he was the only one left.”

As the menacing group advanced on Sayuri and Yuka, who walked backwards into the school’s front yard, Nabiki emerged from the front doors. She’d been on her own way to get lunch off campus–when she saw and recognized the young men and walked towards them with an annoyed expression. In her right hand, she one-hand texted on her phone, sending the message and pocketing the device as she reached them.

“Hey, Kodaira!” She called out.

Sayuri and Yuka both looked back and retreated behind Nabiki.

Kodaira looked at her and smiled. “Tendo! It’s been a while!”

There was no mistaking the emotion behind the smile to the two younger girls, Kodaira didn’t like Nabiki very much. In fact, going by the smiles that the others didn’t have, none of them liked her.

“Yeah, you guys were expelled, what are all of you doing here?” She asked.

Suzuki did a double-take upon sight of Nabiki, walking up to those demons without a care. “Who is that?”

Curly was also interested. “Never seen her, but she is fine.”

Kodaira laughed at Nabiki’s assertion. “We weren’t expelled. It’s not on our records. We’re still Furinkan students.”

He gestured to his glasses wearing friend. “Right, Matsunaga?”

“That’s right, the only person who said we couldn’t come here is Kuno,” Matsunaga confirmed.

Nabiki expected this, but not that it’d start the very next day. Oh well. “So you’re going to waltz in and go back to all the crap that got Kuno after you? That’s phenomenally stupid.”

Kodaira’s eyebrows rose, before he laughed. “Huh? What’s phenomenally stupid to me is that you’re going to run your mouth without Kuno-baby to protect you. Don’t make me slap the taste out of your mouth, bitch.”

“That’ll only make it worse,” Nabiki assured him.

“You’re gonna make it worse if you don’t shut up,” Kodaira threatened as he got up in Nabiki’s face, fist clenched.

At the corner Suzuki grabbed the wall so hard that the concrete wall cracked under his grip, as he prepared to fling himself down the street and kick a hole through Kodaira’s head. “That bastard better not…!”

“Hey!”

Kodaira paused and looked a little to his left. He goggled at the sight of Akane and Katie walking over. Akane was cracking her knuckles and watching with a fearsome glare as she approached. “Back off from my sister and my friends, jerk!”

Akane didn’t ping to Kodaira at all, actually. He was stuck trying to comprehend the biggest schoolgirl he’d ever seen in his life–easily as tall as Kuno, who was tall among Furinkan students. The rest of his gang turned their attention to the two girls as well, with Matsunaga recognizing Akane where his leader did not.

When the two girls stepped out past the wall and in view of the spectators in the back, further shock radiated through the Hosts and through the Butsumetsu gang.

Suzuki was especially stunned. “That… that girl…!”

Curly’s jaw dropped. He’d never seen such a cute girl before. “What the hell? Since when did this school have such babes?!”

Soban shrugged his shoulders. He’d seen better.

Chibi was the only other one not immediately bowled over by Akane. “… That’s… that’s her! THAT’S HER!”

Curly, Soban, and Suzuki all looked down at Chibi.

“Who?” Soban asked.

“That’s the girl that’s been kicking the shit out of the guys here,” Matsunaga warned Kodaira.

Kodaira did a double-take. “Wait, this little firecracker is your sister, Tendo?”

Chibi, trembling, pointed at Katie. “… And her… the huge one…”

“Yeah, and the human skyscraper with her is why your stupid ass is sauntering in here,” Nabiki said.

Katie snorted. “Skyscraper, really?”

She rolled her shoulders and punched her palm, the crack carrying across the schoolyard. “I’m a dang gum mountain.”

Nabiki shrugged her shoulders. “My mistake, forgive me.”

Kodaira forgot all about slapping Nabiki. “Hey girls, the name’s Kodaira. Me and my pals Matsunaga.”

The glasses boy adjusted his glasses and nodded.

“Fukiage.”

The leering skinny boy licked his lips as he eyed Katie’s long legs.

“Okubo.”

The large young man–even taller than Katie–radiated his menacing aura more powerfully.

“And Nakamura.”

The small cute one waved.

“We’re taking over this school,” Kodaira said with a bright, bloodthirsty grin.

Akane stared at the five boys, looked at Katie, and then back at them. “I’m Tendo Akane, I’ve beaten up Kuno before.”

Katie scratched the side of her nose. “I’m Katie Izland.”

Hooking her thumb back, she indicated the school behind her. “I’m the one who put Kuno through the clock. Y’all need to really rethink this whole thing.”

Curly followed where Katie was pointing and stared at the top of the school. “Uh… what happened to the clocktower?”

Chibi gulped as he trembled, as though if he spoke too loud Katie would hear it. “Kuno… the clocktower got wrecked from his body going through it.”

Suzuki snapped out of his pretty girl-induced haze like ice-water had been poured down his pants. He did a double-take and looked at Chibi. “Wait… she did that to him?!”

Kodaira laughed. “All right, gimme a second to think it over…”

He attacked, rushing straight for Akane and throwing a punch that she blocked with the back of her forearm. Undaunted, he unleashed a combination of jabs and hooks that were faster than the first blow, but Akane was just as quick to defend against before he lashed out with a surprise kick that she hopped back from.

As Akane hopped from side to side and opened up space between her and Kodaira, Matsunaga attacked Katie, ducking over the right-hand swipe she lashed out at him with and spin-kicking her face. Katie weaved around the kick and traded a quick salvo of blows that left Matsunaga pulling back from her to avoid her long reach.

“Nice moves, Akane-chan!” Kodaira teased as he advanced upon her, keeping her on the defensive with one missed punch, and then another.

Akane deflected another blow with the back of her hand, before a blow caught her across her face. Spinning with the hit, she hopped over him and kicked off his back, sending him stumbling forward. “Gah!”

“I don’t need praise from a weakling,” Akane snapped back.

When she landed, she heard the sound of a stick rushing through the air and twisted her body around to avoid a nunchaku wielded by Fukiage. Whirling around the weapon while moving quickly himself, the slight young man attempted to bury Akane in unpredictable strikes, the nunchaku swinging towards her from random angles.

With the front and backs of her hands, Akane parried the weapon, loud clacks sounding with each defeated attack.

“Ohhhh!” Cheers went up among the Butsumetsu gang.

“Look at those moves!” Curly said as Akane evaded Fukiage’s hits with the slimmest margins and Katie moved and traded blocked blows with Matsunaga in almost movie-esque choreography.

“They’re martial artists, both of ‘em!” Another boy realized.

“Geez, she fights like Fujinami, but she’s cute like Shin…!” The same boy from before was silenced by the other boys, and the Hosts too.

Fukiage’s tactic almost worked, as Akane prioritized blocking and deflecting the nunchaku. The second he tried to mix it up and catch her knee with a low kick, though, she stepped inside him and hooked her leg around his. “Huh?!”

With what amounted to a nudge visually to Nabiki, Sayuri, and Yuka, Akane took Fukiage’s leg from under him and palm thrust him in the chest, sending him tumbling end over end halfway across the schoolyard.

Akane brought her arm back and up, blocking the kick Kodaira aimed at the side of her head. Turning around, she deflected away from her face two more quick jabs before punching him in the chest, palm-striking his chin to lift him off his feet, and somersaulting to kick him through the air in an arc to crash down at the base of a tree.

“Like I said!” She yelled. “A weakling!”

A Butsumetsu delinquent clapped his hands over his cheeks. “DID SHE JUST DO THAT?!”

Suzuki’s jaw fell. “I-incredible!”

Katie parried more of Matsunaga’s blows, a pair of punches, before she crossed her arms and stopped a front kick. Recoiling from the blow, Matsunaga turned in place and lunged in low, sweeping at Katie’s legs.

She jumped back, then used the back of her hand to knock away a jab. His much faster uppercut connected with her chin, however, knocking her back further. “Ugh!”

Matsunaga laughed and jumped, unleashing a flying roundhouse that Katie only barely blocked. She staggered but stayed on her feet to face him as he came down and landed.

“Ha! Let me guess, Kuno walked right into your hits, right?” He asked.

“Actually, he did,” Katie said as Matsunaga suddenly slid to her right again and forced her to block a punch with her elbow.

There was a method to the young man’s madness, as he hopped back from Katie’s counterattack, and then swerved in from her left this time. As long as he was in front of her, Nakamura could come up on her from behind and put that bat to good use.

“He was a total idiot,” Katie said as she slapped down several more punches and tried to return volley. The nimble young man was smart enough to stay out of her reach, her punches and kicks just missing him. “Just swing stick and win, that’s all he knew what to do, and it was good enough for you.”

Matsunaga snorted. “Yeah, that was a year ago for us. We’ve improved since then, got our game together, trained like animals…”

At that moment, Nakamura struck, leaping to swing his bat into the back of Katie’s head and put her down for the count. This was where he excelled, removing his presence and diminishing it to nothing. Not even the girls watching the fight, with a complete view of it, had noticed that he was moving at all.

With zero presence it was no problem for him to swing and miss Katie’s head entirely when she ducked down.

“… And developed tactics for-” Matsunaga’s sly one liner for Katie’s imminent doming was cut short by Nakamura overshooting and driving the bat into his mouth with the same kind of force reserved for shattering concrete.

Nakamura landed and gaped at Matsunaga, writhing on the ground with his hands over his mouth, screaming into them. “W-what the…?!”

Suzuki blinked once and realized something had happened. “Wait, where’d that runt with the bat come from?”

Curly frowned. Even from here, he hadn’t been paying attention to the little guy setting up the ambush until it failed.

Playing it back in his head, he realized something was way off about that. “… Jeez… does she have eyes on the back of her head or something?”

Nakamura, trembling, looked back and up to see Katie towering over him. “You shouldn’t be able to…!”

Katie kicked the runt square in the crotch, lifting him off his feet before spinning around and high kicking him into the tree Kodaira lay under.

“Don’t tell me what I’m able to do,” Katie replied.

She turned and looked down at Matsunaga, now rolling around with his hands over his mouth, crying.

“Definitely uncool.”

Fukiage got up, coughing, and recovered his breath. Kodaira was getting up as well, wiping blood from the corner of his mouth. Looking at the nunchaku-wielder, then turning towards Kodaira, Akane sighed in annoyance and assumed a fighting stance. At the very least they weren’t done after one, but she did not feel like giving them the credit.

“You couldn’t stop and ask around? ‘Hey, what happened to Kuno?’ You would’ve learned a lot about the situation here before you came out here to get your butts kicked,” Nabiki offered from the sidelines as she filmed the fight with her phone.

Kodaira snorted, and grinned. “The truth is? We heard some girls had beaten Kuno and most of the boys in the school, and thought he might’ve fallen off. We were going to come in, put you bitches in your places, and then enjoy a nice hot long summer.”

“This piece of shit,” Katie muttered as she walked over and joined Akane’s side.

“And now that you’re here getting your butts kicked?” Nabiki asked.

“Well, we’re going to fight like men, and pull out a miracle!” Kodaira said as he reached behind him and discreetly pulled out not a miracle, but a knife. Fukiage, who was whirling his nunchaku around like the Bruce Lee reject he wished he was, sidestepped to just behind his leader.

“A knife!” Soban said in alarm.

Taking the knife in both hands swiftly, Kodaira ran straight for Katie low and fast, with every intention of plunging it into her gut. Seeing the glint of the blade, Katie realized that this idiot was actually coming after her with killing intent… and a severe case of tunnel vision.

Just as he reached her, Kodaira thrust the blade forward and narrowly missed as Katie sidestepped the attack by stepping to her right. Behind him, as if he were in his boss’s shadow, Fukiage leaped with the clubs of the nunchaku held in his hands, to swing them down on Katie’s head. Katie brought up her left arm and lunged–catching Fukiage across the stomach with a lariat so hard it knocked the wind from him and made him drop the nunchaku.

Just behind her, at the exact same moment, Akane grabbed Kodaira by his right arm at the end of his overextended stab, and disarmed him of his knife with a vengeance, breaking bones in his hand and causing him to yell in pain. As Katie spun around with Fukiage still folded over her arm, Akane swung Kodaira around and threw him at Katie. In turn, Katie threw Fukiage–and the two young men collided with bone-crunching violence and collapsed to the ground in a heap.

Sayuri and Yuka winced.

The spectators outside the gate fell silent.

Nabiki kept filming, as Katie walked over and placed her foot on Kodaira’s back. He let out a weak, painful moan.

“It’ll be a miracle if any of you walk away from here,” Katie said as Akane joined her side.

Both girls, with only a few scuffs and bruises for their trouble, turned and looked over at the intimidatingly large form of Okubo, who still stood poised to attack. Okubo continued to radiate menace, face hidden by his hat as he gazed down upon the two as well as Nabiki, Sayuri, and Yuka.

The second Akane took a step towards him, he raised his head up, revealing a fresh and youthful face that was sweating profusely as he lifted his hands up in surrender.

“Whoa, wait, I don’t wanna fight. I’m just here to be big and look mean,” he quickly said.

Katie sighed in exasperation and nodded off to the side. “Get the hell out here then, man.”

“And don’t let us see you around here ever again!” Akane threatened.

“Yeah, I’m out! Peace!” Okubo said as he turned and fled straight down the empty street.

“Little bitch,” Katie muttered before she realized that it just meant one less problem to cut into their lunch time. “Ah well.”

She looked over at Akane and nudged her with her elbow. “Dang, girl.”

Akane looked up at Katie and smiled, before Sayuri and Yuka ran up to them. “Akane! Izurando-san!”

“Hey, are you all okay?” Akane asked them as Nabiki took her time to bring up the rear.

“We’re fine,” Yuka said, “But that was amazing! You walked all over them!”

Akane dismissed her own feat. “They were no worse than the idiot boys I fought before.”

Katie agreed. “Yeah, if Kuno could handle them, they weren’t going to do shit to us.”

Nabiki reached them. “Yeah, but Kuno didn’t style on them like you did. He actually took a few solid hits before he managed to bring them down.”

“That’s Kuno’s damage,” Katie replied and Akane, Sayuri, and Yuka giggled. “Still though, there aren’t more of those dumbasses out there, are there?”

Nabiki would know, and she provided the answer. “Yeah, there are. Furinkan was full of idiots like them when me and Kuno started our first year. He single-handedly drove them all out, either by beating them senseless or being crazier than they could stand.”

“Oh shoot, he was actually good for something?” Katie asked. “Not a problem, any of those varmints come around here, I'll give ‘em even more a reason to take their home-schooling like some good proper pieces of shit.”

“I’m with you on that!” Akane agreed.

Nabiki folded her arms. “Word’s getting ‘round that you toppled the king, and if these idiots thought we were an easy mark, imagine who else is watching the throne.”

Katie shrugged her shoulders. “As long as they ain’t boring, they can be as dumb as they want. I’m down for any ol’ rodeo.”

Akane turned to Sayuri and Yuka, herself determined and a little excited about the prospect of keeping them and the rest of the school safe from weirdos and creeps. “Don’t worry at all, Furinkan will be a nice school to go to when we’re done with it.”

“With you protecting us, it will be,” Yuka said.

Sayuri agreed. “We’ll support you and Katie-senpai one billion percent!”

Katie smiled. “How about showing your support by joining Akaneko and I for karaoke tonight? I happen to know a place that’s still open on this side of town.”

Both girls stopped, before Sayuri gasped. “There’s still a karaoke bar around here?!”

“Yes! Of course we’ll go!” Yuka agreed.

A karaoke bar still around in Nerima was news to Nabiki, too. “Hey, I want in on this.”

Katie shrugged her shoulders. “Sure; long as you keep it on the low. The owner doesn’t want everyone hearing about it, she caters to a very small clientele and would like to keep it that way.”

She looked at Sayuri and Yuka. “Same goes for you, too. Keep it a secret, okay?”

Both Sayuri and Yuka nodded. “Of course.”

Nabiki likewise complied. “I’ll sing in a closet to a smartphone if it means I have one less reason to put up with those condescending jerks in Japan for affordable karaoke.”

“I promise it’ll be a little more tolerable than that,” Katie assured her.

Sayuri looked at her watch. “Oh no! We gotta get our lunch, fast!”

She and Yuka both bolted out of the gates, the latter waving back at them. “We’ll see you tonight! Text us the details, Akane!”

“Sure thing!” Akane said.

Nabiki left to follow after the girls. “I’ll be there, of course. Thanks for sorting this whole thing out, by the way.”

“It’s cool,” Katie said.

Akane responded with a little more surprise. “Oh, um… you’re welcome, Nabiki.”

As Nabiki walked away and fell out of earshot, Katie looked over at Akane.

Curious about her reaction, she asked. “What?”

Akane looked back up at Katie, as they turned and went back to the tree they hung out under. “Nabiki doesn’t normally show her gratitude, it was just a little nice to hear.”

Katie found that interesting, and maybe a useful insight to the character of the middle Tendo. “Huh… hmm…”

Reaching up again, Katie dug into her ear and grunted in annoyance. “Gh… God damn it…”

“What is it?” Akane asked.

Walking past Nakamura’s discarded baseball bat, Katie kicked it up into the air, caught it, and whipped it into the sky. Akane followed the bat’s flight to its end–crashing into a quadrotor drone that exploded with an electrical pop as its batteries detonated.

“That,” she said as they watched the remains of the drone plummet from the sky.

Akane’s hands went to her hips. “Was that called for?”

“Maybe, the damn thing’s been pointing a camera at us this entire time.”

Akane did a double-take towards the drone again. “Wait, really?”

Katie looked back down the empty street, where the Butsumetsu gang and their Host Martial Artist rivals had been gawking. “They weren’t the only ones peeking us out.”

Down the street, Okubo had made it to the corner when he had been grabbed and dragged into an alleyway by no less than a dozen young men. Hustled into a corner, he pressed himself against it in fear as he looked up at Soban–who was still wider and over a head taller than his own considerable size. In front of him, Suzuki and Curly stood together, the former wiping his hands off in preparation for getting them dirty, while the former cleared his throat.

“All right, Okubo-chan,” Curly chimed, as he and Suzuki stepped closer to him.

“We want… the details.”

=-=-Note Time-=-=

This arc seeks to set a new tone that Senpai's original version started to collect with the beginning of Sensei as a sidestory. Urusei Yastsura is going to get a lot of play coming up, but don't fear! Some surprise appearances will be turning even that on its head in fun ways.
 
Special Administration District

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#9
|Special Administration District|

Just about two kilometers away from Furinkan High School later that evening, on a quiet street corner on the southern edge of Nerima, Nabiki, Akane, and Akane’s friends Sayuri and Yuka followed the elder Tendo’s phone-provided route guidance to their destination. It was taking them very close to what was Nerima’s main rail line.

“This place is all the way out here, huh?” Nabiki asked as she watched the distance to their destination shrink on her phone. “We’re gonna hit wall soon.”

Sayuri and Yuka both walked closer to Akane, Yuka looking more nervous of the two as she scanned the dark street for any potential danger.

“I’ve never actually been out by the wall this late at night,” she admitted.

“Me neither,” Sayuri said.

“That makes three of us,” Akane said. Unlike her friends she was relatively unconcerned by what could be lurking.

“It’s so quiet,” Yuka said sheepishly.

Nabiki closed her eyes for a moment as she hummed in appreciation of the ambient peace. “It’s kind of nice, don’t you think?”

Yuka couldn’t see it that way. “It’s creepy.”

Sayuri agreed. “This town is always so noisy and hectic during the day, there’s always some kind of chaos or a fight going on. At night though…? You can hear yourself think.”

Nabiki looked back, a smirk on her lips. “It’s quieter at night because even the ugliest, meanest delinquents know better than to be caught out at night by the Yakuza that are taking over.”

Yuka and Sayuri both jumped. “Y-Yakuza?!”

Akane scowled at her sister. “Come on, Nabiki, don’t scare them!”

“I’m just joking! There’s no Yakuza here,” Nabiki feigned assuring them, before she said with a grin. “There’s so much worse.”

She looked down the street–Akane, Sayuri, and Yuka’s gazes following–to a huge, dark shape looming in the night. It was a fence-protected, razor-wire topped wall over five meters high that abruptly ended the thoroughfare. It was a relatively new feature, barely six months old, but its dramatic impact was felt on everyone living on the side they stood on. This was the new and permanent border between the city of Tokyo, Japan, and the Special Administrative District Nerima.

“After all, they locked us all in with them.”

Akane brushed it off, puffing out her chest to calm her friends down. “I can handle any creep that comes our way. I’ve proven that much over the last couple of days.”

Without looking up from her phone Nabiki smartly stepped one pace over to her left, and Akane’s determination was tested by a young man in a white t-shirt with short red sleeves and blue pants stepping solidly inside of her personal space and placing his hands on her hips.

“Hey cutie~! Why don’t you and I go someplace a little more romantic-?”

Akane promptly drove a palm thrust into his face, sending him flying back the way he came and into a concrete telephone pole, cracking it.

Vindicated, she proudly turned to Yuka and Sayuri. “See?”

The young man was already on his feet right behind her–chatting up Nabiki. “We could see a movie, hit up a late night restaurant?”

Akane performed an about face. “WHAT.”

“I hear there’s a secret karaoke place around here we can team up to find it together… and get up to discovering other secrets~”

Nabiki, still looking at her phone, withheld her disappointed reaction to what he just said. “Depends–are you buying if there is such a place?”

The young man was affronted by the idea. “Of course! What kind of man would I be if I didn’t pay?!”

“A common one,” Nabiki replied, before this bold suitor took her hand in his. When she looked up at his face, his dark brown eyes shimmering with ernest adoration met hers and a gentle breeze caught his unruly hair and sideburns.

“I can assure you,” he said before pulling Nabiki into an even closer embrace, “That I am the rarest man you will ever meet.”

Akane’s fist collided with the man’s cheek, Nabiki watching–like in slow motion–the man’s face warped from the force of the blow before his entire body followed the direction of the hit and he went crashing into the side of the building just beyond the telephone pole he went into the first time.

“Don’t touch her,” Akane said in a voice stilled by her anger.

“Who is that?” Sayuri asked.

Nabiki looked at the pit his body made into the wall. “Wrong tense.”

“He’s still moving…!” Yuka pointed out as she cowered behind Akane.

“He is a rare one,” Nabiki said as the man hauled himself up to his feet again and rubbed the side of his face.

“Atcha-cha-cha-cha…” He grimaced and shook it off. “Wow… that… that…”

He moved, quick as lightning, right back up to Akane with a big smile on his face, startling her. “Holy heck, baby! You’re the strongest woman I’ve ever seen!”

“E-eh? Wha-?!” Akane now did not know what was happening.

He stepped back holding up his hands to frame her face between them. “You’re almost as strong as you’re pretty!”

Who was this shockingly durable guy, who seemed dead set on flirting with her and Nabiki?

“And you keep pretty company, too!” He winked towards Sayuri and Yuka.

Okay, flirting with her and apparently every girl in his line of sight?!

Wait.

An aggressive, indestructible flirt?

Akane’s eyes widened with realization. “No way… you’re…!”

Her voice was drowned out by a much louder voice, a high, angry voice shrieking from the darkening sky above.

“DARLING!!!”

The sky lit up, and the young man was struck by lightning as if God Himself had a look at the scene unfolding and decided “Nah.”

Akane, Sayuri, Yuka, and Nabiki looked up to the source of the heavenly smite. Floating down from the sky was exactly the person Akane expected with her realization–a stunningly pretty slender but curvaceous girl with long and flowing iridescent hair and turquoise eyes, wearing only a skimpy black-striped yellow bikini and boots that matched up with the small yellow horns sticking from her head.

“Lum Invader,” Akane said before looking down at the blackened young man with smoke rising from his body. “Then this must be Moroboshi Ataru.”

“What a time to be starstruck, huh?” Nabiki asked before she looked from her phone and around. It looked like they were here, but she didn’t see anything that looked like a Karaoke Bar. Just a shuttered clothing store on one corner, a boarded up sake bar on another, an empty lot on a third, and an low-income apartment on the one directly in front of them.

Lum floated over Ataru’s twitching body, her hands on her hips and a scowl on her face. “Is that where you’ve been running off to? Sneaking halfway around town to pick up girls?!”

She fired another zap, but Ataru quickly scrambled back. “Hey! Hey! Knock it off!”

Nabiki wasn’t wrong, it was a surprise to see the most notorious couple in Nerima, if not the entire world, violently bickering in front of Akane. Lum Invader, a beautiful alien whose race had come to claim Earth for their own; and Moroboshi Ataru, the young man who won Earth’s survival and Lum as his fiancée.

“I just wanted to go sing some karaoke,” Akane thought.

Struck by a bolt of electricity, Ataru stumbled back and sat squarely on his backside, smoke rising from his body. “Gah! Lum! C-Can’t you calm down for just a second?!”

“Calm down?! The moment I take my eyes off you, you’re drooling over some other girl!”

Ataru gestured to Akane and Nabiki. “Can you blame me when they look like that?!”

Nabiki smirked. “Right line, wrong time.”

Indeed, Lum zapped him again.

“Gyah!” With the cessation of the zap, Ataru got up. “I didn’t just come out here to chase after girls!”

Lum put her hands on her hips. “Oh? And what were you here for, hm?!”

Ataru grimaced, and looked away. “I can’t say.”

“You can’t, now?! You’d better tell me, or else!” Lum demanded as she began to crackle with power.

Ataru threw up his hands. “Or else what, you’ll zap me again?! Oh gee, like I haven’t had enough of that already!”

To answer his question, Lum zapped him, she zapped him with a flare of frustration and jealousy so bright that it irritated the eyes of those who looked upon it, and the crackle from the attack was more like a thunderous roar. Finishing the zap, Lum huffed as Ataru wobbled weakly where he stood.

“I hope I never get into a relationship like this,” Akane said over the sound of high voltage electricity.

Nabiki shrugged her shoulders as she began to film it. “I don’t know, he’s got some moves.”

“And some nerve,” Sayuri said.

Yuka was not impressed. “He’s disgusting.”

As Ataru buckled to his knees and then fell forward on his hands, Lum turned around to face the Tendo sisters and their entourage. Electricity still crackled across her body as she stared in particular at Akane. This girl… she could see why Ataru would go after her, and that made her blood boil more. “Who are you? What are you to my Darling?!”

Akane recoiled a bit, was this actually happening?

“We were just going over to a classmate’s house to study,” Sayuri quickly spoke up, “When this guy came and started hitting on us.”

Nabiki nodded. “Yes, he said something about looking for a secret karaoke bar.”

Lum whirled upon Ataru. “A karaoke bar?!”

Pushing himself back up onto his knees, Ataru grimaced. Just like that, ratted out. Oh well, he couldn’t be mad at such well-made cuties. “Well the last one in town closed because you destroyed all its equipment!”

Lum wasn’t having that. “Because you were in it kissing on some girls!”

“No, I was trying to get away from you, you annoying harpy!” Ataru snapped back at her. He had indeed been trying to get away from her, it wasn’t his fault there just happened to be two really pretty girls singing in the booth he hid in.

“H-Harpy?!” Now thunder rumbled in the air above Lum as she looked down upon her fiancé. Before she could truly call down the thunder on him again, though, Katie’s voice rose above the din.

“Hey, what’s all this noise about?”

The four girls, Lum, and Ataru looked over to see Katie standing in front of the doorway to the low-income apartment, wearing a green hoodie and sweatpants, and she looked like she had just gotten out of a shower.

Akane brightened and went to her, Sayuri and Yuka following. “Senpai!”

“Howdy, Akaneko,” Katie said before looking towards Lum. “Can I help you…?”

Ataru took Katie’s hand and brought it up to his lips, kissing it. “You can help me, gorgeous. It is not often that a beautiful woman of your height and stature comes to this part of Tokyo, much less to live. Tell me, are you a model? An actress?”

Katie slowly pulled her hand away from Ataru, slowly. “Don’t touch me.”

As if he was going to agree to that! He lunged and grabbed Katie around the waist with one arm, while putting his other around Akane. “Baby there’s so much of you both to touch, though, I can’t abide by that!”

Katie and Akane responded in the same way, with cold, stony expressions as they looked past the shoulders of the boy rubbing himself against them while he hugged them tight.

Nabiki pulled Sayuri and Yuka both back. “We don’t want to be in the splash zone.”

Lum was confused. “Splash-?”

Neither she nor Sayuri and Yuka actually saw what happened in detail. It was all a blur–one instant Ataru was grinding on them like they paid him, and the very next instant his body was a projectile, hurtling in a high arc towards the nearby Shakuji River. The force of the combined blows Akane and Katie had driven into him pushed the three other girls and the alien princess backward.

They all turned and looked in the direction Ataru went, and saw a plume of water rise from the river.

Nabiki was so glad she’d filmed that.

“They’re so strong…” Sayuri whispered.

Yuka gulped, her face bright red. “It’s… it’s kinda scary.”

Lum was also very impressed. “That’s the furthest I’ve seen anyone launch Darling.”

Katie lowered her leg. “Darling? Wait… that was…?”

“Moroboshi Ataru,” Akane confirmed.

Katie looked back towards where they’d fired Ataru. “Shoot, I heard stories about that creep, but… Jesus.”

“It’s hard to imagine that he’s the one who saved the world, isn’t it?” Nabiki asked.

Katie scoffed. “Honestly? Yeah.”

“You too?” Akane asked.

“Saved the world and made Nerima the way it is today,” a new voice called.

From out of the apartment building emerged a tall, robust, older Eastern European woman. She looked to be in her late 30s, but her long stark white hair trailing down to her waist and the long, heavy-looking cane with an ornate, leather-bound handle she leaned on hinted at her being much older. The woman wore a thick gray wool turtleneck sweater with braided patterns down its front, back, and sleeves, and a long, flowing black skirt.

Before anyone could ask, the woman introduced herself. “Good evening, I am the landlord of this apartment, Rozhdestvensky Anya. Could someone tell me why this засранец and his сука are raising a fuss around here?”

Lum looked over at the woman, curious by the strange words she suddenly injected into her speech. “Excuse me?”

“Sorry, Sasha,” Katie said, “That weirdo was terrorizing my friends.”

Lum frowned. “Darling does that to every girl he meets. He’s an unapologetic flirt!”

“Touching a girl who wants none of that goes well past the line of flirt,” Katie noted.

“Yeah!” Sayuri snapped at Lum. “Control your man before he actually hurts someone!”

Now Lum was offended. “You think I like that he does it?!”

“Well whatever you’re doing isn’t working!” Akane harshly spat back.

“How can you even like that freak?!” Yuka demanded.

Katie nodded. “Asking the real questions, here.”

Lum began huffing in frustration. “I don’t need to answer why I love him to a bunch of slutty girls who walk the streets at night!”

Sayuri, Yuka, and Akane recoiled, before Akane’s face became a furious red. “You are the last bitch on Earth who has the right to call anyone a slut!”

“Bitch?!” Lum shouted as electricity crackled around her.

Nabiki whistled, she expected a lot of things tonight, but this was not one of them. Nor could she conceive it being this exciting to watch.

“The biggest bitch, if a horny pervert like that would go after any other girl but you!” Akane railed back.

Lum’s mouth fell agape, and the electricity around her surged.

“ENOUGH!”

The warring girls fell silent, with Anya’s bellow.

The old woman raised her cane and pointed it at Lum’s face. “You. Leave this place and fish your aberration of a fiancé from the river before he does us all a favor and drowns.”

She pointed the cane at Katie’s face next. “If these friends of yours are going to raise hell like this, then they can go back to where they came from. I will not have them in my building.”

Akane’s anger retreated, Sayuri and Yuka’s following, with the realization that Katie was being put to task.

Katie immediately bowed her head in apology. “I’m sorry; they’re good people, I swear.”

Akane, Sayuri, and Yuka bowed more deeply. “Please forgive us for our improper behavior!”

“Much better,” Anya said as she set down her cane. “Nice to know that some sensible decency still exists in this neighborhood.”

Lum, still smarting from the insults, scowled at Akane and offered no apologies. Instead she stuck her tongue out at Akane and the Oni girl flew off to go recover her betrothed.

Nabiki, who literally did nothing wrong, finally stopped filming. “For a second there, I thought you were actually going to fight.”

“Like there would be one,” Akane said arrogantly.

Nabiki agreed. “Oh yeah, what with her being able to fly and shoot electricity.”

Blanching, Akane realized that in her anger she very nearly played herself. Recognizing her expression, Nabiki smiled.

“It’s a rare thing in this town to realize how badly you almost messed up.”

“Ease up on her, now,” Katie advised Nabiki before she nodded to Anya. “Thanks for intervening, we’re all a buncha hot-blooded bitches, so…”

Anya laughed. “It was nothing! Relax, I was a hot-blooded bitch too in my day.”

“We only wanted to come out to do some karaoke,” Yuka lamented.

“Yeah, then that weirdo barged in…”

Katie frowned. “You still want to do karaoke, right?”

“Of course!” Akane, Sayuri, and Yuka said as one.

Katie brightened, and looked to Anya. “How about it, can they?”

Anya hummed for dramatic effect, before she gestured for them to follow her back into the apartment building. “да, come this way.”

The mood lifted immediately.

“Wait.” Akane realized something. “Senpai, is the secret karaoke bar here where you live?”

Katie looked back and brought a finger to her lips to hush her, Sayuri, and Yuka. Passing through the security door and into the main lobby of the apartment, a cramped, stale, and bare floored room with only a stairwell directly ahead and two doors on either wall at the corner. Going to the room to the left, Anya smiled back at them and opened the door.

What awaited them was an entirely different room and atmosphere. A large bar lit with green, pink, purple, and blue neon lights greeted them, across from the bar directly were arcade cabinets with customers sitting at them playing various games. Beyond the bar and the arcade were two dozen tables with almost half of them occupied, and just beyond that was a single stage where a group of middle-aged men were belting out karaoke for the crowd.

“Welcome to ‘The Secret’,” Anya greeted the awed girls as they beheld the lively and active karaoke bar. “A little place that only friends know of.”

Nabiki stepped forward, a smile spreading across her lips. “Wow… this… this is the swankiest karaoke bar I’ve ever seen.”

“Look, there are private rooms and everything!” Yuka said when she saw a kiosk to rent keys.

“Oh my gosh, it has a café, too!” Sayuri said excitedly.

Most of all, however, it was noisy and alive–everything that it wasn’t from the dirty, dingy façade outside. Akane looked to Anya. “Is… is the reason it’s secret really because of the aliens?”

“No, it’s a secret because everyone needs a place where they can be their true selves,” Anya said. “What better place to be free of the expectations and burdens of society, than one that only you know?”

Anya leaned on her cane, and gestured to the spread with her free hand. “Even in this town, where we are free to do as we please.”

Reaching into her pocket, she produced a handful of dull gold tokens, and handed them to Katie. “You may use any unoccupied private booth to have your fun. Drinks and food is on me tonight.”

Katie nodded to Anya as she took the tokens.

“Thank you so much,” Akane said as she bowed politely to Anya. Sayuri and Yuka followed suit, while Nabiki merely tilted her head in a nod.

Anya noticed this, and smirked in Nabiki’s direction, before patting Katie on the head. “It’s nothing; I was quite surprised to hear that this black dog had made some friends worth bringing around here.”

Chuckling, Katie put an arm around Akane’s shoulders and led her to the private booths. “C’mon, I gotta show you my playlist.”

As Nabiki brought up the rear, though, Anya called after her. “You there, bob-cut.”

Turning around, Nabiki faced her. “Hm?”

“You don’t bend much, do you?” Anya asked.

Nabiki tilted her head to emphasize her smarm. “I’m not the type.”

Amused, Anya nodded. “Forgive my rudeness for the nickname. Tendo, да?”

“Nabiki,” she introduced herself.

“Enjoy all the amenities my establishment can afford you,” Anya said with a more respectful bow, “And do not hesitate to call if there’s anything you need that it cannot get you.”

Nodding again, Nabiki headed off to catch up with her sister and the others.

As Nabiki left, Anya went to go sit at one of the tables and enjoy the drunk karaoke on the main stage, three middle aged men slurring their way through a song of roaring dreams. Sitting down, she thought of the girls who had gone off to similarly sing their hearts to the world behind closed doors. Such interesting girls–with the courage to get in the face of gods, the strength to send men flying, and the nerve to merely tilt their head to kings.

“Hot-blooded bitches indeed,” she said with an amused laugh, “There may be hope yet for this worthless generation.”

|To the Winner…|

This nightmare was never going to end.

The whole reason Ranma even went on this trip was so that he could test his skills honed through his incredible aptitude for the craft. What better place to go than the ancient and hallowed home of martial arts as the world popularly knows them? What better time than when the whole country is a seething powder keg of warlords, monsters, and magic? Up until the moment he was cursed to become a girl, Ranma was actually onboard with this trip.

Now he wasn’t going to ask how it could get worse, because he knew that it was just going to.

Per the Jusenkyo Guide’s advice, they had gone to the village of Nyuchiezu or Joketsuzoku or whatever to find a cure for their curses. When they got there, however, no one was around, because the whole town had dropped everything to watch the town’s warriors–almost all of them women–slug it out for a feast fit for a champion.

A feast that Ranma and Genma both consumed the majority by the time the tournament’s winner–a violet-haired curvy cutie named Xian Pu–finished mopping the floor with the entire bracket. She was understandably unhappy with it, but Ranma in all of his young wisdom had a foolproof plan: he would beat Xian Pu and then the food would be his anyway.

Aside from the protests of the Jusenkyo Guide, it was a perfect plan with no drawbacks.

“Keep in mind that this is still your fault!” Ranma whispered to his father as they hid in the hold of a boat transporting cargo down a river.

Genma grunted with a smug look on his dumb Panda face. As if one mistake a couple missteps by Ranma outweighed the utter catastrophe of decision making that was his father.

Ranma would punch him, but not making too much noise was important. “Of course you don’t care, I’m the one she wants to kill.”

Like panda father, like daughter son! Ranma’s half-listening to their guide led to his being marked for death by Xian Pu after beating her–something having to do with village law regarding female outsiders.

In the days since, the young warrior woman has been relentless,tracking and attacking Ranma on sight at every turn, leading to their current predicament: They had managed to lose her and sneak onto a boat heading to Shanghai. Though Ranma was confident that once they left Qinghai Province even that crazy girl would leave them be.

“Now I can’t get cured until the heat dies down! What am I gonna do until then? I can’t go out in public if all it takes are a few drops of water to turn me from a dude into a chick.”

Genma shrugged his shoulders and raised a sign up. On it, it read, “I’ve been thinking we should scrub this training journey altogether and head back.”

Ranma read it, and his eyes flew wide. “We are not leaving here until I’m cured!”

Genma flipped the sign around. “That girl’s dead set on hunting you down, we may as well cut our losses and go back. We’ll figure out something there.”

“No, we can’t,” Ranma insisted, “The cure is back at Jusenkyo!”

Genma flipped the sign over again. “Oh, and you’re fine with being attacked every step of the way by that madwoman?”

Ranma stopped and stared at the sign. “Wait, how are you doing that…?” He got in his father’s face. “Over my dead body are we going back to Japan like this!”

With a quick swipe, Genma slapped his son-with-a-daughter’s-body with the sign, and he went tumbling across the cargo hold with a bang loud enough to startle the helmsman at the wheelhouse of the boat.

Rubbing his face, Ranma got up and faced Genma, ready to hasten the extinction of the species he now represented.

“You…!” He snarled.

Genma flipped the sign around. “Oh, and what do you intend to do, fight that girl to the death?”

Ranma grimaced at the thought. When Xian Pu first came after him, following her vow of death, Ranma expected to swat her down again and be on his way. Turns out that fighting a girl after she spent hours fighting different opponents was entirely different from a girl with a good night’s sleep and killing intent.

“I’ll think of something!” Ranma said.

Again, Genma twirled his sign. “Let’s think of something from the safety of our home. I happen to know someone whose place we can crash at until we’re sure the girl gives up.”

“You’re not listening!” Ranma shouted, surprising the helmsman of the ship again. “We might not be able to ever come back here! Then what?! You’re perfectly fine being a panda, but I’m a guy! A freakin’ guy! Do you have any idea how messed up having a body like this is?!”

The helmsman, now concerned that he had stowaways on his boat, reached for his radio to contact the Army. He stopped, however, when he saw something strange on the river in front of the boat.

Genma flipped his sign around. “You think I like being a Panda? All they do is eat, sleep, and shit.”

“I don’t see how that’s any different from how you live, fatass,” Ranma said, and he ducked the sign when Genma threw it at her.

Up on his feet, he began hopping from one to the other as Genma rose to his, assuming a fighting stance. “All right then, let’s settle this right here! If I beat the crap out of you, we’re finding a way back to Jusenkyo!”

Staring at the thing moving on the river, the helmsman’s eyes widened when he realized it was a girl running across the water with her arms held out and behind her. As he began to make out her violet hair and particular style of clothes, the helmsman flew into a panic when he realized it was a warrior from Nyucheizu skimming across the water towards his boat like an anti-ship missile.

Genma produced another sign, bewildering Ranma about where he was getting them. On it, it said: “And when I beat you into the keel of this boat, we’re going back to Japan!”

Incensed, Ranma stopped bouncing and got ready to fight. “Come at me, Po!”

At that precise moment, Xian Pu reached the side of the boat, ran up its hull and sprang into the air above it. Hanging in the air, she raised the weapon she carried–a massive hammer–and swung it to spin down towards the boat. Coming down, she used the spin to slam the hammer down on the boat square amidships.

Hundreds of yards away, on the shore of the river, a large black wolf raised its head and looked out towards the boat it had been trailing for some time now–just in time to see it break in two as a huge geyser rose from its middle.

=-=-Note Time-=-=

The man himself and his lovely lady are here and in force, and already Lum and Akane are getting along exactly as much as most would expect them to. Unlike her combative relationship with Miyake Shinobu, facing up against someone who'd be happy to pop her one in the face may prove to be a different experience entirely for Lum.

Oh, and Ranma's in for a long journey...
 
Volume Four: Persistence

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#10
SENPAI
A story of Good Friends

|Persistence|

Buzzing filled the morning air above the Nerima Special Administration District, a large quadrotor drone passed over the clean, trendy-looking streets of cafes and expensive shops in the Taian Neighborhood and headed north. It passed over the tops of buildings, several rail lines, and a river, before crossing the broad front lawn of a lavish, palatial estate.

At the center of its fuselage, the camera focused on a large, tandem rotor helicopter idling on the lawn, then on a young man, flanked by black-suit and sunglasses wearing bodyguards, walking towards the rear doors of the helicopter. The handsome young man dressed impeccably in an all-white school uniform and holding a sheathed blade on his shoulder, looked up towards the drone, the camera catching his face square in its sights to snap a picture.

Turning on its axis, the drone headed west, leaving the massive mansion. Crossing the same river, and over more well-kept and expensive property, it reached the wall of a clean and orderly all-girls school that was just opening its doors for class. The camera zoomed in and focused on one girl in particular–Kuno Kodachi walking to class flanked by several girls. Its shutter clicked rapidly several times.

The drone continued on, leaving the school and flying westward. Only three blocks over and the condition of the buildings changed. Stylish shops with glass fronts gave way to boarded up businesses, empty lots, and the occasional abandoned kiosk used by the Tokyo Metropolitan Police before Nerima was walled off.

Walking down a sidewalk in front of one of the kiosks, flanked by his gang with Curly at his right, was the hulking Soban. The drone zoomed in on him, and clicked several more pictures as it passed, before it changed direction, heading more southwest. As it flew, it gained more altitude, rising higher and higher, forcing it to zoom in to keep a clear view of the ground.

The terrain below improved as the drone went. Boarded up buildings and abandoned infrastructure gave way to more orderly suburban streets, and girls in blue and white school dirndls making their way to school. Its camera fell upon Nabiki and Akane, walking together towards the school. They were joined by Kasumi, who was riding a bright red bicycle alongside her sisters and amicably speaking with them. The camera passed over all three of them, but took the majority of its pictures of Akane, sparing three for Nabiki and one for Kasumi compared to her eight.

The drone turned again, the camera coming around even faster and overshooting Katie, who was coming from another direction with her eyes aimed ahead of her. When the camera panned back to her, she was looking directly at the drone.

The drone snapped off one quick picture, changed direction, and fled east as fast as it could.

After a kilometer or so, the drone slowed down, and stopped as it captured Ataru in its lens. He was walking down a street, his head tilted up with a relaxed look on his face like he was lost in a daydream. The camera held onto him for a moment as he walked, before it turned without snapping a picture.

A flash of blue-green iridescence passed in front of the lens, and the camera swiftly panned to catch Lum–wearing Tomobiki’s dark blue school uniform–floating from some nearby clouds, following Ataru’s general direction. First the camera, then the drone itself followed Lum, capturing picture after picture of her before another object passed in front of the drone–forcing it to stop.

It was an infant Oni boy with short hair the same color as Lum’s, wearing a yellow with black striped diaper. Staring at the drone’s camera, he looked back at Lum, then at the camera. Scowling, the infant took a deep breath and incinerated the drone with a blast of flame from his mouth.

The remains of the drone plummeted from the sky, its pops and snaps not unnoticed by Katie. She glanced back in time to see the plume of fading smoke in the sky and nodded in approval of the pesky machine’s destruction. “Cool.”

Things had calmed down a bunch after doing away with the Shining Killers, the only boys who’d been showing up to class were the few who didn’t take part in the carnage Akane inflicted on them, and the occasional listless mob too broken to care where they went. If it weren’t for having Akane to hang out with after class, she’d be complaining about it being boring again.

“Yoohoo~!” Daikoku Kaori called out, and the delivery girl hopped down from a nearby roof to land beside Katie. “Good morning, preferred customer.”

Katie waved back, and noticed Kaori was in her blue and red work attire. “Howdy, getting ahead of the morning rush?”

“Better than that, I finally got my passport updated so I can do delivery work in Japan. I’m heading over the wall after a few more deliveries here,” Kaori revealed.

Katie’s eyebrows rose. “Whoa, congrats on getting your papers and good luck over there.”

“Thanks. But it also means I won’t be around to run stuff between you and Misao, so… you’re gonna have to do without me until four-twenty.”

Katie frowned. “Crap, and I didn’t bother with lunch today.”

Kaori clapped her hands together. “Well you’re in luck! A new place opened up near Tomobiki and they’ve got a special for folks who use my delivery services.”

Of course she’d use the opportunity to sell her something. “I’m listening…”

“It’s an okonomiyaki stand called Ucchan’s, run by a friend of mine from Kansai. He just moved here to set up his own business and I’m helping him get his name out on the street.”

Katie pondered the offer. Never had okonomiyaki before… but going near Tomobiki sounds like a recipe for a fucked-up day.

Kaori all but read her mind. “Now I know what you’re thinking–’why the heck would I go to Tomobiki for food?’ Come on girl, I wouldn’t recommend walking into the wolf’s den if the food wasn’t worth it. Ucchan makes the best okonomiyaki you’ll ever try, and if you show him this?”

Kaori put her arm around Katie’s shoulder and held up her phone to take a selfie with her. Pulling back, she sent the photo to Katie’s phone. “You will get two regular okonomiyaki for the price of one. So c’mon~! Take a chance and pay my boy Ucchan a visit. You’ll be treated to a most unforgettable luncheon.”

Katie checked her phone to look at the selfie. “Well, I can’t really say no to a deal like that. All right, I’ll give it a try. It’s this, mooch, or put up with commissary food.”

And no one at Furinkan did that, given how many students left school altogether for lunch. It was a practice largely frowned upon, but rarely enforced against by the faculty at Furinkan, even after Okamada’s proclamation that they’d be doing more to maintain order at the school.

Kaori grinned. “You’re the best!” Her phone beeped. “Oh, I have a delivery. I’ll be back around the usual time. Text me if you want anything brought in from Japan and I’ll get it over the border to you, ‘kay? Bye bye!”

“Yeah, that’s cool,” Katie replied, and Kaori was gone like a delivery Supergirl, leaping onto a telephone pole and climbing up it to jump off to a nearby roof. She looked at her phone and at the selfie and let out a small laugh. “Girl knows how to make money; I’ll give her that.”

Katie looked at her phone, another message came from Kaori, giving the actual address of Ucchan’s stand. Oh okay, it’s not that close to the school itself. If I leave straight from the lunch bell and take the rooftops, I’ll get there in time to eat my fill and get back within a half-hour. That should be quick enough to…

Her expression shifted to a low glower, as she tilted her phone just enough to see Ataru in the screen’s reflection. He was standing right next to her, a big grin on his face.

“I hoped I’d see you again!”

Katie turned her head and scowled down at Ataru. “I’m not interested. Geddon outta here.”

Ataru’s expression grew strong, as he met Katie’s gaze. “A girl as pretty as you? I can’t just let you go!”

Katie’s nose wrinkled, and her upper lip curled with the wave of revulsion rolling over her. She turned from him and stormed away. Knowing he was following right behind her, she spoke. “I’m gonna say it just this once, y’hear? I ain’t interested in men like you. Iffin’ you insist on keepin’ this up? I will break you in half.”

“Your accent is so pretty, are you from Texas?” Ataru asked.

“Leave me alone,” Katie repeated as she kept walking.

Ataru held his arms out towards her as he trailed behind. “But I’m in love with you!”

“Nah, you just wanna bang,” Katie replied. “Go ‘way.”

Zipping in front of her, Ataru held out his arms and looked up at her, his eyes shining with unshed tears. “I am not after base desires! These are genuine feelings! Are you just going to run away from a chance at…?”

He trailed off as Katie sprang and somersaulted over him, landing behind him to keep walking. He stared at the empty space then looked back in time to watch her land–her shiny black hair waving back and forth behind her. “Wow…”

Katie rolled her eyes, as he jogged up alongside her. “Tall and graceful! You’re not a model, you’re a gymnast!”

“I’m all that and out of your league.” She stopped and turned to face him. “Final warning, turn around and walk away or you will fly away.”

Taking her free hand in both of his like he had the other night, Ataru knelt in front of her. “The only way I’m walking is your way, by your side.”

Her hand slipped from his, drawing his gaze down to his empty hands. Before he could look up, Katie turned in place to build up momentum for the knee she drove into Ataru’s gut–the force of the blow folding him over and lifting him off his feet.

“You were…” She turned and side-kicked him in the same spot she kneed him, shooting him off the sidewalk and towards the middle of the street. “Warned!”

Ataru tumbled like a ragdoll and struck several garbage cans and recycling bins stacked up in front of the row of houses on the opposite side of the street. Lowering her leg with a snort, Katie turned and kept going towards the school, now well within sight.

Ugh… why are the grossest boys the most desperate? Where are all the cute, quiet, and shy boys in this goddamn town? She thought with a darkening brow. Shit, this is just like that bullshit with Akaneko.

Looking back again at Ataru to make sure he hadn’t somehow recovered from his thrashing; Katie took off in a sprint towards the front gate of the school. To her relief, she spotted both Akane and Nabiki crossing the street. And just like that, I’m back to having a good morning.

Then she saw Kasumi was with them. Fuuuuuuuuuuu…

Seeing Katie running towards them, Akane raised her hand in greeting. “Good morning, senpai!”

“Yo.” Nabiki said with less enthusiasm.

“Good morning, Katie-chan,” Kasumi chimed last.

“Yeah, howdy,” Katie replied before looking at Kasumi. “What brings you out here?”

Akane was happy to explain. “She’s got errands to run today, so she walked with us to school.”

“And to say hello,” Kasumi added. “How have you been? You haven’t been by in a few days.”

“I’m fine,” Katie replied, stuffing her enthusiasm away. “Kinda buried in my schoolwork, y’know?”

“Well, as nice as it’d be to have you around,” Kasumi allowed. “It’s no good if you’re failing your courses.”

“You never know when it’ll come in handy.” Akane added, looking proud about things.

Katie managed to hide her expression. Jeez, if I tell them the real reason, I’d just disappoint them. Shaking her head, she decided to respond. “Yeah, it’s just a bad habit from spending summer on the road.”

“Well, be careful, the teachers might not do anything about violent lynchings, but they love to run their mouths about your grades,” Nabiki warned, though she still seemed put off by something.

Katie narrowed her eyes. “I’ll keep that in mind.”

“It’ll be fine,” Akane said, seemingly trying to shine bright enough to knock out her sister’s bad mood. “Just do your work and they’ll have no choice but to keep their mouths shut.”

Neither Katie nor Nabiki felt like being the one to point out that that was likely just wishful thinking.

Kasumi decided there was enough talk about school work. “Still, if you have the chance to come by, it would be really nice.”

“Akane might actually practice for real again.” Nabiki slipped the jab in there.

“Hey!” Akane yelped.

“You literally skipped practicing yesterday because it wasn’t as fun without her around,” Nabiki said, deciding that taking her bad mood out on Akane was on the table.

Katie ignored Nabiki’s attitude and decided to try and live up to her status as senpai. “Hey, just like I can’t slack off with school, you can’t slack off with your training. The boring, unfun days are the best to train on because you have to work that much harder to make it not suck.”

“I know,” Akane demurred, toeing the ground with uncertainty in that way that made her appear obnoxiously cute and made you forget she could beat up dozens of people at once if the mood struck her.

“Anyways, at least if there are any surprise quizzes, we might be rid of our math teacher.” Nabiki said, moving away from bashing her sister now.

“Makes you wonder if any of them really get what living in this place means, huh?” Katie retorted, feeling that people in authority forgetting that the protection it gave wasn’t absolute was something of a universal constant.

Akane cut off any further talk of teacher beatings. “So can we have lunch at least today?”

Katie flinched, feeling like getting gut punched would feel better than having to let Akane down. “Yeah, sorry. I didn’t pack lunch because I didn’t know Kaori was going to be heading back to Japan proper today.”

“Oh no,” Kasumi said, having experienced first-hand that eating lunch at Furinkan was just shy of eating garbage.

“But it’s fine, she did me a solid, so I have something lined up to take care of it.” Katie explained, nice and easy. “I’d flake on it, but she doesn’t always do favors, especially not without proper payment in advance. So I’ll be headed off campus for lunch today.”

Kasumi frowned. “It’s too bad you didn’t know sooner; I could have made you a bento.”

“Hey hey, don’t feel bad about it.” Katie tried to smooth things over. “I should have had a better back up option anyways.”

“Still.” Kasumi wasn’t to be deterred. “If you find yourself in such a predicament in the future, let me know.”

“All right,” Katie said, trying not to sigh and melt into a puddle. It was pretty hard considering...

“Well, we’ll have to get to class eventually.” Nabiki had to be the one to break it up, of course. “And you still have some more errands before you go home.”

Kasumi didn’t seem bothered by it. “Of course, thank you Nabiki-chan.” The way she said it made it clear she didn’t even begin to take offense to her moment being interrupted.

Akane stepped up to defuse things before Nabiki got put any further into her place. “Yeah, let’s get to class right? You were complaining about needing to get to school early.”

Nabiki stepped away from her sisters and trudged towards the school, roughly shoving one of the meandering zombie boys over without care about her reputation.

“Bad morning? She seems snippy.” Katie asked.

“I don’t think so?” Akane replied. “Maybe she’s just restless because she doesn’t like uncertainty–things still haven’t settled down enough around here.”

“Well, not gonna begrudge her that.” Katie said, shaking her head. She looked over at Kasumi. “Gotta go.”

“Come over soon,” Kasumi said, smiling just a little. “Please?”

“No promises, but I’ll be sure to try and clear my schedule.” Katie turned to Akane. “Come on, I can walk you to your class at least.”

And with that, just another boring day at school was about to begin.

=-=-Note Time-=-=

Yeah, expect to see a lot more of Moroboshi, but of Lum, too.
 
The Fenced-In School of Beasts

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#11

|The Fenced-in School of Beasts|

Tomobiki High School was a place that always had a little infamy. Long before Moroboshi Ataru walked these halls, before he and all his friends were even born, it was already a place that struggled to maintain order. Its students weren’t just known for being unruly and defiant, they were outright rebellious, little more than beasts shaved of their fur and stuffed into clothes, waging a conflict with beleaguered faculty and staff that passed on from one generation of students to the next without fail.

The Oni invasion, Ataru’s victory over it, and walling off of the Nerima Ward as part of the wheeling and dealing that followed didn’t change things much. Though separated from the country, the schools within the Special Administration District and the students attending them were still under the care of Japan’s Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology until their graduation or dismissal, whichever came first.

No teacher employed at Tomobiki High School was happy about that, and the students even less. So they took it out on each other as another drumbeat to the school’s endless waltz–exacerbated by the machinations of idiot students with the wealth and now the freedom to make their delusions seem real as possible.

Enter from stage right Mendō Shuutaro; the heir of the Mendō Zaibatsu which owned a simple majority of land in Japan. While he was a student of Tomobiki like the rest of them–he fashioned himself a wealthy, cultured, and sophisticated young man of high breeding who lavished young women with his fortune while disparaging his male peers. He also made himself readily available to the faculty as a collaborator in their conflict with the students, earning their approval to exert authority on his classmates.

As such, he was unpopular with just over half the school and shamelessly proud of it.

This fine morning, with a sky clear except for the occasional alien and drone, Mendō was hard at work, plotting with the faculty over a burgeoning problem at their school. He stood before the assembled teachers and staff of the school in a darkened meeting room, beside a whiteboard. Projected onto the whiteboard by an expensive film projector were images taken by drone or the odd peon, depicting the students of Tomobiki happily mingling outside of the school.

“Yes, you have seen it before.” The handsome and debonair young man, dressed in a crisp white uniform and his jet-black hair slicked back for the occasion to give him a more authoritative look, spoke with a confident eloquence years ahead of him. “Every day for since the beginning of the term as they have the term before, the students have been engaging in a particular egregious delinquent behavior.”

The picture displayed the image of Ataru flirting with girls from St. Hebereke as they all sat on the stools of a traditional Ramen shop.

“Ramen from the Neko Noodle Shop.”

The projector switched to a picture of Butsumetsu’s delinquent gang stuffing their faces at a convenience store alongside Tomobiki students. Soban is lunging towards a clearly disgusted brown-haired girl winding up to punch him. Ataru is there as well, flirting with a distressed cashier.

“Junk food and soft drinks from 7-11.”

Finally the projector switched to several Tomobiki and Furinkan girls, one of them Nabiki, eating at an Okonomiyaki cart run by a handsome ponytailed young man about their age. Ataru is just on the edge of the shot, waving towards the girls, as the first arcs of electricity from an enraged Lum are less than a meter away from him.

“Okonomiyaki from Ucchan’s.” The projector shut off and the lights came on, and Mendō gestured to the assembly of faculty and staff that ran the school. “Every day, Tomobiki’s students continue to walk off school property during lunch hours in defiance to school and educational policy.”

This was met with grim glowers and seething from his audience. “It is not a phenomenon restricted to this school. As seen many students from different schools are partaking in this illicit activity, and it is causing numerous public nuisances from disturbing the peace complaints to violent confrontations between rival school gangs.”

“Che, it’s starting to get out of control.” Onsen Mark, the English teacher and spokesman for the concerned staff, said with a grimace as he glared at the image of Ataru meddling with students from other schools. “It’d be fine if it was a few but this looks like at least what? Half?”

“Conservative estimates place the minimum number at around 75% of the student body leaving for lunch.” Mendō reported, ever studious and charming. The reaction was swift, alarmed murmurs rising among the teachers.

At the far end of the table the school’s principal, a thin, bespectacled bald man, regarded the information with a grim silence.

“S-seventy-five?!” The heavy-set, broad-shouldered Onsen Mark shouted as he shot from his chair.

Amidst the yammering “So many!” “How is this possible?” and “Of course that criminal Moroboshi would be involved.” one of the staff–a messy-haired man with dramatic sideburns wearing a white shirt and pants and a yellow-brown haramaki around his waist, hiked his shoulders and seethed.

“There’s no shortage of reasons why this is happening with such frequency. The disregard for authority this school enshrines as tradition, peer pressure from outside of the school, the fact that the school’s store has some of the worst food ever cooked.” Mendō declared with all the self-righteous indignation he could.

The man in white with the yellow brown haramaki shot up from his chair. “WHAT DID YOU JUST SAY, YOU LITTLE SHIT?!”

“Whatever the cause!” Mendō spoke over him with no small satisfaction, and the irate staff member was hauled down by several other teachers. “It’s clear that this cannot continue. The school’s reputation… no… the very future of its students is at stake!”

“Something must be done.” Onsen Mark said, every adult in the room nodding and murmuring in agreement.

“Over the course of my investigation, the brightest and most respectful students in my counsel have been working on a plan.” Mendō assured his teachers, as he turned the projector back on and brought up an image of Lum in her tiger print bikini relaxing on the floor of her room in the Moroboshi residence. It was shot with her back to the camera, and it was clear that the focus was on her lower half.

“Oops!” Mendō hurriedly clicked away to a slide with text that read “Student Delinquent Suppression Operation: Snowy Mountain Wind.”

More talking among the teachers began with such items as “That looks like the name of a military operation, are we getting serious now?” “What have Mendō and those kiss-ups been up to now?” and “Hopefully this will give me an excuse to turn Ataru’s face into hamburger.” Kiss-up comment aside, Mendō was pleased with the warm reception.

The school’s nurse raised her hand, a tall and beautiful young woman with long dark hair. When the other teachers and Mendō turned to her, she spoke with a cool, deep voice that set the hairs on the back of the necks of her male peers and Mendō prickling.

“I don’t particularly care for what this sounds like,” she said as she lowered her hand. “Are you planning on cracking down on all the students with force?”

Mendō’s instinct to bend over backwards to please any woman would’ve tanked his plot on the spot, if he hadn’t forcibly restrained himself. He was a young man with eyes on a prize, after all. “It is not an operation to use force, rest assured, Sakura-san. This operation is designed to peacefully round up students who leave the school without incident, by having teachers confront them at the places they’ve been reported regularly visiting for lunch.”

Sakura was unconvinced. “Asking any of our students to come peacefully is like sticking your hand blindly into a box of candy with three chocolates and nine scorpions.”

Mendō nodded. “That is readily apparent.”

He turned to the projector and brought up an image of a map. It was of the Tomobiki Neighborhood but zoomed out just enough to include the neighboring Furinkan and Butsumetsu. With another click of the projector’s remote, he brought up markers over every restaurant, convenience store, and food stand in the area.

With one more click, he brought up arrows representing students leaving the school. “At lunch, the students will be leaving the school to eat out. Before this happens, teachers will set out to these restaurants and lie in wait.” He clicked again, showing green arrows spreading from the locations and intercepting the red lines. “When the students arrive, the teachers will confront them and escort them back to school and have their names taken, and their parents informed.”

Onsen Mark then spoke up. “It cannot be emphasized enough that this cannot stand further, we must show that we will not be intimidated or allow our students to run free like other schools!”

"While I don't disagree, surely that is a rather radical course of action, Onsen Mark-san, Mendō-kun?" The Home Economics teacher, a brown-haired, gentle-natured man named Hanawa, asked as he adjusted his glasses nervously. "These are young men and women, not Butsumetsu miscreants."

"You are right, they are not Butsumetsu thugs. We hold them to a higher standard of behavior. We grapple with their growing delinquency every day, but the message is not sinking in that they are well on their way towards becoming exactly that out of control." There were nods all around in agreement with Onsen Mark, as many could think of one class in particular noted for leading the chaos.

"Surely we can call upon the other schools and the owners of the stores and restaurants to help us in this case?" Hanawa insisted.

“You’re not wrong. But the local businesses weren’t receptive to cooperation. After all, they enable the delinquents to further their own profits,” Mendō countered.

Hanawa again protested. "We cannot simply go out and manhandle students; there aren't even enough of us to cover the entire district. If we act like thugs ourselves, they will respond violently."

Sakura spoke up again. “Once again, three chocolates and nine scorpions.”

Mendō clicked again, and it showed the red arrows leaving the school shrinking to half their size. “Students resisting and even fighting back is anticipated. So a series of containment measures have been arranged to ensure that the minimum number of students attempt to leave as well as plenty of reinforcements to make up for numbers.”

“What sort?” Sakura asked.

Mendō chuckled. “A lunch will be prepared for select students, to dissuade them from leaving the school.”

“So a lunch for the girls,” Sakura corrected.

“So those students who do go out to lunch will lack the numbers to mount a defense!” Mendō continued a little louder, before returning to his lecturing tone. “And be rounded up without a fight.”

Sakura was not particularly encouraged. “And if they fight anyway because they’re stupid enough to do it?”

Mendō looked off to the side. He brought a clenched hand to his chest and shook his head. “It is my sincerest hope that such an outcome does not come to pass. But for the safety of our students, and the prevention of delinquent behavior, we must act decisively, and I have provided additional contingencies for that worst case scenario.”

Now Sakura turned to Onsen Mark, who flushed under her hard gaze. “You know as well as I do, that they’re gonna fight. Especially if Moroboshi and the idiots that orbit around him get involved. Tell Mendō this is a stupid plan.”

A few teachers began whispering among one another, portents of woe regarding the plan fueled by knowledge of the school they ran and a desire to be seen agreeing with the lovely school nurse. Onsen Mark himself wanted to buckle just as Mendō had moments ago, but looking at the map again, and seeing the border of Furinkan and Tomobiki, he took a deep breath.

“It’s reckless, and there’s a strong chance it will fail. But we need to make a statement that this behavior is not acceptable, Sakura-san. If for no reason other than to prevent Moroboshi from finding his way to Furinkan High School.”

Sakura tilted her head ever slightly. “What does Furinkan High School have to do with all of this?”

Onsen Mark closed his eyes, folded his arms, and sighed. “The details are sketchy, but the school’s male students have either dropped out or refused to even attend. It’s now just a school full of young women.”

And so it was, as the teacher told his tale, that her face at first just ghostly, turned a whiter shade of pale.

Shaking her head, Sakura stood up and faced Onsen Mark. “I respectfully withdraw my concerns. Moroboshi must be contained at all costs.”

The specter of dissent faded away with that, mainly out of the hope that the operation could be redrawn to contain just Ataru–besides wanting to be seen agreeing with Sakura. The rest of the teachers began speaking among one another again with such insights as “Does this mean we can kick the crap out of Moroboshi?” “I hope we can clobber those Stormtroopers of Lum’s too, they’re annoying.” and “I personally just want a chance to go eat out for lunch, myself.”

Onsen Mark breathed a sigh of relief, before turning to the principal. “Principal. This is the plan we have come to an agreement on. All we need now is your approval to execute the operation, and we shall do so with haste.”

The principal mulled over what was to come and nodded. “I wish you the best of luck!”

As the teachers and faculty broke into cheers and got fired up, Onsen Mark breathed another sigh of relief and cast a sidelong glance at Mendō. The little bastard was practically glowing as his plot was met with the approval of the authority figures he sucked up to. Rolling his eyes, he turned his head to gaze back at the projected map and all that it displayed.

He pulled a grimace, barely holding it back, before he tightened up and numbed his senses. This was something that needed to happen.

For as much as things stayed the same in these crazy times, things just weren’t how they used to be.

=-=-Note Time-=-=

Anyone who's watched Urusei Yatsura Episode 46 will know exactly where this is going.

A voice calls from the dark.

"Lost? Unfamiliar? Confused? Well, here's a brief explanation: Welcome my friend, to the Rumic World. The creation of manga author and mastermind Rumiko Takahashi. These include stories you may be familiar with like Ranma 1/2 and Inuyasha, and stories you may not be familiar with but are of equal renown and acclaim, like their predecessors Maison Ikkoku and the other series featured in this fic: Urusei Yatsura.

"The following is the canonical explanation of the series: Almost a year ago in this setting, a race of aliens called the Oni invaded the Earth. Wtih vast numbers and almost magical technology the Earth stood no chance against them in a fight. But the Oni were good and generous sports, offering humanity a fighting chance against them by settling their fate with a simple game between two champions: their Princess Lum Invader. The beautiful and literally shocking daughter of the boss invader."



"And a human randomly selected out of the whole of humanity to face her. This would come to be the statistically unluckiest human being on Earth, Moroboshi Ataru. A relentless flirt and lecher whose ambition is to date as many girls as possible despite having a girlfriend."



"He's not that bad looking actually. And their duel would be a game of tag, one that seemed simple but made more complicated and harrowing by the fact that Lum could fly and shoot electricity from her body. In spite of the advantages, Ataru persevered and inspired by his girlfriend's proimise to marry him if he won, defeated Lum in their game, saving the human race from destruction. But in a stroke of bad luck, naturally, he made the error of declaring his intention to get married as he defeated Lum--and she took that as a marriage proposal from him."

Now ending purely canonical material.

"Since then, Ataru has struggled with having Lum Invader as his fiancee, and dealing with the wacky and weird people who have begun piling into his life while Nerima--his home ward--and the rest of the world dealt with their shenanigans--including a particularly nasty incident that saw the world's oil reserves stolen by angry aliens over a taxi fee. Understandably, Nerima and all its residents (including our boy Ataru) have been walled off thanks to incidents like that. There have been further, farther reaching effects of the invasion and Ataru's victory, but those are literally other stories."

"For now, just sit back, relax, and welcome to the Senpaiverse."
 
Crackdown

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#12
|Crackdown|

Flying high enough that its engine could not be heard on the ground, a broad-winged, pusher-propeller driven drone entered the narrow airspace over the Nerima Special Administration District and began to orbit within the confines of the territory. High-definition cameras quickly pointed to the streets below, as students from almost every school save those within Taian began to venture off the grounds for lunch.

Unlike its predecessor, this drone’s mechanical eyes did not waste time panning the area. It was looking for someone specific.

“You don’t have to go through all the trouble,” Katie said to Akane as they headed towards the okonomiyaki stand Kaori mentioned. “It’s eatin’ into your lunch time to come all this way with me.”

“Well, I wanted to have lunch with you, don’t worry about my lunch time. Kasumi’s food is too good for it to last long.” Akane said, having picked up that Katie didn’t really like people putting themselves too far out on her behalf.

It was an endearing quirk of her senpai, and she wasn’t going to fault her for it. “Besides, I wanted to ask for some advice for my training routine.”

“All right, I s’pose.” Katie had to accept it, pushing down her worries over inconveniencing the girl and other such annoying feelings. “Let’s make tracks then. We don’t want to linger ‘round here. It’s a hoot and a holler away from Ataru’s school.”

Akane shuddered at the thought of dealing with his mess again. “Let’s go.”

Not far from their destination, in classroom 3-4 of Tomobiki High School, trouble was afoot and for once, it didn’t seem like Moroboshi Ataru was the cause. Their teacher, Onsen Mark, was missing, and in his place an “All Day Free Study” notice was written on the chalkboard. Quite a few teachers and staff were absent from their classrooms and posts.

Under most circumstances, a teacher being MIA was cause for celebration and relaxation, but multiple teachers?

“Something strange is going on, and it’s bothering me.” A girl with well-kept, brown hair in a long bob not unlike Nabiki’s said as she watched out the window other students take advantage of the missing teachers to wander off campus for lunch early.

She was speaking to another girl with large pretty, black-colored eyes and matching hair that was cut short enough to resemble a boy. She also wore a boy’s uniform and sat in her chair slouched back with her feet on the desk like a young man would. “Something besides Ataru?”

“Ataru’s always strange,” the more feminine of the two said.

“Yeah, but today’s weirder than usual.” The tomboy looked at the man himself as she spoke. He was lounging back in his seat, half-cloud gazing, half lost in daydreams of tall, leggy foreign girls stepping on him.

“Ryūnosuke-san,” the first girl, Miyake Shinobu, said. “Doesn’t it bother you that the teacher’s been gone all day today?”

Fujinami Ryūnosuke, the second girl, looked at Shinobu like the answer was obvious. “No?”

Shinobu sighed. “I’ll admit that was a dumb question. I asked around the other classrooms while I was on my way to the bathroom. All the other teachers on the first floor are missing, too.”

That caught Ryūnosuke’s attention, and she took her feet off her desk to sit up. “Okay, that is weird, what’s going on?”

“Knowing this school’s track record?” Shinobu shook her head. “Nothing good.”

They both looked over at Ataru, who let out a longing sigh. They turned to one another with a shared uncertainty, before Ryūnosuke held up a fist. Looking at it, Shinobu held her own, and they played a quick best of three of Janken.

Ryūnosuke won both times, and Shinobu cursed under her breath before heading over to the lecherous young man. “Hey, Ataru?”

Ataru bolted upright, beaming. “Shinobu-chan…!”

“Nope, none of that,” Shinobu said, with her arms folded and a hard look. “Do you have any idea what’s going on with the teachers?”

Ataru looked aside and his eyes narrowed as an air of mystery was raised around him. “I’m not sure I can tell you here…”

And just like that it was gone as he flashed her his big, optimistic smile. “Come out for lunch with me, and I’ll tell you everything I know!”

Shinobu rolled her eyes. “Pass.”

Ryūnosuke stepped up. “But you do know something’s going on, right?”

Ataru held up his hand, stopping her. “Ah! If you want my valuable information, it won’t be cheap. One lunch date, from either of you–or both of you. I’ll pay.”

“I’ve got my own damn lunch,” Ryūnosuke shot back.

“And I’m not going on a lunch date with you,” Shinobu added before she leaned down to glare at Ataru. “You definitely know something’s going on. What is it?”

Ataru stared back at Shinobu. “Shinobu-chan, I…”

Shinobu’s expression softened. “What is it?”

He brought his hand to the back of his head and let out a small, nervous laugh. “I actually don’t know what you’re talking about.”

Shinobu let out an almighty “UGH!” and turned away from Ataru. “Useless no-good…!”

Taking her rejection in stride, Ataru shrugged his shoulders. “Look on the bright side. We’ve had all day to goof off, daydream, and have fun. Who cares what the teachers are doing? If they’re not bothering us, then it’s great for everybody!”

As much as she didn’t want to, Ryūnosuke agreed. “Yeah, he’s a horrible excuse for an insult to real men, but he’s right.”

Ataru dramatically gripped his chest over his heart. “Ryū-chan, you wound me!”

“I could do so much more than wound you,” she muttered.

Ataru looked left and right, then leaned closer. “So uh… like what?”

As Ryūnosuke grunted in disgust, the door opened and another person conspicuously absent for the day entered. Mendo’s smooth entrance as usual divided the class–most of the girls greeted him with great cheer, while every male student sneered and avoided looking directly at him. He smirked at the reactions. This was how one should always make an entrance–with women wanting you, and men envying your radiance, or so he thought.

“Where have you been, Mendō?” Ataru asked.

Shinobu turned to him. “Mendō, do you know what’s going on?”

Ryūnosuke shot Ataru a look, then faced Mendō as well. “Where’d all the teachers go, man?”

Mendō smirked and closed his eyes. “I happen to know exactly where they went. They’ve been helping me arrange a most unforgettable luncheon.”

Ataru got up. “Wow, buying lunch for us? Mendō, you’re so generous.” He stopped. “Your next words are ‘It’s not for you, you baboon, this lunch we’ve prepared is for the female students!’ Now to you:”

“It’s not for you, you baboon, this lunch we’ve prepared is for the female students!” Mendō stopped and glared at Ataru.

Ataru smiled back and winked.

Mendō drew a white-sheathed wooden sword from behind his back and swung it down on Ataru’s head. “PREDICT THIS, MORON!”

Ataru caught the sword between his hands. “Weakling, weakling! Did you really think you can stand up to me, you utter WRYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY!”

Mendō had kicked him in the balls.

Ryūnosuke burst into laughter so hard she collapsed against her desk and down to the floor, as Ataru rolled around on it in fury-inducing pain.

Shinobu was more curious about the food. “Did you really prepare lunch for us girls, Mendō-kun?” She asked.

Mendō sheathed his blade and approached her. “It’s true, I have hired the finest chefs in Tokyo to come here today and prepare food for not just the girls in this class, but every fair maiden in this entire school. If only to reassure them that the school’s food is perfectly edible, and that there is no need to go off campus for lunch.”

Ataru stopped rolling around when Mendō’s words registered through the pain, a thought flashing through his head.

Shinobu had eaten enough food catered on Mendō’s yen to know what was in store. “Well, I was going to go out to lunch, but if we’re going to have some good food. I’ll stay here.”

A gleam appeared in Mendō’s eye. “That’s good to hear.” He turned to Ryūnosuke, who was still on her knees, laughing at Ataru’s pain. “What about you, Ryū-chan?”

Ryūnosuke looked up. “First off… heheheh… fuck you and Shinobu for implying my store’s food is bad. Second off, I got my own lunch, thanks very much.”

Mendō wanted to point out that Ryūnosuke herself would testify that the food made at her store was bad, but alas, he was a simp. As more female students in class crowded closer, he continued. “I understand, but it’s truly fantastic fare. I personally made sure to select dishes based on the tastes of everyone–including yours.”

Though reluctant, Ryuunosuke’s ear was tugged, and she grew more inquisitive.

Mendō smiled. “Just trust me that you’ll not want to miss this luUUUUUUUUUUUUUUHHEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE!”

His voice rose from a masculine baritone to the highest castrato from the sheer force of Ataru’s wedgie. “So! A lunch where all the girls are allowed but not the boys, eh Mendō? And what are we exactly supposed to do about our meal?”

Looking down, he realized that he had actually lifted his mortal rival off his feet, and he was dangling. “Wow, if I didn’t think I could afford these tighty-whities, I’d ask where you got them from.”

He dropped Mendō, who collapsed to one knee, bellowing for breath. “Anyway, I all of a sudden don’t care about you sucking up to the girls.”

Because Ataru knew there was one girl that Mendō couldn’t suck up to. “Hey, Lum!”

Lum, who’d been ignoring all the happening at the moment to exchange texts with her extraterrestrial friends, perked up hearing him call. “Yes, Darling?”

Ataru shot a quick look down at his ragged foe, before asking her. “Lunch Bell’s about to ring, do you want to go get some ramen with me?”

Lum gasped, and pitched herself out of the chair, flying over to him. “Of course!”

Mendō, much like Sakura at the meeting earlier that morning, turned a ghastly white and forgot all about his testicular trauma. He threw himself back onto his feet and reached out to Lum. “LUM YOU MUSN’T!”

And it was at this moment, when he saw the excessively smug look on Ataru’s face, that Mendō knew.

He fucked up.

Ryūnosuke, back on her feet, scowled at Mendō. “All right, what’s going on?”

Shinobu suddenly found all of her simmering dread justified. “What are you trying to keep us girls from being part of?”

Mendō caught his breath, his slicked hair worlds messier from the violence inflicted on his person. He looked up at the clock and sighed. “It is too late now for any of that. Just know that if you dare to leave the school today for lunch, there will be consequences.”

Everyone else looked at the clock and saw the second-hand reach twelve. The first notes of the Westminster Chime began to play on the school’s PA system.

“Consequences…?” Ataru repeated, before he put it all together. Missing teachers, Mendō dropping a surprise lunch on the girls, his willingness to throw it all away for Lum…!

“Aw shit!” Ryūnosuke shouted. “The teachers are cracking down on the kids who go off school property for lunch, ain’t they?!”

Ataru turned around. “Hey! I was about to say that! That! And totally not that Mendō was going to let all the guys leave, lock the school up and have a huge reverse gangbang orgy…”

Everyone stared at Ataru in silence. After a moment, Shinobu broke it.

“Ataru, what the fuck?”

Ataru gestured at Mendō. “He’d totally do it!”

Lum elbowed him. “Stop projecting your weird fantasies onto other people.”

“Yes.” Mendō said, as he wished he’d thought of that himself.

Standing up and brushing himself off, he smoothed his hair back into place and then turned to face Ataru. “Ryūnosuke-san is correct, the school is putting an end to the lunch-leavers, and I thought it only right to prevent the young women of this school from being caught up in it.”

He looked up at the clock, as the bell continued to chime towards twelve. “As the bells toll, the teachers are hard at work rounding up the delinquent students at all their favorite spots to bring them back to class and to order and discipline.”

@@@@@

“At every store.”

Several blocks from the school, close to the Butsumetsu neighborhood. A handful of Tomobiki Students descended on the local 7-11. The group was small, consisting of three boys. The leader of the trio was a young man with light brown and messy hair, and matching eyes behind a pair of horn-rimmed glasses. His name is Satoshi, but because of his glasses goes regularly by Megane. His regular interests include Lum Invader, making dramatic speeches, and Nazi Germany iconography.

He was accompanied by his two best friends. The first was Hiroyuki, a tall and large young man with dark brown hair done in a crew cut–the source of his nickname Kakugari. His interests included Lum Invader, CrossFit, and telling everyone that his best buddy Megane was not a Nazi, just a wehraboo. The second was Perm, known for his curly hair that hung over his forehead like a tiny pompadour. He used to be named Kōsuke but lost the right to be called that in a fight. He too adores Lum Invader, enjoys creeping on her inappropriately, and watching Kakugari’s vain attempts to steer Megane away from becoming Japanese Hitler.

“Are you sure it’s safe to be around here?” Kakugari asked as he checked out the window of the store. “You can literally see Butsumetsu High School from here.”

Megane smirked as he collected a few sandwiches, several bags of chips, and a large bottle of juice. “You don’t need to worry; Soban and his gang won’t bother us.”

“The confidence you have when you say that bothers me,” Perm said.

Megane tapped the side of his head. “It’s all in the process. You don’t need to worry about why Butsumetsu won’t bother us, you just need to enjoy the fact that Butsumetsu won’t bother us.”

Kakugari frowned. “It’s because you literally sold Chibi to them, isn’t it?”

“I didn’t sell him; I made a deal with Soban!” Megane shot back.

“That deal literally involved making Chibi part of their gang!” Kakugari pointed out.

Perm shook his head. “Chibi’s too cute to last long there.”

“He’s fine!” Megane shouted. “Now are you going to keep complaining or let me buy you lunch?!”

Behind the counter, the cashier looked at the three with what could only be described as muted horror. With no protests from his compatriots, Megane set down the goods and pushed them forward for the cashier to scan, and then reached into his back pocket to pull out his wallet.

“So how much is this going to be?” He asked as he pulled out his wallet.

As soon as it was out of his pocket, a firm hand took him at the wrist. He looked up to see a sunglasses-wearing man in a black suit looming over him. Three more surrounded him, Kakugari, and Perm from behind–all undetected.

“Eh?” He asked, before he looked to the door, and an older man in a dark green suit stepped in. Right away, he recognized him. “H-hey, you’re a teacher!”

The strict-styled middle-aged Japanese man nodded. “That’s right, and you’re coming back to school.”

“At every shop.”

Closer to Tomobiki, a set of girls led by a taller, athletic looking girl wearing a dark jacket and matching sunglasses walked up to a ramen stand. Their tall leader was beautiful, with short black hair that accentuated her femininity–unlike certain other tomboys she knew of who wound up looking more like a man. The girls following her did so with a sense of unease, some looking towards the school, while others looked down at the ground.

“Captain, are you sure we can’t go back? Mendō-san has gone through so much trouble.” One of them complained.

Their Captain let out a seething snarl. “What trouble does a rich sissy like Mendō go through? I’m not eating any of his food and neither are any of you, and we’ll be much better for it!”

She pushed aside the waist high curtains that kept the sun out of the ramen stand. “Besides, I’m paying for you girls anyway, so it’s a free lunch for you either way–isn’t it?”

Another of the girls brightened a little. “Thank you, Captain Natsuko.”

The old cook behind the counter looked at the four girls, and his beady eyes narrowed. He glanced from the girls over to two customers who’d shown up just to the girls’ right, a pair of men in black suits and sunglasses. He looked at the tallest girl, catching her gaze, then glanced towards her left. Then he shook his head.

Natsuko, as identified by the other girl, met his strange looks with confusion. “Eh? What’re you on about Ramen Guy? Serve us up!” She looked at her friends. “Order whatever. I’m buying.”

The cook made a small but quick shake of his head and glanced over again at the men in black.

Natsuko followed his gaze and looked at the two men. “Huh?”

She looked back at the man, before reaching into her skirt pocket and pulling out a pocketbook. “Look, are you going to take our orders or not?”

As soon as the wallet was out, the two men stood up and stepped over to the girls. Natsuko turned to them. “What do you want?”

The curtains parted again, and a small, thin woman dressed as a teacher stepped up. “We want you to come along quietly. You ladies are in big trouble!”

The girls, recognizing one of their school teachers, looked back at the men in black, as two more entered the shop. On the other side of the counter, his head bowed, the cook clenched his fists and tightened his jaw in impotent anger.

“Every restaurant!”

At a small lunch diner, a small group of Tomobiki students were seated around a table, handing in their orders with the server. They were typical students, none particularly delinquent, or even notable, just students enjoying lunch like they always did.

The matronly server, who forced her smile and avoided meeting any of their gazes, took each boy’s order and crept off to the back to hand them in.

“Hey,” one of the boys noticed their server’s withdrawn attitude. “Is it just me or is the old lady in a bad mood.”

One of his mates shrugged his shoulders. “I heard that idiot Tigerbull came through here a few days ago and cleaned out some restaurants. Maybe she’s still feeling the hit?”

The third boy of the quartet disagreed. “If it was Rei, this place would still be closed, and the owner would be happier for it. Stupid fake pretty boy…”

The fourth of the quartet had the answer, as he checked the school’s BBS on his phone. “Hey, the BBS is lighting up. Students are saying that teachers are grabbing them at restaurants!”

The first of the boys couldn’t believe it. “Why? They never cared about us eating out before.”

The second agreed. “Yeah!”

The third shrugged his shoulders. “Eh, who cares? There’re way more spots around school than teachers. And if one does try to get the jump on us, we can just bolt, right?”

As the other boys agreed, a woman from the back stepped out, but it wasn’t the server. Shorter than the boys, and a bit on the rounder side, she had curly, poofy blonde hair that stopped just below her shoulders, and eyes brown like warm, rich chocolate. Standing over them, as a pair of men in black stepped in and blocked the doorway, the woman smiled down at the would-be customers.

“Bonjour! Vous vous amusez bien?” She asked in an airy, almost sleepy voice.

Despite the cheer and softness of her voice, the boys froze in their seats, and all slowly turned their heads to look up at her as blue trailed down their foreheads and tremors overtook their bodies.

“Nowhere is safe! Not even vending machines and park benches! In the name of defending this school’s honor and preserving order, we have sworn to bring all the students who leave for lunch to heel!” Mendō thrust his wooden sword to the ceiling. “As president of the Student Council, it is my sworn duty to aid in disciplining the delinquency that has overtaken this school and show the true path to academic righteousness…!”

He stopped when he noticed that his audience was gone. “Huh?”

He looked around, his head whipping left and right. “What? Where? How?”

He stopped when he saw a note on Ataru’s desk, in the otherwise empty classroom. He picked it up and read it.

To Whom It May Concern,

While you were busy loving the sound of your own voice, we all went out to get lunch. You can’t stop us from going out to eat, and if you try you will make a fool of yourself like you always do.

Written without Regard,

Moroboshi Ataru

PS

Included at the bottom of this letter is a drawing of a butt. It is a representation of your face. Because your face is a butt. Face butt.

Gottem~

Mendō looked down at the bottom of the page and sure enough there was a picture of a pair of buttocks looking back at him. Lowering the paper, he let out a seething hiss.

“Mo… ro… bo… shi…” He growled as the wooden sword cracked in his hand.

=-=-Note Time-=-=

*Checks that one plot hole off the list.*

OKAY!

*A voice in the dark speaks.*

"Hey there, there are some of you who are of course going to be curious about what's going on, and who's who. So I think I'll step in ahead of you and get those pressing questions out of the way. Welcome to Tomobiki High School, where the Hero of Mankind himself, his lady love, and all his friends go. Okay, you got me, he doesn't really have friends. Well, he has two, but they as much as any other male in his life short of his own father really only cares about Lum. Let's go through the list in order of appearance."



"Imagine if you will, Moroboshi Ataru, but richer than God. Meet Mendō Shuutaro, a young man of incredible wealth, privilege and power. He's good looking, charismatic, and not terribly bad with a blade... but he is ultimately just Ataru with more money. He arrived at Tomobiki not long into Lum's reign at the school, making what reason such a wealthy young man would want anything to do with such a lowly school highly suspect. Like Moroboshi, his quickly hated rival, he has no qualms about setting aside Lum immediately to please some other woman, and aggressively competes with him for any beauty of the week that comes his way. All in all, he's a tool--but a useful one."



"Onsen Mark, yes that's his name. Or at least that's what everyone calls him and he answers to. Named for the mark there on his tie, he is a stern disciplinarian and struggles to keep his class on the moral path. Unfortunately he's opposed by Ataru so he doesn't stand a chance. A well-meaning man at first glance, but from what I've seen? Not particularly prepared for the sort of madness that runs the SAD town."



"The school nurse, Sakura. The most beautiful and formidable woman at the school, and one of the rare few that can stop the madness of Ataru in its tracks. From what I understand of her, she's a powerfully spiritual woman. Less in believing in God and more in being able to kill God. That or eat God, she's got a monstrous appetite too. She is highly respected by the school's female students, openly lusted after by Ataru, Mendō, and every other male student, and quietly lusted after by every male teacher. Joke's on them, she's happily engaged."



"This is Miyake Shinobu, the girl who made it possible for Ataru to save the world. It was her promise of marriage that propelled him to overcome Lum. And it was his declaration to her that Lum mistook for a proposal to her. Since then, she tried to make a relationship with Ataru work, but Lum's constant badgering and Ataru's flippant flirting eventually made her give up, and focus on Mendō... only to realize she had a type and has been struggling to change her preferences to something that she can fix. Go on, Queen, do your thing."



"And now we arrive at my favorite, Fujinami Ryūnosuke. A highly skilled martial artist, an accomplished cook, extremely pretty, and an all-around decent and good-hearted girl. Her entire life, she was raised as a boy by her chauvinistic, overbearing, and absolutely abusive father who wanted a first-born son, didn't get it, and proceeded to make it his daughter's problem. It all went well, until his so called son realized she wasn't and they have been at war since. This is one of the few points where Ataru is the good guy in this--despite his ulterior motives, he is the most vocal supporter of Ryū-chan embracing and expressing her femininity and she's for the most part neutral to him for his efforts. Neutral, but they will never be friends, because--you know--ulterior motives. She needs a better male figure in her life..."

*Indistinct voices.*

"What... the characters after the jump? I suppose I'll introduce them, too."



"Every Princess needs her White Knights, but it's 2016 so we're going to call them what they are--Simps. Satoshi, Perm, and Hiroyuki... wait, is that right? Perm? He should have a real name-"

*More indistinct voices.*

"He lost it in a fight? Heh, wow. Anyway. These losers stalk and lust after Lum, and would gladly give their lives in exchange for her attention and affection. She is as hopeless for Ataru as they are for her, so they are doomed to watch as the worst guy routinely fails to appreciate who they desperately desire. This will end in tears."



"Anyone here from the last iteration will remember her. Natsuko, Captain of the Vollyeball team and most popular girl in school among girls who fell off the face of the Earth and was quickly forgotten when better tomboys joined the student body both in canon and here. She's back again and is still as surly and misandrist as ever. A shame, though, if she weren't so self-conscious, denial-ridden and caught up in her inferiority complex she'd be much stronger than she already is. Oh well, here's to wringing that out of her when the time comes."

*More indistinct speaking.*

"Wait, the blonde? What blonde? The chocolate eyes? Speaks French? Nope, never heard of her. She's no one important. Anyway, that's the next round of who's who. Stay tuned, there's more to come."
 
The Bento Boxer Rebellion

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#13
|The Bento Boxer Rebellion|

“Damn Kaori, how many preferred customers do you have?” Katie said aloud. Though they were only second in line, this was after waiting in a queue that went halfway down the block from the front of ‘Ucchan’s’ okonomiyaki stand.

“Seems like a busy day… really busy,” Akane mused aloud. “At least the line’s moving pretty fast.”

“It’s so uncool,” Katie lamented, though this was on her. She had entirely forgotten to take into account a queue when making up her timetable and now here they were. That wasn’t the only thing bothering her. There was a foul note to the air, a hint of something dark and foreboding happening nearby, and it was making the hairs on the back of her neck rise.

“If the line’s this long, the food must be good,” Akane pointed out.

“Yeah, but shit’s like waiting in line at a brand new In-N-Out on 4/20,” her tall senpai muttered back.

The meaning of the place and time both passed right over the head of the youngest Tendo. “What’s so important about 4/20? Do they have a sale on that day?”

Katie’s cheeks colored and she looked aside, speaking with her voice a little lower. “… Nah, more like the demand is higher…”

She changed the subject. “So what’s up with your training?”

“Well, you know how I got into all that trouble with Kuno because I tried for the Kendo Club, right?” Katie nodded. “Well, I’ve been thinking about going back to it but… you know… the Kendo Club’s all zombies now and I don’t think there are girls who want to take part.”

Katie tapped a finger on her cheek and hummed. “Sword stuff isn’t really my game. I mean, I’ve practiced some kenjutsu and junk when I was super little, but that was more so I could be at least competent at holding one.”

She looked around. “You could always ask around other places. There are still kendo schools here in SAD town, right?”

“Only in Taian… and they all have beef with my dad…”

Katie lit up. “Whoa, dojo drama? Really? What’d your dad do to piss them off?”

“I don’t know. Most schools are really unfriendly to Indiscriminate Grappling.” She closed her eyes and spoke like she was in front of a teacher, explaining why she was late. “Daddy says that it all happened in the past, there’s nothing that can fix it, and he hates talking about it.”

Katie folded her arms. “Huh… your dad seems way too chill to be caught up in stuff like that. Kinda like mine.”

Akane opened her eyes to roll them. “Oh no, he can be so dramatic.”

The line crept up some as a customer walked away with their large order and Katie let out the softest contemplative hum as she and Akane finally stepped up to Ucchan’s stand. The eponymous Ucchan stood there, a handsome, slender young man with long chestnut-brown hair pulled back into a ponytail, wearing a white shirt, and black slacks along with a black apron. Curiously, he had a large spatula strapped to his back, and his apron was covered in small okonomiyaki spatulas.

“We can finally order,” Akane said before she breathed it all in. “And it smells delicious.”

“Tell me about it, today’s been a sensory feast,” Katie said as she looked at Ucchan specifically. “Tell me, is it always this busy ‘round these parts?”

Ucchan smiled big. “Can you believe the Lunch Rush ain’t even started yet?”

“I can believe it; I just hope there’s still some back there left for me.” Katie pulled out her phone and showed him the selfie Kaori took of them. “I’m hoping this is good for something.”

“Ah, one of Kaori-chan’s preferred customers, huh?” Ucchan said, looking it over for himself. “You’re darn tootin’ it’s good for something! Pick yourself two okonomiyaki then give me the price of one.”

Katie rubbed her chin, but all the toppings and combinations offered were going over her head. She asked Akane, “Hey, have you got any suggestions for an okonomiyaki newbie?”

“This place doesn’t hold back on the extra bells and whistles.” Akane said as she scanned the menu. “Pick what sounds good in your head, it’s literally ‘how you like it.’”

“Oh right.” Katie forgot little turns of phrases like okonomi at times, despite her good grasp of Japanese. “Let me get pork and shrimp, with lots of hot sauce and then beef with a fried egg with the curry sauce.”

“Coming right up.” Ucchan replied. “The pork and shrimp will be 285 yen and the beef is 305, pay for whichever one you want and the other’s free.”

“That’s awfully generous,” Katie said, as she went to grab her wallet.

“Hey, Kaori-chan went through all the trouble of recommending you and you risked your pretty behind coming over to Tomobiki,” Ucchan explained, as he started mixing the batter. “I’m not letting you leave empty handed.”

Katie paid the bill. “So you know about Moroboshi Ataru, Hero of Mankind.”

“I wasn’t born under a rock yesterday; I knew full well what I was gettin’ into coming to live here.” Ucchan poured the prepared batter onto the smoking hot skillet, then with hands so fast Akane and Katie could barely track them he cut and shaped the batter into two rounds with a spatula in each hand. “But you know how it is with opportunities, you can’t go a-passing them up when they come a-knockin’… ”

While Katie agreed, she and Akane could not take their eyes off Ucchan’s deft movements. “Dang, lunch and a show. How long have y’all been at this?”

Ucchan looked up, his hands not missing a beat. “Learnin’ how to cook is practically my first memory!”

While her senpai was preoccupied with Ucchan’s fast hands. Akane noticed a pair of boys galloping around a nearby corner. Seeing the stand and the queue, they staggered to a halt at the end of the line, huffing and puffing like they’d just ran a marathon. They were both Tomobiki students, one average height and slim, freckle-faced with brown hair, and the other tall, more strongly built, and with the bushiest eyebrows she’d ever seen.

So comfortable Akane was seeing boys drift in the wind, she’d almost forgotten what functional young men looked like.

“Whew…” The freckle-faced young man breathed. “That was close.”

He turned to the bushy-browed young man and clenched his hand into a fist. “I can’t believe the teachers would stoop to something like this. We’re just trying to eat lunch!”

The eyes of the bushy browed young man were intense as he regained his composure. “What’s important is that the coast is clear, and we can eat in peace.”

That same intensity was gone in an instant, when he turned to his friend with a pleading smile. “Say… can you spot me for lunch? I gave my allowance to my girlfriend.”

Freckle-face glared up at his friend. “You’re lucky I use you for shade.”

Ucchan looked up from turning over Katie’s Okonomiyaki as Akane turned to the two, none having missed their exchange. “What’s going on?”

Both turned to her, and Freckle Face’s mouth fell open upon seeing Akane. He straightened his back and squared his shoulders. “O-oh! Uh… our school’s cracking down on people going off campus for lunch. We just barely escaped a taiyaki stand just up the road.”

Ucchan blanched. “What?!”

Akane frowned. “Really? They’re giving you crap about only that? Aren’t you guys from Tomobiki?”

Both boys nodded, with Freckle-Face standing taller in vain next to his friend. “I’m Shirai Kōsuke by the way. And tall, dark, and handsome is Hokuto–we’re single, and looking!”

Hokuto glanced down at him. “I have a girlfriend-”

Akane’s expression went flat. “Definitely from Tomobiki.”

“You guys ain’t my type, in advance,” Katie said, then looked at Hokuto again. “Okay, you are but-”

“Girlfriend,” Hokuto cut her off.

Katie nodded. “Noted.”

Kōsuke raised his hands in protest. “Hey, whatever you heard, we’re not all like that! It’s just Moroboshi and Mendō!”

“And I have a girlfriend,” Hokuto repeated.

“We both just want one girlfriend each and to respect her, her feelings, and her independence as a human being!”

Hokuto palmed his face. “Oh for fuck’s sake.”

Katie looked aside, biting down on her snicker.

Akane had her fill of carnage days ago, so she just rolled her eyes and turned away from them. “Whatever, sorry that your school’s going after you.”

Hokuto lowered his hand. “We’ve been doing it since our first year, it’s annoying that they’d start with it now.”

“Ain’t gonna lie to you, it’s messed up,” Katie commiserated.

Kōsuke dropped all pretense of being cool in front of girls for righteous indignation. “It’s an injustice, I say! We’ve not only been on our best behavior, but we’ve been dutifully giving our hard-earned money back to the community!” He shouted to the sky.

Ucchan, a member of that community, naturally agreed. “Yer darn right it’s an injustice, you guys are paying for my brick and mortar.”

He looked down at the griddle, and quickly snapped up the two finished Okonomiyaki onto a pair of thick paper plates. “On that note, this one here’s done.”

Switching out his spatulas for bottles of sauces, he dolled both up as requested and threw in some extra mayonnaise, before handing them over to Katie. “Here ya go, hon.”

Taking the plates Katie brought the pork and shrimp okonomiyaki to her nose and breathed in the still sizzling street fare. “Oh my gosh.”

She held the plate to Akane, who closed her eyes and inhaled deeply, like Katie the mixing aromas of cooked cabbage, dashi, nagaimo, pork belly and shrimp danced a waltz on her senses, and her mouth watered. “That smells amazing. If Kasumi didn’t put so much work into my bento, I’d order some, too.”

Ucchan nodded to her. “Well, if you’ve got the cash, I’m sure whatever box lunch can wait for later.” He winked. “It’ll be our little secret.”

Before Akane could push down her fluster at how handsome Ucchan was and consider the offer, three adult men came around the same corner that Kōsuke and Hokuto had emerged from. One of them looked like a middle-aged schoolteacher, wearing a shirt and tie and glasses. The other two, to the concern of the girls and Ucchan, were dressed as bodyguards for a VIP–black suits, black ties, and black sunglasses.

“All right you punks!” The teacher said, pointing at them both. “You’re coming back to the school quietly!”

Kōsuke turned to Hokuto. “Cheese it!”

Hokuto was already gone, running full tilt down the street while yelling like a scarlet macaw that knew kung fu. Kōsuke’s mouth fell open and he roared out a “YOU BASTARD!” before jumping clear of the lunging men-in-black and following in Hokuto’s direction.

Ucchan was having none of that. “Hey! Don’t drive off my customers, assholes! That’s an easy 1200 yen running away!”

The teacher turned to him. “You stay out of this–”

He stopped and looked Ucchan over. “Wait, aren’t you a student, too?!”

“I’m a dropout!” Ucchan shouted back.

The teacher wasn’t having any of that. “It’s because of quitters like you that delinquents like them run wild! How about taking some responsibility and sending them back to school instead of enabling them!”

“Do I look like someone who gives half a crap about your Salaryman Factory?!” Ucchan shot back. “Now buzz off, I’m trying to do a real job like a grown-ass adult!”

Katie, who could’ve just minded her own business and stuck to eating her okonomiyaki in peace, turned to the teacher and chimed in with her mouth half-full because she was too American not to. “Ain’t for nothin’, but y’all didn’t have a problem with it ‘til today and that means it’s all on you, so die mad about it.”

The teacher turned on Katie, and Akane’s martial arts danger senses flew off the charts. “Who do you think you are?” He stopped and looked at the uniforms of both girls. “Furinkan students?! What are you kids doing so far from your school?!”

Katie held up her Okonomiyaki to indicate it, nodded to Ucchan’s stand, and shrugged her shoulders to question the teacher’s intelligence. Message received, the teacher turned red in the face and his nostrils flared like a bull taunted by the cape.

“Is that how it's going to be?!” The teacher stomped up towards Katie, his hand going up to smack her tray of Okonomiyaki out of her hand. “You kids should learn some respect-!”

Katie raised her tray above the path of his hand and caught his wrist with her free hand. Holding her shrimp and pork Okonomiyaki in her mouth, she glared straight into the teacher’s eyes as the pain from her clamp-like grip made the teacher freeze.

“You ain’t my teacher, we ain’t your students. Take one more step towards me, my friend, or my food, and you’ll need crutches to walk after that,” she promised.

Akane looked back and forth between Katie and the teacher, her eyebrows raised. Is she actually going to do it?

Both men-in-black, undaunted by Katie’s threat, quickly moved on her to separate her from the teacher, one of them–coming from her right–even going as far as to say. “You’d better let go or-”

He didn’t get to finish his thought; as soon as he was within range, Katie lifted her right leg and drove it into his crotch with enough force that Ucchan heard the thump over the sound of his grill still going. The man in black sank to his knees, gripping his crotch with both hands, his mouth hanging open and letting out a sound that only dogs could hear and begin barking for mercy from.

The teacher had only an instant to look at the downed Black Sunglasses man, before he was whipped off his feet and swung into the second man, and both crashed to the sidewalk. Wiping her hand off on the smock of her aquamarine dirndl, Katie stuffed the remainder of her Okonomiyaki in her mouth to chew and swallow it.

“Mmm… mph… mm…” She swallowed the last of it then turned to Ucchan. “That’s good as hell; how ‘bout packin’ up shop and comin’ over to Furinkan from now on?”

Ucchan looked down at the three men sprawled around his stand. “Gonna be real witcha, I’m almost sold on the idea.”

Akane turned to him. “It can’t be worse than this.”

The teacher, face down on the pavement, lifted his head up and brought up a walkie-talkie to his lips. “I need backup at Ucchan’s Okonomiyaki! We got students from other schools assaulting teachers.”

A voice, Onsen Mark’s, replied. “What’s going on?”

“I’ve been attacked by students from Furinkan… send help!”

“What? Furinkan?!” Onsen Mark demanded.

Another voice, that of the Principal’s, then spoke. “Reinforcements are en route to Ucchan’s.”

“W-wait! Belay that-!” Onsen Mark frantically shouted before being cut off.

Katie, Akane, and Ucchan all looked at the teacher, then one another before a gray and blue van, perhaps belonging to a teacher who did deliveries as a side hustle, suddenly pulled into the intersection and screeched to a halt with such force that it came off its rear tires for a moment. The door facing Ucchan’s Okonomiyaki opened, and almost a dozen more Black Sunglasses poured out of the vehicle and spread into a semi-circle around the Okonomiyaki stand.

Katie took a bite of her other Okonomiyaki, as Akane entered a fighting stance and reiterated. “It really can’t.”

Ucchan, his expression fallen, shrugged his shoulders. “Yeah, consider this my last day in Tomobiki.”

The teacher was helped up by two of the Black Sunglasses, and he pointed at him and the girls. “You’re darn right this is your last day in Tomobiki! You’re going to learn the hard way what happens to delinquents!”

Katie took another bite of her okonomiyaki. “Y’all have until I finish this here delicious snack before y’all start learnin’ some hard lessons about messing with people just goin' about their business.”

Akane set down her bento, cracked her knuckles, and began walking towards the teacher and his goons. “They don’t have to wait.”

At her kouhai’s insistence, Katie chewed slower. “All right, I’ll leave it to you.”

The teacher sneered at Akane. “You’re making a big mistake-”

She stomped on the pavement, cracking it beneath her foot, and it was at this moment that the teacher knew. “Oh no.”

He fucked up.

Akane broke into a full-on charge, her brown eyes filled with a murderous fire glaring into his as he scrambled back waving his arms in frantic fashion. “NONONONONO-!”

@@@@@

Just up the street, at the school itself, posh tents were set up in the school’s courtyard, underneath which female students were seated around circular tables, being served by handsome young men and well-dressed women. Soft classical music was provided by a small band of string instruments, a piano, and a woman crooning an aria. The party was well-guarded by more of the men-in-black that had been plaguing the Tomobiki neighborhood, and among them Onsen Mark paced nervously.

“Principal,” he said into his walkie-talkie. “The operation did not call for involving other schools’ students!”

“Students assaulting teachers will not be tolerated, especially students from other schools assaulting our teachers,” the Principal replied.

Onsen Mark grimaced. “Teachers from our school should be just leaving other schools’ students be. Especially Furinkan students! And doubly so if they're young women!”

He knew, after all, what risk that entailed.

There was an odd pause, but Onsen Mark could almost hear the Principal humming as he pondered that. “Is the school not one of young women, now?”

“It is!” Onsen Mark shouted. “But that’s precisely the point, if there are Furinkan Students here in Tomobiki, then there’s a good chance that Moroboshi will run into them and-”

He heard the front doors of the school open with a bang, and turned to see Ataru run outside, followed by Lum, Shinobu, and Ryūnosuke. On sight, he grimaced and shouted to the men-in-black. “Hey! You dogs of Mendō! Moroboshi’s gotten out of the school!”

Seeing the tents and the lively luncheon going on, Ataru stopped and goggled at the sight of so many girls. “Wow! Mendō really won them all over with this!”

Lum side-eyed him. “Darling, come on.”

Before he could sass her back, his line of sight was instantly blocked by the black-suited guards, and his face fell. “Mendō’s Black Sunglasses? Really?”

Onsen Mark pushed himself up to the front of the blockade. “Moroboshi!”

Ataru clapped his hands together with false glee. “Sensei! I was wondering where you’d been all day! I was starting to miss you!”

Onsen Mark pointed back towards the doors he came out of. “March right back into school, students are forbidden from leaving the grounds at any time during the day!”

Shinobu protested that. “But we go out for lunch all the time, why is it a problem now?”

The girls enjoying their delicious food and elegant atmosphere turned towards the confrontation, and murmurs arose as Onsen Mark answered Shinobu’s question.

“It’s because you kids think you can just flout the rules and do whatever. It is a teacher’s duty not only to teach, but to discipline!”

Ryūnosuke raised her hand. “Hey, teach? Why not tell anyone that leaving for lunch is banned?”

“It’s always been banned!” Onsen Mark snapped back.

“It has?” Lum asked.

Shinobu thought about it. “I think? It wasn’t as common before they walled off Nerima…”

“Exactly!” The teacher cut in. “Ever since the wall came up, you’ve all gotten lax. Things may be different, but rules and order are still needed for you to be contributing members of society!”

Ataru weighed on that. “Okay, then why didn’t you enforce the rules?”

“We are enforcing them!”

Ataru shrugged his shoulders. “All right then, this is on you, not us.”

“YOU ARE THE LAST PERSON WHO CAN SAY THAT!” Onsen Mark roared at him.

Ataru actually agreed, before turning to Ryūnosuke. “Mind setting this one off?”

Ryūnosuke stared at him, uncomprehending. “What?”

“They’ll listen to you, not me.” He gestured to the girls now raptly watching. “They know what I’m all about.”

While it was true, Ryūnosuke still scowled at him. “I don’t like that implication, but whatever.”

She put her hands to her mouth and shouted. “HEY! THIS IS ALL A CON! THEY’RE TRYING TO BAN US FROM GOING OUT FOR LUNCH!”

Onsen Mark paled, as the shout carried across the luncheon, and slowly looked back to see many shocked girls gasping as they realized the implication of Mendō’s banquet. The shock turned into a quickly growing anger, as one girl stood.

“Mendō tried to trick us!”

Another girl got up. “Captain Natsuko was right!”

A third girl jumped up and slammed a plate on the ground. “This food sucks, anyway! I don’t want foie gras, I want ramen!”

Ryūnosuke thrust a fist into the air. “Then we must fight! For our right! To ramen!”

All at once, the vast majority of the female students enjoying lunch bolted, easily mowing down the Black Sunglasses men in their way and making for the gate. Watching them run, Onsen Mark turned to one of the Black Sunglasses closest to him. “H-Hey! Don’t just stand there, round them up before they all escape!”

The Black Sunglasses turned to Onsen Mark. “With all due respect, sir. We were instructed by Mendō-sama to not lay a hand on any female students.”

Onsen Mark’s shoulders dropped. “What.”

Ataru took his distraction as an opportunity to run up and leapfrog over his teacher’s head, knocking him off balance. As Onsen Mark flailed to not fall over, he looked back and shouted. “That’s what you get for sourcing out to an idiot like Mendō!”

Onsen Mark caught himself, only to flail again as Lum flew right past his face. Ryūnosuke ducked under one of his arms to run past him, and Shinobu finally body-checked him to the ground as she brought up the rear. “Oof!”

Having finished his speech and realized everyone had left, Mendō finally caught up and saw the students pouring out of the school. His left eye twitched. “Wh-what happened?!”

Pushing himself up, Onsen Mark turned to look back at Mendō, fury burning in his face. “What do you think, idiot?! What did you do?! How did you let Moroboshi get wind of this?!”

Rather than admit any defeat to Ataru, Mendō adjusted his jacket’s collar and bowed his head. “The bastard had been listening in on our meeting and was prepared all along.”

As a Black Sunglasses man handed him a new wooden sword, he looked up with a new determination. “We must move with haste to end this rebellion.”

Onsen Mark could not agree more and brought up his walkie-talkie. “Principal, containment has been broken! The students Mendō lured to lunch have gone off the grounds.”

“Regrettable,” the principal replied. “To all of you, I implore you to do your best. Even if you must battle in the streets.”

That threw Onsen Mark off. “B-Battle?!”

It cannot be helped.” Mendō said as he walked past him and stopped to watch the throngs of fleeing students. He looked over his shoulder and down at the teacher. “Are you going to turn down the opportunity to discipline Moroboshi properly?”

Getting up, Onsen Mark adjusted his suit and tie. Mendō was right, and moreover… the longer this went, the worse it could only get. “I won’t. Let’s hurry, Mendō-kun!”

He called to the Black Sunglasses. “Come on, you bastards! Do you want to live forever?!”

As they all headed off through the gate, they were watched from the principal’s office. A pair of wolf-like green eyes glinted in the light passing through the slits of the blinds, their owner pulling into an amused smirk as he pulled away from the window.

“Amazing, I heard all the stories about Moroboshi, but I didn’t think it’d be this wild.”

The same light gleamed off the principal’s head as he looked down at a tablet laid out on his desk, an image of Tomobiki Neighborhood and its surroundings as seen through the eyes of a drone. It zoomed onto the street closest to the school, and caught Ataru, Lum, Shinobu, and Ryūnosuke emerging at the front of the mob.

Pulling back, but not too far, it caught sight of many other students running from teachers and the Black Sunglasses, slipping into alleys to evade them, or gathering wherever they thought there was respite even as teachers backed by more of Mendō’s goons closed in. It was, all in all, a mess.

The principal was long used to this. He turned towards the man who stood by the window, the bright light filtering through casting him in silhouette.

“At the very least,” he admitted, “It’s gotten everyone out of the school and getting some exercise.”

His guest’s smile was almost as bright as the light behind him. “I like you, principal, you’re an optimist.”

“Now…” The principal said as he adjusted his glasses. “What about this impropriety you’ve discovered?”

=-=-Note Time-=-=

From a ham-fisted attempt at restoring order to a riot. It's Tuesday in Tomobiki.
 
Day of the Intruders

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#14
|Day of the Intruders|

As Katie and Akane had run off to have lunch near halfway across the District, Nabiki was on her way to her own lunch. Rather than suffer the gossip circles in class, she was outside at the school’s courtyard when she was confronted by the unexpected sight of Vice Principal Okamada watching a small group of male students vegetating on a grassy knoll near the baseball field.

While these boys may have looked less down and out than others, on closer inspection they were just as pale and dead-eyed as their more actively roaming peers. They were wallowing about in their own misery like the others, occupying space with their self-pity and lack of reflection.

Seeing nothing of particular worth there or with the Vice Principal, Nabiki shrugged her shoulders and began to walk past them.

“It has been days now and reaching them is still difficult,” he said aloud just as she passed closest by his back.

Of course he was talking to her, nice of him to do it without looking at her. “Sorry about that sensei, I’m a bit confused as to why that’s my problem.”

He looked back at her. “Pardon this old man.”

“I’ll do you one better and not care.” It was nothing personal, Nabiki really just wanted to eat her lunch.

Instead of a confirmation and a gentle shooing, Okamada let in a deep breath. “The school bears more than anyone else’s share of responsibility for what has happened since things changed.”

As Nabiki prepared to walk away and let him ramble to himself, he continued.

“It is a shame. This is not their fault; their youth had filled them with such passion… with no one to guide or accept it.”

He shook his head slowly, as Nabiki stopped and turned in place to face him with a cocked up right eyebrow. “Well, that’s still a you, the faculty, and the profitable idiot you enabled’s problem.”

Okamada was still for a long moment, then finally turned his head to look back at her. “This is not a school purely of young men,” he pointed out.

Oh good, eye contact, now he could see her smirk asserting that she wasn’t having any of this.

“It certainly isn’t now.” She offered an open palm to him. “But what do I know? I’m not the one who made them this way. After all, boys will be boys, why dare to interrupt their youthful exuberance?”

His old, tired eyes sharpened, and Nabiki’s smirk spread into the arrogant sneer she normally regarded for the backs of people’s heads. Something she normally didn’t give away for free, but he earned it.

She brought her hand back and flicked it as though to clear the air. “Anyway, I’d rather not stand here, and have you blather at me about how angry you are at my little sister. My time is money, and you don’t interest me enough to give you a discount on it.”

A voice from on high called out, as an unexpected rain of black rose petals drifted down.

“Even if I warranted such interest, I’d gladly pay full price for your time, Tendo Nabiki! Ohohohohohohoho!”

Nabiki turned and looked towards the trees and sure enough there was the Black Rose herself, perched on a branch amidst a tornado of her signature motif, wearing her black skirt and white blouse denoting the St. Hebereke uniform.

Okamada craned his head back a little more to see Kodachi, and adjusted his tie enough to practically strangle himself, before he strode off and headed for the front of the school.

“I had honestly planned for a boring lunch,” Nabiki said as Kodachi leaped gracefully from the tree and soared towards her with the grace of a swan before landing daintily before her.

“But unpredictability is the spice of life!” The younger Kuno declared, a slight smirk on her face. “Worry not about your classes for the rest of the day, I require someone to show me around this school and Izurando-san and your kind sister appear to be absent.”

The middle Tendo managed to avoid wincing, concealing that with a mask of calculated indifference. “Sure, but my afternoons aren’t decided for free.”

Kodachi raised the back of her hand close to her mouth and chortled. “Ohohoho! You are far too used to Tachi’s whining about fair recompense I see. As such, I have set aside a considerable payment of fifty thousand yen to start off with, with a bonus on top of that depending on how today fares.”

Nabiki walled off her reservations in the proverbial basement alongside her enthusiasm at such recompense to prevent showing it. “Well, where to start? The Clock Tower?”

“I have already collected all the pieces of my brother that I need; let us begin with the athletic facilities first and we shall wind our way around.” Kodachi said.

“You’re the guest, come right this way,” Nabiki said.

As they continued towards the back of the school, Kodachi matched Nabiki’s pace. “Pray tell, where are your sister and Izurando-san?”

Nabiki shrugged her shoulders. “Against all conventional wisdom, Katie decided she was going to Tomobiki for lunch, and because Akane’s enthusiasm for having a senpai she respected outweighed her own rational thinking, she followed along.”

“Tomobiki!” Kodachi tapped a finger to her cheek. “Where Moroboshi Ataru lives? My, I wonder what fare inspires such recklessness.”

Watching the two disappear around the corner, Vice-Principal Okamada felt an unhealthy twitch seize his face. Bringing his hand to his face he let out a low, seething sound before he recomposed himself and stepped from the corner and followed them to make sure that no trouble came about from the Young Miss’s visit.

There was already a great deal going on today.

@@@@@

Down the street from Tomobiki High School, throngs of students were heading in the direction of the neighborhood’’s shops and restaurants. At the very front of the stampede, Ataru led the charge with Ryūnosuke and Shinobu trailing just behind and Lum flying directly above him and to his right. With the school behind him and the open streets ahead, he couldn’t help the massive grin on his face and yelled back.

“Everyone! They can’t catch all of us! Split up and have the greatest lunch of our youth!”

“YEAH!” The students who could hear him responded, and into side-streets and alleys the mob began to split up and filter out across the neighborhood.

Lum flew closer to Ataru, batting her eyelashes. “Darling~! Where do you want to get Ramen?”

“Someplace that has good Tanuki Ramen!” Ataru replied.

Clapping her hands together, Lum knew just the place. “Neko Noodles then, they have that, and Ramen Rice I want to try!”

“Sounds great!” Ataru memory holed Lum an instant later and looked at Shinobu. “Want to share some ramen with me, Shinobu-chan?”

“Pass!” Shinobu said, and not even because of the look of violent fury that appeared on Lum’s face. “I’m getting karaage.”

She called out to Ryuunosuke. “Where are you going?”

Ryūnosuke's cheeks turned red. “I-I already told you! I got my lunch!”

She looked ahead and to a familiar street corner, where right around it a certain Okonomiyaki stand would be waiting. “In fact, I’m gonna go back and get it.”

“You left your lunch at school?!” Shinobu asked.

“N-no!” Ryūnosuke stopped and jogged in place, while Ataru, Shinobu, and Lum came to a stop around her. “It ain’t that! I just…”

Ataru rolled his eyes as students rumbled past them. “We get it, the food at Hamachiya sucks and you wanna eat out. You can admit that to us, Ryū-chan.”

Ryūnosuke grimaced and turned away from her friends and Ataru. “I ain’t admitting anything! It’s complicated, okay?!”

Shinobu looked at the corner where Ucchan’s waited just beyond, then back at Ryūnosuke. “It’s a boy, isn’t it?”

Now all of Ryūnosuke’s face was red. “NO!”

A dark miasma surrounded Ataru as he stepped up to Ryūnosuke and Shinobu. “Who is this douchebag? I’ll destroy him…”

Electricity crackled around Lum as she prepared to destroy him.

Ryūnosuke shouted to the heavens. “It’s none of your business!”

There was a thump and the sound of metal bending and glass breaking. Ataru, the girls he cared for, and Lum all turned to see a Black Sunglasses rebound off the side of a van that looked like it could’ve belonged to a teacher who did deliveries as a side-hustle, parked on the edge of the intersection. A second Black Sunglasses clipped the roof of it and tumbled over it to fall to the ground on the other side, both men groaning in no small amount of pain.

Students who had elected to go to Ucchan’s had stopped short and formed a half-perimeter just around the van to see what was going on just beyond the corner.

One of their teachers then came hobbling around the corner under his own power, his face pale and bathed with sweat that soaked his shirt, while the front of his pants was soaked with something else. He didn’t even pay Ataru any mind as he fled past them, whimpering.

The group zipped over to the corner to see what the violence was all about, and Ataru’s face lit up, Lum’s darkened, and Shinobu and Ryūnosuke both beheld with confusion, Tendo Akane standing triumphant over the remainder of the brutalized Black Sunglasses, dusting off her skirt. Katie, having just finished her Okonomiyaki, was sucking her fingers clean, and Ucchan was politely applauding the effort.

“Thanks for handling that. How about I give you an Okonomiyaki for fr–half off?” Ucchan asked.

Katie, who caught that, glanced back at him. “No judging the hustle here, hon.”

Ucchan really liked this girl. “Right?”

He turned towards the students watching. “And just in time, my lunch rush gets here. Hey y’all, if you’re lookin’ for Okonomiyaki, now’s the time!”

Katie turned to Akane. “If you’re goin’ for it, I’d get in line if I were you.”

Akane looked back at Katie with an unsettled expression. Katie’s cheerful visage turned flat.

“He’s right behind me, isn’t he?”

Akane nodded.

Katie turned around, caught Ataru by his neck, and hoisted him into the air with his feet well off the ground. As he squirmed and held onto her forearm to keep from asphyxiating or blacking out, she asked him. “You just don’t know how to stop, do you?”

All but doing pull ups using her forearm, Ataru gurgled back. “Whenever I see you, you take my breath away…!”

Katie let him go and stepped back-to-back with Akane, as she glared at Lum–who met her gaze with the same harsh intent.

“What are you even doing here?” Lum demanded to Akane.

“Certainly not to see any of you!” Akane snapped back.

“We were just about to get going, in fact,” Katie added.

Ataru gasped. “But you just got here! Can’t we have lunch together?”

Katie stepped back and looked up at Lum. “You wanna zap your man, already?”

She did it, channeling her contempt for Akane, and Ataru hit his back spasming harder than usual.

“Cool,” Katie said before addressing her kouhai. “Still want Oko-”

“No,” Akane cut back. “Let’s just go back. I’ll eat Kasumi’s bento.”

Ucchan mock pouted. “Oh well, I’ll getcha next time!”

He noticed Ryūnosuke standing over by the street corner and brightened. “Oi, Ryū! You made it!”

Shinobu, whose attention was torn between the two Furinkan girls with an apparent history with Ataru, now had something new to intrigue her as she watched Ryūnosuke’s entire face turn an even deeper shade of red before the girl looked anywhere but directly at Ucchan.

“H-hey…” She said loud enough for Ucchan to hear across the street.

Katie took notice of Ryūnosuke, and her left eyebrow shot up fast with her inquisitive hum. Akane noticed Katie’s look and glanced back and forth between them.

He started preparing a quartet of Okonomiyaki. “Just gimme a second and I’ll get your order put together, okay?”

“Uh… th-thanks.”

Shinobu sidled over to Ryūnosuke, her eyes narrowed, and her lips curled into a smile. “Ah, is it springtime again for Ryū-chan?”

Ryūnosuke stomped off towards Ucchan’s stand. “It’s springtime for everyone, that’s how spring works!”

She barely made it halfway across the street, when Ataru grabbed onto her left leg. “Ryū-chan, don’t do it! He may be young, handsome, run his own business, know how to cook, and have a charming and approachable personality, but he can’t love you like I can!”

Ryūnosuke shook her leg in an attempt to dislodge him. When it failed, she looked over at Shinobu. “Hey, you got a…?”

Shinobu nodded. “Oh! Yeah, yeah…” She produced a crowbar from her bookbag, and as Ryūnosuke leaned back, she carefully pried Ataru’s arm from around Ryūnosuke’s leg, and both girls stepped back.

Another monstrous zap crashed down on Ataru not a second after that. Katie couldn’t help but snicker, but she really tried not to because Lum was still giving Akane the evil eye as she fried her fiancé.

“It’s not funny,” Akane muttered out of the corner of her mouth at her.

“I think it’s hilarious right now,” she whispered back.

Akane glared at Lum a final time. “Can we go? I don’t want to be here when this gets any stupider.”

It was at that moment that Mendō, Onsen Mark, and the Black Sunglasses who accompanied them emerged around the corner. Seeing the unmistakable scion of the wealthiest family in all of Japan and his bodyguard detail, Katie pursed her lips and looked down at Akane. Her kouhai hadn’t looked back, but her dead-eyed expression spoke volumes of her disappointment in herself.

“… Shit,” she muttered.

“Girl, you gotta stop tempting fate like this,” Katie suggested as Mendō gawked at the two of them like he hadn’t seen girls before, let alone ones from a different school.

Shinobu and Ryūnosuke took stock of Mendō’s arrival with a reaction not unlike Akane’s own, as the wealthy young man abandoned all thought of collaboration with the school and even of disciplining Ataru to approach the Furinkan girls. With a speed to rival Ataru’s, he eliminated the distance between himself and Akane and Katie, standing before them with an air of charm and sophistication wreathed across his shoulders.

“Hello, young women of Furinkan High School, it is my sincerest hope that you haven’t been accosted too rudely by Moroboshi,” he said.

Akane looked back at Mendō, then looked up at Katie. She then held up her fist.

Staring uncomprehendingly for only an instant, Katie nodded and held up her own. They began to shake their fists at one another.

“Jan-ken-pon.”

Katie won.

“Jan-ken-pon.”

Akane won. Mendō stared in confusion.

“Jan-ken-pon.”

Akane won again and handed her bento box to Katie.

She turned to face Mendō fully and put her hands together before stating firmly and clearly, so there would be no misunderstanding. “If you say another word to us, you will not just taste pavement. I will force-feed you the entire street.”

Mendō took a step back from Akane, saying nothing.

Akane bowed to him. “Thank you, Mendō-san.”

She took her lunch box back from Katie and bowed again to Ucchan. “And thank you for your wonderful service and pleasant company. We are sorry that we could not stay longer.”

“Ain’t no thing, sugar,” Ucchan assured her. “We’ll meet again soon enough.”

The two Furinkan girls began leaving, Katie nodding to Ucchan as they passed his stand. Lum watched them walk away with no small satisfaction, but she wasn’t unawares enough to not zap Ataru when he tried to slip away to flank and stop them.

As Tomobiki’s most notorious student flopped back down like a fish, Shinobu noted how intense Lum’s anger was, and she whispered to Ryūnosuke. “I don’t think I’ve ever seen Lum this hostile before.”

Ryūnosuke, glad that no one was talking about her interaction with Ucchan anymore, nodded. “I don’t think Mendō’s ever backed up from a threat of violence before, either.”

Today was a day of firsts, as both remembered Onsen Mark was standing there, but he looked more interested in making sure the Furinkan girls walked away than trying to discipline any of them. Mendō, the brown-noser, was there to more than pick up the slack though as he drove the end of his sheathed wooden sword into Ataru’s back before he could recover and squirm away.

“Moroboshi,” he said with imperious grandeur, “This rioting began with you, and it shall end with you. You’re going back to the school all students will return there with you.”

Ucchan became indignant again. “Hey now, Mendō! Don’t you have a lick of respect for business?!”

Mendō turned to Ucchan, ready to cut down the impudent young man for enabling the delinquency as the earlier teacher had before but stopped as his eyes fell upon the vendor. It was like something had caught in his throat to prevent him from lashing out at Ucchan, even though he certainly wanted to. He glared at him, trying to parse what was going on–when something occurred to him and his gaze slowly panned over to Ryūnosuke, his eyes widening as they did.

Ataru grabbed Mendō by the ankle and flipped the wealthy young man off his feet and onto his back with a thud. Standing just as quickly, he dusted himself off and glared at Lum. “If you zap me like that one more time, we’re not getting ramen!”

Folding her arms, Lum turned her head away from him. “I wouldn’t zap you if you didn’t try to flirt with rude girls like that one!”

Ataru grinned. “So I can flirt with girls as long as they aren’t rude?”

Lum whirled on him, furious. “I DIDN’T SAY THAT!”

Mendō was up again, swinging his sword down on Ataru’s head.

“Hold that thought,” Ataru said to his fiancée, before effortlessly catching the sword between his hands. “You know damn well this-”

He turned to his body to avoid the follow up kick to the groin. “-doesn’t work on me, Mendō!”

“No more distractions, Moroboshi!” Mendō shouted. “You’re going back to class!”

“Who’s going to make me, you?” Ataru yelled back.

Onsen Mark’s large hand clamped down hard on Ataru’s right shoulder.

Looking back at his teacher for a moment, Ataru turned back to Mendō. “… Him?”

Onsen Mark shook Ataru violently. “Yes! I’m your teacher, damn it!”

The shaking proved ill-advised as Ataru simply let himself go limp, causing Mark to accidentally chuck the boy away from him.

“If that kind of weak sauce worked on me, I’d still be back at school!” Ataru claimed, having rolled to his feet to strike a heroic pose. “Maybe work on being a teacher people can respect first before you try it again!”

Onsen Mark growled. “If you’d stopped undermining me at every turn, this would never happen.”

As long as you ignored Onsen Mark and every teacher letting Mendo do what he wanted, it did indeed look like the source of his woes was just Ataru. No one else present felt like pointing that out, mainly because they were paying attention to Ataru, who was climbing atop a nearby car.

“Hey teach,” Ataru jeered. “Maybe I’d have less of a reason to undermine you if every your every single move wasn’t aimed at stepping on my neck.”

“Get down from there already, Moroboshi!” Mendo shouted, pointing his sword at his sworn enemy all dramatic like. “Someone like you doesn’t belong out in society anyways!”

Ryūnosuke looked at Shinobu. “Is this really what this is about?”

Shinobu sighed. “Maybe.”

Ataru ignored her and the shaking to deliver his response to Mendō. “Yeah yeah, I’ve heard it all before, but if you wanna take me in, you best bring an army!”

Ataru just finished his boast when the ground suddenly started to vibrate.

“An earthquake?” Onsen Mark asked, confused before another sound could be made out over the rumbling–metal scraping against metal and pavement.

Lum spotted it first, from her position floating above ground. “What is that?”

That was a freshly made Typ 10 Main Battle Tank pulling up into view and parking itself in the center of the intersection adjacent to Ucchan’s stand. Mendō, Onsen Mark, Ryūnosuke, Shinobu, and the other students standing around gawked at the armored war machine in shocked silence.

“Well that’s just inappropriate timing,” Ataru lamented, before he raised his voice to shout to the tank. “Hey! I was just joking! You JSDF jerks aren’t even allowed here!”

“Oh you were?” A very prim, proper and gentle female voice came from the loudspeakers on the tank. “Well then that just makes this excellent comedic timing, right Moroboshi-sama?”

The color faded from Mendō’s face. “No.”

Before anyone else could react, the hatch opened and a very pretty girl with long brown hair emerged, wearing a beautiful dark kimono with red clouds, and a kind smile that the more perceptive could identify as a reaction to “successfully hitting a small animal with a rock.”

“Good morning, everyone, Mendō Ryōko has arrived!”

“Oh hey, Ryōko-chan!” Ataru waved, putting on his best smile. “What brings you here?”

Ryōko waved, even as everyone else in the area slowly backed from the girl in the tank, then turned away from Ataru with the sleeve of her kimono brought up to conceal the lower half of her face. “I am afraid it is nothing good.”

“Huh?” Ataru asked, as he stepped off the car. He stopped, looked at the tank, and then at Mendō. “Wait… are you here to help your brother?!”

Ryōko nodded, shamefully. “I overheard my dearest brother discussing his ambitions for this day.” Ryōko turned to her older brother with soulful eyes. “And I have resolved to join you on the field of battle, to see victory in your honor, and the honor of the Mendō family!”

“Ryōko, you…!” Mendō growled.

Her smile returned, brightly, horrifying, as she brushed off his glare. “So that is why I have brought an armored unit to assist in crushing this rebellion!”

Mendō stomped up to the side of the tank, brandishing his sword. “THIS IS AN ENTIRELY UNNECESSARY ESCALATION, Ryōko!”

“Ah, what was that dear brother?” Ryōko turned towards him, the tank turret moving with her to swat Mendō with the barrel. Struck hard, he went flying into the side of the building across from Ucchan’s stand, going through the wooden fence surrounding it and leaving an imprint in its brick wall.

Onsen Mark whirled around to look at where Mendō had gone into the wall. “Ah! M-Mendō-kun!”

As Mendō was the cause of all this, no one else expressed concern for him.

Ignoring what had happened completely, Ataru stepped up to the tank and spoke his–voice heavy with gravitas. “Wait! You cannot simply aid your brother, not after all we’ve been through together!”

Ryōko looked ready to cry. “Moroboshi-sama… don’t force me to choose between the most important men in my heart, my beloved… and my dearest brother!”

Shinobu then called out. “What about Tobimaro-san?”

Ryōko looked at Shinobu and Ryūnosuke, the tank’s turret turning with her to point its cannon at the two. “Who?”

Shinobu’s blood froze, and she looked away. “Excuse me, forget I said anything.”

Ataru bowed his head, as a gentle wind blew across the intersection, catching his and Ryōko’s hair. “Ryōko-chan… I understand the admiration you have for your brother, but he is an enemy not only to myself, but to the freedom that all clamor for. Please, see it within your heart to turn against his ambitions, and fight not just for the right of the hungry, but for our love!”

His words struck Ryōko, who looked down at her kimono-covered hand in earnest consideration. “… M-Moroboshi-sama…”

“… Ryōko-chan…” Ataru responded, as cherry blossoms blew through the air, around and between them.

The tank’s turret swung around, and the business end of its 120mm cannon came down to point at Ataru, whose expression immediately flipped to one of bewildered surprise.

“Eh?”

Ryōko, tears falling from her face, called out dramatically. “Forgive me, Moroboshi-sama, but I am still a daughter of… the Mendō family! F… FIRE!””

As ordered, the tank fired.

Instead of an explosion, however, the thump of compressed air releasing stunned most everyone else, as an octopus-shaped beanbag round rocketed from the muzzle and straight into Ataru’s crotch. Doubled over like he was imploding, Ataru went flying towards Ucchan’s cart, only to crash into and go through another car parked on the side of the street.

“Ataru!” Shinobu gasped.

Lum shot off after him, genuinely concerned. “Darling!”

Ryūnosuke swallowed, seeing the Toyota Cresta be effectively shorn in half by Ataru crashing into it. “WHAT KIND OF IDIOT SHOOTS SOMEONE WITH A TANK?!

“Oh, do not worry. It’s not a real tank gun, it’s an air cannon.” Ryōko assured her horrified audience.

Onsen Mark called out. “That doesn’t make it any better, young lady!”

Ryōko brought a hand to her cheek and giggled. “I think it’s just fine, sensei. When you are dealing with unruly students who won’t listen to reason, I believe there is a lesson we can learn from the Chinese.”

The barrel of the cannon moved to point at Ryūnosuke and Shinobu.

“And that is, much like that square where nothing happened,” Ryōko said as her smile grew. “There is no problem that cannot be solved with more tanks.”

To punctuate the point, the ground immediately began to shake, and windows rattled as the sound of more tank treads overwhelmed the area.

=-=-Note Time-=-=

In the Takahashi-verse there are many great and terrible villains across stories such as Ranma 1/2, Inuyasha, and Mermaid saga. However, none come off as more truly evil and twisted as Mendō Ryōko.

*A tap on the microphone.*

"Is this thing on? Good. I can see some of you are a little alarmed, and I don't blame you. You're getting a taste of what the Mendō really are like. Last time, I imparted onto you some wisdom about Mendō Shuutaro, the wealthy young scion of his family. Let's expand upon his family from here, shall we?"



"The Mendō family are the wealthiest in Japan, and arguably one of the wealthiest in the entire world, possessing assets so vast that they could be considered in the top ten global economies in of themselves. Their wealth and reach cannot be quantified, but they are so wealthy that they easily fund and maintain a private armed forces that rivals the Self Defense Forces but is augmented with weapons and equipment that serve no practical purpose but certainly look impressive."



"Mrs. Mendō, a woman who is not seen often and even less heard. Truly stuck up in herself, and so high and mighty that she doesn't even speak directly to her lessers. From behind a concealed hand or fan, she delegates her words to servants or son, for them to pass along. A strange woman, but the most harmless of them."



"A prankster, through and through... Mr. Mendō is a good-natured sort who likes a good smoke and a good joke. If he has any flaws, it's that his laid-back manner enables his children."



"Mendō Ryoko, a prankster like her father with absolutely no regard for life except in relation to its entertainment value to her. Pure evil, she will likely doom us all just to sate her boredom."
 
The Belles of Madness

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#15
|The Belles of Madness|

Several blocks away was a rather nice park, where a number of students had gathered after giving the slip to the teachers and Black Sunglasses who’d popped up. Among these students were Kōsuke and Hokuto, who were resting by the jungle gym after having to run three blocks and through twice as many alleyways to lose their tails. There were numerous girls who’d arrived as well, many claiming to have come from the school itself, fresh from escaping Mendō’s insidious plot.

“Good grief…” Kōsuke moaned. “They’re freaking everywhere!”

Hokuto’s arms were folded as he leaned against the jungle gym to Kōsuke’s right, his gaze piercing as he looked off into the distance. When Kōsuke looked up at him, Hokuto took a deep, somber breath.

“… I’m so freaking hungry,” he said in his deep, stoic voice.

Kōsuke hung his head. “Preaching to the choir, here. I don’t wanna have to go back and eat food from Hamachiya!”

Another young man stepped up as he said that. “Careful… talk enough crap about Hamachiya and a Fujinami will show up to put you in your place.”

Kōsuke looked up, and gave a start at the tall, downright pretty young man with long blonde hair worn free in clear defiance of school policy. A delinquent’s delinquent if there ever was one, the young man rested his left hand on his hip and gestured to the two. “But if you insist, hope that it’s the cute one.”

Kōsuke was rather surprised. “Huh, Nanto? What are you doing out here?”

The blonde tossed his hair and looked aside. “Members of the Student Council have to eat, too, and I didn’t know that Mendō was going to pull this crap.” Spitting on the Mendō name, he joined the two and leaned against the jungle gym to Kosuke’s left. “Why aren’t you with Moroboshi or whatever?”

“We tried to beat the rush and walked right into the trap,” Kōsuke lamented. “We’ve been on the run, since.”

Nanto sighed. “It’s the same wherever you go. I was only able to get away because the teachers thought I was in on it, too. I even got a few kids off the hook by claiming to ‘take them into custody’ on the teachers’ behalf.”

Hokuto and Kōsuke both chuckled, before the former asked. “How long did that last?”

His face turning a bit red in embarrassment, he looked at the ground. “Until I ran into Nurse Sakura. She saw right through me, and I had to run for my life.”

Kōsuke grinned a bit. “I wouldn’t mind being captured by her, yannowwhatImean?”

Nanto matched his perverse grin. “You and I are kindred spirits, more so than Hokuto, here.”

Hokuto, who had a girlfriend, rolled his eyes. This allowed him to catch sight of the school’s nurse herself walk onto the playground–her nurse attire swapped out for a jungle green dress and beret as if she were playing the part of a soldier. Looking back at his two friends, he gestured out towards her.

“Well, here’s your opportunity,” he said in a deadpan.

Spying the students gathered around the playground, Sakura raised her voice. “Tomobiki Students, that’s enough running around! You’re to return to school immediately!” She called out, and all the other students looked towards her with the alarm of startled deer.

“… Shit…” Nanto muttered, as Kōsuke jumped to his feet.

Sakura sighed when she saw how many students were here. There was no shortage of delinquents–she’d already captured a dozen and there were just more wherever she looked, cutting and running from her on sight as news of the crackdown spread quickly through phones and internet. It was as the radio calls she received earlier said, containment had been completely broken and now practically the entire school was on the loose.

This has gotten out of control, again. She lamented inwardly as the students loitering around the park faced her. She saw Kōsuke and Hokuto with Nanto, but fortunately no sign of Moroboshi.

“Running away will not make this any easier for you; you’ll have to come back to class at some point,” she warned them.

Kōsuke retorted. “We would’ve come back from lunch anyway! You’re the ones making this into a chase!”

“Because you are breaking the rules!” Sakura argued back.

“And what a better way to enforce them,” Hokuto spat, his voice heavy with frustration, “By starting a war that will go on well past the end of the last bell.”

Kōsuke and Nanto both looked at him in surprise, the latter congratulating him with a “Well said.”

“I’m freaking hungry,” Hokuto snapped back.

Nanto shook his head. “More like hangry, damn…”

Sakura let out a sigh and closed her eyes. They were right, a simple problem was ridiculously complex now because of the pride of teachers, the ego of Mendō, and the general incompetence of both. She herself just wanted Moroboshi off the streets, and away from Furinkan High School, and this wasn’t bringing her closer to that goal.

Though a solution was now presenting itself. “… I haven’t had my lunch yet, either.”

Kōsuke, Hokuto, and Nanto all perked up at Sakura’s revelation.

She looked away, regretting what she was about to say, but knowing that if she wanted to restore order… she would have to sacrifice something.

“If you come back quietly and raise no more fuss–I will share that lunch with you.”

The three young men all looked at one another again, then back at Sakura, with Hokuto speaking up. “For real?”

She folded her arms and turned her head to the left, to try concealing that she was clenching her teeth as hard as she could while dark thoughts flooded her mind. Yakisoba with chicken, and I’m just giving it away! Curse you, Mendō! Curse you, Moroboshi!

“I have more than enough for a few students,” she said in spite of her seething thoughts. “I just want this mess to stop.”

The three boys all looked to one another, apprehensive at first, but then genuinely considered the offer.

“Look, she’s offering to have lunch with us-” Kōsuke said.

“To share her lunch,” Nanto corrected. “I doubt we’re getting some kind of candle-lit dining atop a rose petal-covered cot in the infirmary.”

“Quit making it weird, blondie,” the nurse warned him of his annoyingly specific imagery.

Nanto turned to her. “Don’t deride a man’s ambitions!”

Hokuto spoke out the corner of his mouth. “This is why Yuria didn’t go out with you in first year.”

“Yeah man, being pretty is not a get out of cringe free card,” Kōsuke added.

“Shut up!” Nanto snapped at both of them.

Hokuto dropped a large hand atop Nanto’s head and grabbed it to pull him aside and out of the way of the more pressing discussion. “As long as there’s no tricks or scams, I’ll come quietly. I just want to eat lunch, none of this running around crap.”

Kōsuke nodded in agreement. “Yeah, lead the way Sakura-sensei.”

Relief washed over Sakura. “Of course, but first… do you have any idea where Moroboshi is?”

Kōsuke quickly answered. “Not in the slightest; Hokuto and I got out of school first to forage, we haven’t seen him since we left.”

Hokuto nodded in agreement, and Nanto was more preoccupied with smoothing out his glorious locks to give half a damn about the likes of Moroboshi Ataru. They were really just boys out looking to get lunch, and that made this all the more annoying to Sakura.

Even if it is to keep Moroboshi away from wandering to other schools… this wasn’t necessary at all, was it? She thought before she heard an unkind rumbling. “… Ah?”

Crashing through the fencing on the other side of the park, was a Type 10 Main Battle Tank of the Japan Ground Self Defense Forces. Or rather, a Type 10 Main Battle Tank of the Mendō Family’s private army, given the cartoony sigil of a glaring Octopus Head painted on the front glacis. The tank ground to a halt, swiveled its gun, and fired an air cannon blast that sent bean bag rounds pelting other students gathered in the park as they tried to flee the massive machine.

Nanto, his face ashen, pointed at the machine. “That’s a tank,” he said in a voice that confirmed the identity of the vehicle while questioned his own sanity.

Two more vehicles pulled up beside it, wheeled Armored Personnel Carriers that spilled out not only more of the Mendō Family’s men in black, but also soldiers armed with what looked like paintball rifles.

“Those are soldiers,” Hokuto said, just as confused as Nanto with the mouthfeel of his own statement.

Sakura stared what was happening with a serenity that masked her exasperation perfectly. “What the fuck.”

Several soldiers quickly lined up and aimed their paintball rifles at Nanto, Hokuto, and Kōsuke in particular, the lead soldier calling out. “Ryōko-sama has ordered the maximum non-lethal force permitted. Shoot to cripple!”

Compressed air hisses filled the air, and all three boys were suddenly pummeled with a deluge of rounds that burst into orange clouds of stinging, burning irritant. Covering her nose and mouth and quickly leaping back from the radius of the expanding cloud, Sakura grimaced in disgust as all three were left lying on the ground, clawing at their faces.

“AHHHH! IT’S IN MY EYES!” Kōsuke screamed.

Hokuto rolled from side to side. “I just wanted some freaking okonomiyaki!”

Nanto was on his knees, howling. “It’s gonna turn my hair orange!”

Sakura’s left eye twitched, as she looked around the park, and found soldiers gunning down students with more pepper balls, Black Sunglasses wrestling resisting students to the ground, and groaning students laid out all over the park in various states of duress. She clenched her teeth, this time at the sheer senselessness of it.

One of the Black Sunglasses walked over to her, with a cheerful smile. “Sakura-sensei, reinforcements have arrived!”

She turned to the man in black, her expression filled with a tranquil fury. “Who requested this?”

“Ryōko-sama, ma’am,” the Black Sunglasses replied. “She expressly ordered us to support Shūtaro-sama in suppressing this riot.”

“I see,” she replied before she looked at the one-sided cleanup operation. “Where is Mendō Shūtaro?”

The Black Sunglasses shook his head. “I’m not sure, ma’am. Last I was told, he’d gone in pursuit of Moroboshi.”

Sakura sighed and headed back towards the school. “I see.”

The Black Sunglasses hesitated then called after her. “Ma’am, aren’t you going to help round the enemy up so they can be returned to class?”

Sakura stopped and looked back at him, and the carnage he and his associates have wrought. “Moron, does it look like we can go back to classes after this?”

The man in black paused and looked back at the scene. His eyes widened behind his sunglasses, when he realized that students were either unconscious, fighting tooth and nail against chokeholds and headlocks, or coated head to toe in volatile crowd control chemicals. He reached up and lightly punched himself in the head.

“Oh… oops.”

Sakura took in a deep breath, and let out a long, boiling sigh as she walked away from the park.

@@@@@

Clouds of orange and black smoke began to rise over the Tomobiki neighborhood, the result of the pepper rounds used by the soldiers and dust kicked up by the armored fighting vehicles. The dull thuds of the air cannons resounded as if they were the doors of dungeon cells being slammed closed. Cries of terror and pain mixed to make the sonic paint to drape this area in the image of Hell itself.

Akane and Katie were well on their way to washing their hands of this mess when they both felt it. The trembling of the ground, the rattling of windows, before they heard the sound of motorized treads grinding up asphalt. Senpai and Kouhai looked at each other.

“What’s that, and why does it sound like a tank?” Katie asked.

Akane quickly shook her head. “Forget it, senpai, it’s Tomobiki. We just need to go back to where things are less crazy.”

Katie grimaced and looked at the sidewalk they walked down. “I’m starting to wonder if the Okonomiyaki was worth it…”

It was shortly after her lament that a tank suddenly appeared at the street corner, blocking their path home. Both girl stopped and stared at the machine, as it ground to a halt and its turret turned to bring its main gun to bear on them.

“… That is a tank,” Akane stated.

Katie didn’t respond, she knew it was a tank. She had seen tanks before, up close and personal even. It wasn’t the same type, it didn’t even bear any resemblance, but that didn’t matter. Just seeing it was enough to trigger something that lay just below the surface and bring her grinding to a complete halt.

Akane turned to look at Katie, and saw that she had gone completely still, but her eyes were wide and unfocused as her breathing gradually began to turn into short, shaky pants.

“… Senpai…?”

She didn’t hear Akane, she didn’t see the tank in front of them. She was not there anymore, on the side of a street in the Special Administration District of Tokyo. Where she was, the sound of the treads gave way to the sound of gunfire, of artillery ripping across the landscape, and then loudest of all the rain. Pelting, heavy, icy rain that fell like it was driven by a monsoon, trying to wash the blood and ash away. The hollowed-out shell of a destroyed tank provided very good acoustics, amplifying it enough to deafen the entire battlefield.

Here, amidst the distant reports and explosions, stood Katie and someone else. A woman of haunting beauty, with long wavy dark brown hair and skin a pale brown from a mixed heritage. She wore simple clothing, blue jeans, a black spaghetti-string top, and what appeared to be a sheer house coat inlaid with lace butterfly patterns. At her feet were more than five dozen men, broken, mentally, physically, literally.

Katie didn’t look at them, just kept her eyes on the woman’s own ice blue orbs; this thing that had appeared soundlessly, thoughtlessly, and turned trained soldiers into bloodied heaps. The rain continued to pound; the cold began to burn against her heated blood. This fight could not go on for long, if only because that just increased the likelihood of her very gruesome death.

Suddenly, over the rain, the sound of church bells began to resound, drowning out the rain and the thumping of Katie’s heart. Rhythmic, oppressive rings slammed into her brain, warping time and space once more.

Where were they? Where was she…?

Senpai...?” Akane’s voice broke through the cacophony of rain and bells.

Katie blinked and the cold, the broken bodies, and that thing in the shape of a woman were all gone. She was back in the Special Administration District, standing in front of a tank, flanked by four Black Sunglasses and four more men dressed up in combat fatigues and brandishing collapsing batons and pepper ball rifles.

She blinked in confusion for a moment, before she realized that one of the men was saying something to her.

“Are you girls paying attention, delinquent students are to report back to their classes! If you resist you will be detained with force if necessary!”

“We’re not Tomobiki students!” Akane snapped back at them.

The Black Sunglasses gestured to the soldiers. “Grab them and throw them in the APC, Mendō-sama wants every delinquent apprehended.”

As two of the soldiers moved up to take them into custody, Akane asked Katie. “What do you want to do?”

The second the soldier going for her entered her reach, Katie grabbed his arm, kicked him in the shin, elbowed him in the stomach, then turned and drilled a spinning back kick into his solar plexus with enough force to send him crashing into another soldier before he could raise his pepper ball rifle to shoot her.

“Show them what happens when they don’t let you walk away.” Katie said, fire in her eyes, fury in her veins, the lust for blood in her breath.

Akane set her bookbag down, and rested her bento atop it, then in the next instant she was aloft, performing a tornado kick that tagged two of the soldiers and knocked them against the side of the tank. One of the Black Sunglasses, the very one who accosted them–swung a baton for her head.

She swung her arm into the descending baton in turn and ignored the painful throb that came when it struck her. She uppercut the sunglasses wearing man in a suit, launching him up to drape over the barrel of the tank unconscious. Behind the hapless mook, two more of the four Black Sunglasses slammed into the side of the tank and crumpled, after being struck by the body of the third Katie was swinging around by his arms to throw into the wall behind her.

“Akaneko,” she said.

Akane snatched up her belongings. “Yes?”

“Forgive me for bringing you to this idiot-filled dumpster fire. We will never come here again, and if I see anyone from here in our part of town, I will join you in making sure they cannot walk back.”

Her kohai responded with a single forgiving nod in affirmative.

A voice then called from inside the tank. “Hey! Don’t move, or I will shoot!”

Both girls jumped onto the tank with no effort, and a squeak of fear came from inside the machine as its turret began to turn side to side to throw them off. “Hey! Get off, you delinquent brats!”

Katie wrenched open the tank’s hatch and nodded to Akane. Handing her belongings to her senpai, Akane dropped into the turret with a quick hop. The next sound to come from the tank’s loudspeakers were her furious kiais and the screams of the tank’s crew as they were trapped inside with what amounted to a tiger in a dirndl-style school uniform that knew kung fu.

As she listened to the screams turn to quick pleas for some kind of mercy, Katie turned and saw the van that had been mentioned pull up behind the tank. Out stepped two more Black Sunglasses and another pair of soldiers. The driver of the van pointed at her. “Get down from there, you’re supposed to be in school!”

Katie stared down at them. “We’re trying to get back, but seems y’all are on a real strange power trip to be bringing tanks to a schoolyard scuffle.”

The thump of an air cannon going off brought Katie’s attention back up the street where she just came, and sure enough there was another tank with enough dust kicked up around it for her to realize what happened. It was the diversion the purported authorities needed to jump up onto the tank to confront her directly.

The first sunglasses wearer to land on the tank barely had his footing when Katie elbowed him in the face. He fell off the tank and into the arms of the soldiers. The second man landed next to her and swung a baton for her stomach, but her knee came up and snapped the weapon in half. The Black Sunglasses man had only a second to comprehend that a high school girl snapped a metal collapsing baton on her knee like a twig before the shin that knee was connected to connected with his stupid sunglasses. He went flying end over end, smacking into a light pole with an echoing clang.

“Not that yer much use with ‘em,” she added as the turret turned around and pointed at the remaining soldiers. “Oh hey, Akaneko. You got this?”

“I do, but the driver’s in the-” Akane was cut off by the hatch to the tank’s driver compartment opened and the driver bailed out in a fright.

“You can have it, I quit!” The tanker yelled.

Katie watched him go and nodded. “Cool.” She turned back to the other men, but they were fleeing as well, climbing into their van and peeling backward down the street before fishtailing around and speeding off in the right direction.

She let out a hum, and then looked at the driver’s compartment as Akane emerged from the turret.

“Have you ever driven a tank, senpai?” She asked.

“Nope.” Katie got up and made her way over to the hull hatch. “But I always wanted to try.”

@@@@@

With another thump of compressed air, Mendō Ryōko’s tank launched another projectile, this time a canister full of bean bags that slammed into numerous students now fleeing in a panic from the vehicle. Swiveling to point to the other side of the street it advanced down, the tank’s cannon went off again, launching a single bean bag that bowled over a particularly stout male student who was lunging for a street corner. From her perch in the commander’s hatch, Ryōko giggled behind the sleeve of her kimono as the turret turned again, this time targeting several girls as the tank’s automatic loading system placed another round in the breech.

Onsen Mark, running alongside the tank, called up to her. “Ryōko-san! I am a teacher at Tomobiki High School! I am ordering you to stop this, immediately!”

Ryōko looked down at Onsen Mark. “I am only carrying on my brother’s will, sensei. This is what he desired, a school of order and civility, so I am making his dream come true!”

“Since when did you care about what your brother wanted?!” Onsen Mark shouted at her, before the tank fired at the fleeing girls.

The beanbag round hurtled at the girls, who only had an instant to look back towards it before a blur imposed itself between them and the beanbag was stopped cold against the face of Moroboshi Ataru. Behind the groaning young man, holding his body up like a shield, was Ryūnosuke.

“You’re a really twisted one, aren’t you, Ryōko?” Ryūnosuke asked as she tossed aside the well-used Ataru like the garbage he was.

“Ryūnosuke-sama!” Ryōko gasped as the tank ground to a halt.

Ryūnosuke turned to the girls Ryōko had fired upon. “Oi! Get out of here, before that thing shoots again!”

They had nothing to worry about, because the barrel pointed at her. Ryōko smiled. “That was really cool, Ryūnosuke-sama. Are you the new rebel leader?”

The tank fired, but Ryūnosuke had dove away before the barrage of bean bags it fired this time left the barrel. Rolling back up to her feet, the tomboy looked back up at the tank as its turret turned to reacquire her, and she sprang straight up into a soaring backflip to avoid the next round it fired. She landed on the roof of a truck and crouched down to jump as the barrel swiveled up at her.

“This crazy bitch,” Ryūnosuke muttered before she jumped again–the air cannon’s next bean bag canister shot missing as she landed on the barrel of the gun.

“Oh!” Ryōko gasped.

The tank turned from side to side, trying to swing Ryūnosuke off the end of the gun, but she stayed on with simple sidesteps to her left and right. She pointed at Ryōko’s face. “Knock it off or I’ll knock your block off!”

Ryōko gasped, aghast at the threat upon her person. “Ryūnosuke-sama…!” She turned away, weeping. “I only wanted to help my dear brother and avenge him after he was struck down on the field of battle.”

Ryūnosuke rolled her eyes. “Oi, you’re the one who struck him.”

Ryōko gasped and turned back to her. “Ah, you’re right.” She gently punched herself in the side of the head. “I’m such a klutz.”

The barrel sharply elevated, the vertical movement catching Ryūnosuke off guard and launching her into the air. As she recovered at the top of her unexpected flight, she found Ryōko aiming a rocket launcher at her.

“I don’t like hurting girls, but you’re not much of one, so it’s all right, isn’t it?” Ryōko asked as she squeezed the trigger.

The missile shrieked from the launcher, but before Ryūnosuke could twist her body out of the way, the projectile was struck by several small spatula and it went flying on its own off course and into the sky above, where it exploded with dramatic force. Ryūnosuke flipped and landed back on the ground, as Ryōko’s attention was drawn to the new interloper.

“Ah, the vendor responsible for all of this,” Ryōko said.

Ucchan stood atop a streetlight, hand gripping the handle of his large spatula. He was looking down at the tank, and at the students laid out by Ryōko’s asinine rampage down the street. The sight of dazed and unconscious students littered everywhere like the girl’s discarded playthings made the okonomiyaki chef’s blood boil.

“You Mendō have messed with my business for the last time,” Ucchan seethed as he drew the spatula from his back.

Ryōko gasped in fright, both hands coming to cover her mouth. “Is this… killing intent?!”

Ucchan pitched himself from the streetlight towards the tank, but instead of striking he spun and threw several large cloth-filled bags. When they struck the tank, it was quickly engulfed in large billowing clouds of white.

Ryūnosuke took a step back, covering her nose instinctively, before she caught a whiff of the smoke. “… Wait… flour?”

“Oh my!” Ryōko gasped as she was shrouded in white.

Ucchan landed with a clang just behind her and grabbed her by the shoulder. “Gotcha, bitch!”

He yanked Ryōko upward, to haul her out of the machine, but only came up with a kimono in his grip. “Huh?”

Several blurs in black shot past Ucchan but did not strike him as the flour bomb smoke began to clear. Turning to face the direction they went, he found Ryōko standing in the middle of the street, wearing military fatigues and surrounded by three figures clad head to toe in black like Kuroko–the running crew in old timey theater not meant to be watched or interacted with as they worked on stage.

Twirling his battle spatula in hand, Ucchan cleared the flour away with a sweep of the weapon, revealing two more tanks behind him aiming their cannons at his back.

“You scare me, Vendor-sama. So I will carry on living in my dear brother’s name. Farewell!” Ryōko called as her kuroko carried her off on a litter, like she was some foreign princess.

Ucchan seethed and threw several spatulas after them. “You’re going to cut and run away the first time someone swings on you?!”

The kuroko weaved left and right, avoiding the thrown spatula as Ryōko called back. “Why yes! It’s been fun, bye-bye!”

The Kuroko were already taking a right and going around the corner as Ucchan turned to deal with the tanks, skillfully jumping to avoid their air cannon shots and throwing spatula that cut into the cameras of one tank, blinding the crew buttoned up inside. As he landed on the turret of the blinded tank, the second brought its barrel to bear–but Ryūnosuke sprang up and connected a rising kick with the underside of the barrel, pushing it upward to send its projectile above Ucchan’s head as he threw several more spatula to blind the second vehicle.

Jumping over the two armored vehicles, Ucchan and Ryūnosuke landed side by side as their hatches began to open.

“You got some sweet moves there, Ryū,” he complimented.

Red bloomed on her face. “Er… thanks…”

“That won’t stop us,” the tank commander interrupted them as his tank turned its gun to bear on them. “You just took out the main camera!”

The soldier pointed at the two. “Fire!”

Both Ucchan and Ryūnosuke easily avoided the salvo of bean bag rounds, dashing up the street in a zig-zag pattern to avoid the auto-loading tank fire.

“It’s useless, you’ll never hit a real martial artist with such slow reaction time!” Ucchan taunted before a another large bean bag round fired from the other direction nearly clipped him. “Gah!”

Both he and Ryūnosuke looked ahead and found yet another tank waiting for them.

Now Ryūnosuke was exasperated. “How many of these stupid things are there?!”

The tank fired, and the two martial artists now found themselves in a crossfire of less than lethal projectiles traveling fast enough to make getting hit by them wish they were more than such.

“This is…” Ucchan ducked under a single shell, then used his battle spatula as a shield against a canister shot of many smaller bags. “… Why I quit school!”

Ryūnosuke jumped and spun to avoid a bean bag round, and then used a hard chop to deflect another away. “I wish… I could quit…!”

One of the dozen or so bean bags loaded into a canister shell clipped Ryūnosuke’s right shoulder and spun her around to face the tank that had cut them off. “Shit…!”

“Ryū!” Ucchan yelled, before Ataru dove into and tackled Ryūnosuke to the ground out of the path of the bean bag shot

“Don’t worry Ryū-chan!” Ataru said as he laid atop her, nuzzling her chest. “I will protect you with my life.”

Before Ryūnosuke could punch Ataru off her, Ucchan scooped him up with his spatula, flipped him over, and swung to throw him into another bean bag shot fired from a tank. The bean bag struck Ataru and was deflected away, while he went crashing to the ground at Ucchan’s feet.

“L-Lum…! A-Air support…!” He groaned.

Above the tanks Lum circled, reluctant to do anything for Ataru currently, but far less so for the sake of someone she considered a friend like Ryūnosuke. Pulling her sailor fuku top to reach into the cup of the striped bikini underneath, she pulled out a small remote control.

“This should do the trick,” she said as she pointed it at one of the tanks and pressed a button.

A beam of light from the sky above shone on the tank blocking Ryūnosuke and Ucchan’s escape, and effortlessly lifted it up. The beam then carried the tank back up the street and dropped it on the other two, their crews scrambling to escape their vehicles lest they be crushed underneath it.

Ucchan looked up at Lum and whistled. “Sheesh, this is why they didn’t even try to fight, huh?”

Buzzing caught Lum’s attention, and she turned around to see a quadrotor drone circle around her. Looking at in confusion, she followed it around. “There are more and more of these each…”

The quadrotor flew up to her and a bright pink gas blasted from all sides of it, engulfing Lum in the cloud. An instant later she began fluttering down like a leaf, unconscious. Seeing this, Ryūnosuke gasped in anger.

“What the hell?!” She yelled, as Ucchan drew a single spatula.

“Oh no you don’t!” He shouted, throwing the spatula at the drone and striking it. Damaged, the quadrotor spun around and exploded with a pop.

Shinobu ran up, watching Lum’s falling body, and joined the group. “Ryūnosuke-san! Ucchan-san!”

“It’s just Ucchan…” Ucchan corrected.

“Are you all right?!” She asked. “Students are being rounded up left and right! There are soldiers coming, they have stun guns, and batons! This is getting out of hand!”

Ataru got up and shook the cobwebs out of his head. “So it’s truly a war, now.”

He clenched a fist. “We have no choice but to fight, then.”

Shinobu turned to him in disbelief. “ATARU. THERE ARE GUYS. WITH GUNS. THEY HAVE TANKS.”

Ataru faced her. “And we were just trying to eat lunch, Shinobu! If this madness must go on, then let it! But surrendering under force of arms means they know what it takes to crush our spirit, our youth, and our-”

Lum wafting down with her arms and legs splayed out, landed on Ataru’s face backside first, and muffled his inspiring speech as her weight pushed him down into the ground.

“… Soft…” Ataru said in a daze of the sleeping oni sprawled out atop him.

“You are right, Miyake-kun,” Onsen Mark said in a tired voice as he reached up and wiped his brow. He was accompanied by some of the very soldiers that she was trying to warn them about. “This has gone so wildly out of control that… I don’t even know why I thought this was a good idea.”

He looked at Ataru, laid out under Lum, and found their position distasteful. “This school… your school… it’s a place of learning. Not a prison, not a day-care. You’re there to learn how to become functional members of society, not wild animals. The world is a scary place, here inside these walls… and it’s even worse out there. The carefree antics and doing whatever you please… it won’t help you in the real world.”

He wished he could light up a smoke, and really sell the dramatic effect. “You’re our students, and our responsibility is to you. So… how about acknowledging our authority for once in your lives… and come back to class. I’m pretty sure there’s plenty of Mendō’s lunch left over for you all to enjoy if you agree to help stop this insanity.”

As he said this, yet another tank pulled up, and pointed its gun at the students. Ataru managed to get out of his daze and shove the sleeping Lum off him, he stood up and faced Onsen Mark.

“You’d be out of your mind if you think I’d give up my lunch for that,” he replied.

Onsen Mark bristled. “Moroboshi…!”

He pointed at Onsen Mark, cutting him off. “You say that carefree antics and doing whatever you please won’t help you in the real world, so what will? Keeping our heads down and doing whatever some stuffy authority figure says? Doing the same menial crap day in day out like some washed up salary man who lives his whole life henpecked by his pestering housewife?!”

He hooked a thumb at himself. “Nuts to that! My life hasn’t even begun outside these halls or the walls beyond them! I’m not going to go straight into it the same kind of beaten down dog you are! None of us are! If we want to eat lunch where we want, to make this miserable world you’re trying to shove us into a little bit brighter, then why shouldn’t we?!”

Ryūnosuke, Ucchan, and Shinobu all gawked in stunned silence at Ataru.

“A-Ataru…” Shinobu said after a few moments, in awe of his words.

“… Oi… Ryū… how hard did Moroboshi hit his head?” Ucchan asked.

Ryūnosuke was actually moved by Ataru’s speech, and she freaking hated it because they made him sound really attractive almost. “I’ve never seen anything hit his head hard enough to get this out of him.”

Onsen Mark palmed his face and groaned in frustration as he ordered the soldiers and Black Sunglasses. “Just… grab them already!”

The tank that had moved up lifted its air cannon ever slightly and fired–to the shock of Onsen Mark. He looked up, to shout at the tank to not fire at his students… but he instead found the men who’d gathered with him sprawling out in agony, struck by the canister bean bag shot fired from the vehicle. Swiveling a bit to the right, the tank fired again, bowling over the rest of the men.

The driver’s hatch popped up, and a voice called out. “Dang, Moroboshi… you sound kinda cool.”

Katie poked her head up from the driver’s hatch and surveyed the damage done. She let out a whistle when she saw Mendō’s men laid out by the tank’s fire. “And you, Akaneko, you’re a natural at this.”

Akane emerged from the commander’s hatch and called down. “Remember, Senpai, the Tendo School of Indiscriminate Grappling’s expertise is in armed combat. If it’s a weapon, I can wield it!”

Katie snickered. “I don’t think it works like that exactly, hon.”

“You came back for us!” Ataru sang as he leaped to embrace Katie.

And was summarily hammered into the pavement by the barrel of the tank.

“Oi,” Akane said.

Katie hummed. “Maybe it does work like that.” She turned to Ryūnosuke, Shinobu, and Ucchan. “You guys wanna drive around, breaking up this madness so people can eat some gosh darn lunch around here?”

Ucchan didn’t need to be asked twice, leaping up onto the turret and sitting down next to the hatch by Akane. “Let’s get a move on. I can serve okonomiyaki from up here while we roll.”

Shinobu climbed up onto the tank as well, Ryūnosuke following carrying Lum in her arms. “Thank you so much,” the former said gently to the Furinkan girls. “You really didn’t have to come back for us.”

“Weren’t no thing,” Katie replied. “Besides. Who in their right mind brings a tank…?”

She stopped when Shinobu shook her head, giving her a flat stare as she did.

“Nevermind, you ain’t gonna be in your right mind if you’re locked in this SAD house,” she conceded.

Then she turned her gaze to Onsen Mark, her green eyes boring into him in an intensifying glare. “As fer you? Yer a goddamn teacher, who the hell do you think you are lettin’ students get hurt like this, throwin’ armed thugs on ‘em like they’re animals? Y’all oughta be ashamed of yourself.”

Ataru was back on his feet, sitting right beside her hatch. “Yeah, exactly!”

She looked up at him.

He looked down at her.

There was a moment of silence between them as they met gazes.

“… So…” He spoke. “… Room for one more in there?”

“Nope.” Katie ducked down and closed the hatch, locking and activating the NBC protection seals afterward.

Akane didn’t even wait for an exchange with him, she followed Katie’s lead–ducking down into the turret and buttoning it up tightly.

Undeterred, Ataru jumped up onto the tank’s turret and began knocking on it. “Hey, I know we’ve gotten off on the wrong foot, but maybe we can talk it out over lunch! What do you say, my treat!”

“Absolutely not,” Akane said through the tank’s loudspeaker.

He brightened. “Oh, you can hear me! Come on… your senpai thought I was kinda cool just now, if you give me a chance-”

“Absolutely not!” Akane repeated.

As he gamely brushed off the rejection and asked Akane and Katie both about their contact info–to only be rejected again–Ucchan looked over to Shinobu and Ryūnosuke. “He’s a persistent guy, huh?”

“It’s the best and worst thing about him,” Shinobu lamented.

Ryūnosuke, still cradling the sleeping Lum on her lap, thought about his defiant statement earlier. “I can’t imagine the kind of monster he’d be if he put his energy into the ways he impresses people.”

Shinobu dangled her legs off the right side of the tank’s turret as it rolled along. “I don’t think the world is ready for the Ataru he could be.”

Ucchan glanced over at Ataru now just lying down by the turret hatch and trying to engage in small talk with Akane, and shook his head. “The world wasn’t ready for the Ataru he is.”

Ryūnosuke laughed. “Right?”

=-=-Note Time-=-=

A complete disaster.
 
End of Class

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#16
|End of Class|

Ringing the bell on her bicycle, Kasumi ambled through the streets of Tomobiki, headed home from shopping in Taian district. She had collected a rather extensive amount of cooking supplies that she carried in the front basket of her bike and in saddle bags over the rear wheel: ingredients, cleaning equipment, and even a Neptunian wok. It was such a successful day of shopping, and she was so excited to return home that she hardly noticed the warzone Tomobiki had become as she rode through it towards her home.

Men wearing black sunglasses, men cosplaying as JSDF soldiers, and numerous students of Tomobiki High School collected themselves in groups of walking wounded, bearing all manner of injuries in varying states of treatment. Storefronts and restaurants were ravaged by rioting, and the streets were churned up by tank treads and littered with crushed vehicles, debris, and expended octopus-shaped bean bag rounds.

“My, another interesting afternoon in Tomobiki,” she said aloud after she came to an intersection near an empty lot.

“It is a portent of doom.”

Kasumi looked to her right at the empty lot. Standing by the fence that surrounded it was a tiny old man dressed as a wandering Buddhist monk. Tilting up his straw hat to look up to her, he nodded in greeting.

“Terrible misfortune lies upon the horizon, darker days than any we’ve seen are yet to come. This…” He looked off at the carnage Kasumi just rode through. “… Is only the beginning of it.”

Kasumi was not shaken by the prediction. “Oh my, well I’m sure it will work out. Everyone has bad days occasionally, after all, but there will be great days to come after those.”

The old man paused and gaped at Kasumi and her optimism. “You have a pure aura, young lady.”

“Oh no, I wouldn’t call it that. I’m just very hopeful for the future, and I trust that our generation are going to do wonderful things.” She gestured to the wok in her saddle bag. “I mean, we’re already in contact with aliens and have access to all sorts of neat conveniences.”

The monk looked at the wok. “Oh, is that something special there?”

“It’s a Neptunian wok. It heats, cools, and even cleans itself. I thought it was just the most splendid thing, and if I had more money, I would’ve bought the whole set.”

The monk rubbed his chin. “Mmhm… a self-cooking, chilling, and cleaning wok… truly a marvelous item for someone who must cook a great deal.”

“For my family, yes,” Kasumi replied with a nod.

The monk nodded again. “Would you be so kind as to provide a meal for a lowly traveler, struggling to get by in a cold world?”

“Oh my, of course–” Before Kasumi could invite the monk to accompany her out of the goodness of her pure heart, a high-heel wearing foot came down on the monk’s head in a forceful stomp.

Sakura’s abrupt arrival gave Kasumi a start as the woman ground her heel into the monk’s head. “Uncle…” She growled. “… It’s rude to mooch off the kindness of others.”

“Oh dear, is he truly your uncle?” Kasumi asked.

Sakura nodded. “Regrettably, he and I share blood. If you are only making your way through here, I recommend that you carry on, there is still fighting going on and you needn’t be accosted.”

That wouldn’t be pleasant, and Kasumi got ready to ride. “If you don’t mind my asking, what was it today?”

Sakura looked towards the direction of Tomobiki High School, looking past all the destruction as she ground her heel into her uncle’s head to keep him from speaking up. “Something that needed to be done but was in the stupidest way imaginable.”

Par for the course, for any place so tightly wound around Moroboshi Ataru, Kasumi reasoned. “Well, I hope that whatever it was, it was successful.”

Sakura looked out at the carnage, and then back at Kasumi. “No. No it was not.”

@@@@@

Wisps of smoke rising through the air could be seen all the way from Furinkan High School’s courtyard, where Nabiki and Kodachi stood as the school’s female population bid farewell and headed for home. The tour of the school had been uneventful, aside from guiding the occasional wandering spirit that was formerly a male student to the gymnasium where the staff had been gathering them. The sound of combat and heavy armor had long died down with the end of the school day, leaving only the peaceful late afternoon ambience. Nabiki was looking at her phone, at various images of the chaos captured on social media, while Kodachi’s eyes laid their gaze upon the distant sky above Tomobiki.

“I do hope your sister and Izurando-san are well,” Kodachi said.

Nabiki shrugged her shoulders. “If I’m teflon, then Akane’s kevlar. Nothing can go through her any more than it can stick to me.”

Kodachi finally looked away from the sky and at the middle Tendo Sister. “What of Izurando-san? What do you suppose she is made of?”

Nabiki stopped bored-scrolling and thought about that answer. “To be honest? I don’t know, not that I’ve made it my business to care. She’s just another monster like Akane, able to do the silly stuff this town got walled off for.”

Kodachi let out an amused huff. “Is that what you think of people like them, monsters?”

“Eh, can’t call it anything else,” Nabiki replied.

“How about the tallest nails?” Kodachi asked.

Nabiki now looked at Kodachi. “That implies that there’s a hammer strong enough to drive them down.”

Kodachi let out a soft laugh, probably the first Nabiki had heard from her. “Fufufu… there isn’t. That’s why they put up the walls, after all. Rather than fail to strike us down, they pretend we don’t exist anymore…”

Nabiki lifted an eyebrow, before Kodachi waved her hand like she was clearing the air. “But I’m rambling, forgive me! There is so much more to be concerned about than the state of worldly affairs.”

She turned away from Nabiki and looked up at the school. “Like this school.”

Looking up with her at the building, Nabiki wondered when Kodachi was going to say anything about it. Throughout the day since lunch, she’d shown Kodachi just about every inch of it, from the temporary male student corral in the gymnasium to every square meter of the building from top floor to bottom. Through it all she made various observations and asked questions, but never really offered an opinion on anything.

“What are your thoughts, hm?” She asked.

Kodachi’s lips curved down. “It is humiliating that my school is better only through pity donations and good press.”

Her answer was not what Nabiki expected. “Come again?”

“St. Hebereke can be described as a beauteous paradise, an exemplary haven for the brightest and most well-accomplished… a lavish garden where dainty blooms like myself flourish.”

Nabiki smirked. “… And what is it really?”

The Black Rose sneered. “It is a garden, all right. One overrun with dull, unimaginative, vapid weeds.”

And Nabiki was indeed not disappointed, this was getting interesting. “Go on?”

“Its classrooms and hallowed halls are filled with social climbers, backstabbers, satellites, dullards, and running dogs. You could throw a brain cell into a room packed wall-to-wall with them and it would not rub against another!”

Nabiki began to laugh, but held it in, as Kodachi continued. “But it is still pretty, immaculate even. One could look within from without and say ‘Yes, someone with money goes here. These are surely the future of Japan.’”

She looked up at Furinkan with contempt. “If this school were anymore run down, you’d think the Government runs it!”

Curiosity overcame her laughter. “… Doesn’t the government run it? I was under the impression this was a MEXT school, not a private one.”

“That is where you are mistaken. Furinkan High School exists solely on the yen of my family,” Kodachi revealed.

Nabiki recoiled, genuinely surprised. “… Hold up. None of us took an entrance exam to be here, nor did my dad have to pay for any of us.”

Kodachi tutted. “Do you think the staff here would bow their heads to a simpleton like my brother because he has money? Or that he might strike them with a sword?”

That was a fair point. “So how long has this school been your family’s?”

“It was the desire of my father. If you’d ever met him, you’d understand he did away with any requirements to attend simply because he wanted to run a school.”

Nabiki had never met the principal, and when she asked Kasumi about him, she would smile stiffer than usual and immediately change the subject. Asking Tatewaki about it yielded a similar result, and that was weird.

“It’s still on the government dole, isn’t it?” She asked. “I mean, it’s bad enough how the other schools around here work. I don’t want to graduate this year from a fake high school.”

“You needn’t worry about that, Furinkan is still an accredited and official institution. It is merely just privately owned and bears none of the trappings of a proper private school.”

That annoyed Nabiki. “All things considered, that’s worse.”

“In many ways. As your predecessors suffered under my father’s… peculiarities, and as you have languished under my brother’s… they were both ultimately beyond all else–cheap.”

Nabiki’s blood boiled, her left eye twitching as she took that deeply into consideration. Also taken into consideration was visiting Tatewaki in the hospital and introducing his face to his well-used bedpan. It passed, however, as a more pertinent consideration took to the front. Kodachi’s inquiry about the school the other day, her visit to the school today, and ultimately her train of thought that brought them here.

Before she could speak, Vice Principal Okamada made his voice heard. “Kodachi-san, are you suggesting that you will take over the school in your brother’s stead?”

Nabiki rolled her eyes as both turned to face Okamada, looking as barely present as he always was. “I was wondering when you were going to actually say something instead of seething all day.”

Kodachi nodded curtly to Okamada as he totally did not react to Nabiki’s barb. “I am preparing to transfer from St. Hebereke to Furinkan. Once I have arrived, I will be setting forth to do something about the poor state of this school.”

Vice Principal Okamada reached up and adjusted his tie with considerable tension. “I respectfully request that you do not take this course of action. The teachers and faculty are perfectly capable of running the school as intended. This is a place for learning, not the castle of a young lord or lady.”

“Hoh?” Kodachi gave him a sharpened look. “And where were these capable teachers and faculty when a band of brigands attempted to ransack the school, hm?!”

Okamada went still. “You mean of the young men who attempted to return to class?”

“The Blinding Stars or something like that,” Nabiki said. “Yeah, I wouldn’t have called their intentions academic, VP.”

Letting out a breath through his nose, Okamada continued to speak in a measured tone. “We will never know what they intended, will we? Because your sister and your classmate were very quick to engage in a schoolyard brawl with them.”

Nabiki sniffed. “I was there, you know. They definitely swung first.”

“Moreover, Vice-Principal Okamada. You appear to forget yourself,” Kodachi continued. “You have somehow gotten the impression that I am less of a Kuno than my brother and father. I assure you, that is deathly incorrect. In fact, with my brother hospitalized, and my father… unavailable… I alone stand as the head of House Kuno.”

The implication hung heavy from her words, as Nabiki looked between Kodachi, Okamada, up at the school, and back. It was not lost upon the Vice Principal either, who seemed to lose all the tension in his body at once and return to the barely existent man he liked lurking around as. He bowed deeply to Kodachi, using the gesture to avoid eye contact.

“My sincerest apologies, Kodachi-san. You are not wrong in that respect.”

Nabiki narrowed her eyes slightly at Okamada and let out a barely audible “Hm” at his submission.

Kodachi lifted her nose to look down on him, then turned away. “I have no interest in the school remaining as it is. If I am to become the Lady of this ‘castle’, then everything about it shall meet my standards! Ohohohohoho!”

Okamada’s reaction to that was a full body shudder before he stood upright. “… As… as you wish, Kodachi-san.”

The sound of approaching tank treads ground its way into the afternoon ambience. Kodachi, Nabiki, and Okamada looked towards the front gates and saw the few straggling students who remained gawking at the Type 10 Main Battle Tank that rolled to a stop like it wasn’t a particularly big deal. Stranger than a tank rolling up to Furinkan (this wasn’t Tomobiki, after all), but explaining it entirely, were the several Tomobiki students and Ucchan perched atop it.

“So, this is Furinkan High School?” Ryūnosuke said. “Looks like a dump.”

Shinobu turned to her. “Looks better than our school, more modern.”

Ryūnosuke looked up towards the roof of the building. “The heck happened to the clock?”

The driver’s hatch of the tank opened, and Katie stuck her head out. “I did. Also… whoo-wee. Nobody told me that tanks don’t have air conditioning.”

She hauled herself out of the driver’s compartment, revealing that she’d gotten rid of her dirndl-style uniform and was wearing the gym shorts and sports bra she wore underneath. Akane emerged from the turret, much to Nabiki’s surprise, and gasped when she saw her state of dress. “Eh? Senpai! Your clothes!”

“What? It was a freakin’ sauna!” Katie gestured to the open hatch. “There’s like a foot of sweat just sloshing around inside, now!”

And there was Ataru making a lunge for the driver’s hatch. “I’ll clean it up!”

Katie stomped on his head, then punted him unceremoniously off the tank. “No.”

Akane folded her arms and leaned onto the hatch ring. “Ugh, he’s so annoying.”

Without disturbing anyone standing on it, the turret turned, pointed the main gun down at Ataru, and fired a final bean bag round in his crotch for the second time today.

Shinobu looked over at Akane. “You have to hit him into the air, that’ll make him stop for a while.”

“Noted, thank you,” Akane said as she climbed out of the turret to do just that–but was waylaid by noticing Kodachi, Nabiki, and her Vice Principal looking up at the whole lot of them. “… Ah.”

Kodachi lit up into a pleasant greeting. “Tendo-san, Izurando-san! It is good to finally see you again!”

Nabiki shrugged her shoulders. “You know, I expected you to surf back on a torrent of blood, so this is okay.”

Katie hopped down and landed in front of Nabiki, who craned back a bit ever slightly as she looked up at her. “We were thinking about it, but they gave us a tank.”

Nabiki averted her eyes to look at the machine. “Yeah, about that… where’d you get a tank?”

Kodachi examined it closely and hummed. “It is likely a model made for the Mendō family.” She looked down the length of the hull. “Yes, there. Near the rear, there’s the family crest.”

Sure enough, there was the crest of the Mendō family stenciled in white paint near the back of the vehicle. Kodachi rubbed her chin. “I’m sure that will come right off. I’ll make arrangements to have it moved to my estate.”

“Thank you,” Akane said, relieved the vehicle was no longer her concern.

Okamada grimaced. “Kodachi-san, are you going to steal from the Mendō family?”

“Stealing? Nonsense. It is a war prize,” she replied.

And now he recoiled. “W-war prize?!”

Katie got the gist of it. “Yeah, man. Those assholes attacked Akaneko and I and we defended ourselves. This tank is our compensation for their aggression.”

Kodachi clapped her hands together. “Then I will make sure it is well-maintained for your future leisure!”

Katie nodded to Kodachi. “Darlin’ you are too kind.”

Kodachi let out an arrogant huff. “I am far from kind. I merely recognize formidability and valor when I see it.”

With that said, she turned to Shinobu, Ryūnosuke, and Ucchan as they stepped off the tank. Ryūnosuke and Ucchan were lost to her, she recognized Shinobu, and there was no mistaking Lum Invader still cradled in Ryūnosuke’s arms. Kodachi stared at Lum with intrigue and leaned close to her… then closer still to sniff her face.

Katie raised an eyebrow. “… Uhh…?”

Ryūnosuke pulled Lum away from her. “Hey, what are you doing?”

Kodachi pulled back and waved her hand in front of her nose. “Oh no, I was merely ascertaining what manner of agent was used to render her unconscious. I’m quite surprised, fentanyl-based incapacitants aren’t widely used.” She tapped her chin as everyone gaped at her in confusion. “In fact, the only one I know of used in any amount is one in Russia… but why would–?”

She noticed everyone staring at her. “Pardon me, I’m rambling!”

“You do that a lot,” Nabiki said.

Kodachi chuckled, before looking to their guests. “Forgive my rudeness, I am Kuno Kodachi, the student council president of Furinkan High School.”

Okamada grimaced but refrained from speaking up when Kodachi and Nabiki shot looks back at him. Satisfied he would not run his mouth, Kodachi continued. “I welcome you to my school and thank you for aiding in my fellow classmates’ safe return.”

“Oh, it was nothin’,” Ryūnosuke said as she found Kodachi less weird and much cuter after showing some decorum.

Shinobu agreed. “Actually, they helped us, and we’re grateful for them.”

Ucchan shrugged his shoulders. “So, you’re in charge around here, then? How ya doin’ sug? The name’s Ucchan, and I was hoping to set up some business around here. If that’s okay with you.”

“… Business?” Kodachi asked.

Akane spoke next. “Yes, he’s an okonomiyaki chef. Senpai and I went over to Tomobiki so we could try his food and… everything happened.”

“Yeah, sorry about that,” Shinobu said with a tired voice.

“I’m not just an okonomiyaki chef, I’m the best you’ll find outside of the Kansai region! I came out here to the SAD hoping to get a business going and uh… I made the mistake of opening in Tomobiki–no offense.”

“None taken!” Shinobu and Ryūnosuke both insisted.

“And since yer pals were so nice to bring me here, I was wonderin’ if I could set up my shop here instead. My rates are cheap, and the food is top notch!”

Okamada perked up slightly upon hearing that but went unnoticed as Kodachi hummed and turned to Katie. “Izurando-san, was this young man the one you braved Tomobiki for lunch?” When Katie nodded, she asked. “Was it worth it?”

“Oh yeah, it’s some of the best I’ve had since I actually moved to the SAD.”

Kodachi nodded. “Well, I will trust your fine taste. Ucchan-san, you’re more than welcome to set up your business here at the school. Return in the morning and we will get you set up in the school’s commissary, it still has a working kitchen does it not?” She looked back. “Okamada-san?”

Okamada was much more animated as he welcomed this development. “Yes, the commissary kitchen should be more than adequate for your needs. Is there anything that you require for opening your business?”

The tiniest red flag popped up for Nabiki, but she filed it away for later.

“I shouldn’t require much, just need to go grab my cart later and haul it here. Provided it ain’t been ransacked by hungry Tomobiki kids.”

Ryūnosuke brightened. “I-I can help you!” When Ucchan looked at her, Ryūnosuke’s face turned red. “You know… because that stuff looked uh… heavy… and stuff… and you know…”

Ucchan laughed. “Yer a good kid but stop stumbling before you trip over.”

The slyest smirk appeared on Shinobu’s lips as she leaned close to Ryūnosuke. “Spriiiiing tiiiiime…”

Going rigid, Ryūnosuke whirled around and shoved Lum into Shinobu’s arms. “I’m just tryin’ to help! It’s the polite thing to do! That’s all there is to it, you hear me?!”

Squaring her shoulders up, she marched to Ucchan and took him by the wrist to lead him away. “Come on, let’s go get your stuff before that idiot makes anymore insinuations!”

Ucchan let himself be led off, laughing. “Sure thing, Ryū!” He waved back to the others. “See y’all later!”

After everyone who mattered bade their farewells, Shinobu looked down at Lum, who was still fast asleep, and turned to Kodachi. “I’m worried about Lum, now. She’s been in this deep sleep the whole time we were riding around, and nothing’s woken her up.”

Kodachi looked at Lum again. “Well, Oni and Humans are different in many ways, but also similar. The composition of the agent may have been simply strong enough to sedate her, or it was tailor made for Oni… which would be a problem…”

She leaned close to Lum again and listened, then rested a finger gently against the side of her throat. “She is breathing, and she still has a pulse. Alas, I am no expert on Oni physiology, so I can only suggest seeking a medical professional.”

Ataru hobbled his way around the tank, walking with a bit of a limp, but walking, nevertheless. He was about to get up to his old antics, when he overheard the concern about Lum’s condition. Remembering what had happened to Lum, he walked over to the group and was met with hostile looks from the gathered young women.

Akane was the first to notice that he was looking at Lum and no one else as he walked up to Shinobu, however, and she quietly drew Katie and Kodachi’s attention to that observation.

“… Ataru…?” Shinobu murmured.

Leaning in close, Ataru waved his hand over her mouth and nose, and hummed. He poked her face. “Oi, Lum.” When she didn’t react, he prodded her cheek. “Hey, Lum! I’m gonna buy some umeboshi, want some?” She again didn’t react. “I just punted Ten into a garbage can, you mad?” Nothing.

Ataru poked her cheek a few more times and sighed. “Welp.”

He turned away and lifted his nose high. “She’s dead asleep! Finally, I’ll have a night to myself! I think I’ll go over to Taian and see if I can sneak into a hostess club!”

Lum’s eyes shot wide open with rage, and she lunged at Ataru’s back. “YOU WHAT?!”

In a feat of agility that he usually reserved for evading teachers or catching Mendō’s sword, Ataru sidestepped Lum and caught her around her waist to pull her up under his arm. Freezing in place, Lum blinked several times and looked back up at him. “… Ah? Darling?”

“Ha, knew it,” Ataru said as he began to walk away, still holding Lum under his arm like she was a small dog. “I was saying that I haven’t had anything to eat all day, let’s go home–Mom’s probably got dinner done by now.”

Lum glowered at him. “I thought I heard you say something about a hostess club!”

Ataru rolled his eyes. “You must’ve been dreaming.” He looked back. “Anyway, later girls. Lunch was great, we should do it again sometimes… but, you know, actually eat something!”

Despite her fuming, Lum did not object to being carried by Ataru, even in such an indignant position–or even having to remain levitating so her feet didn’t drag. In fact, as Ataru drew away from them, she began to smile and relaxed to let him guide her along. Behind them, Katie scratched the side of her head, while Akane tilted hers in complete confusion.

Shinobu let out an exasperated sigh. “Ataru’s the worst.”

“He really is,” Akane said.

Katie caught what Shinobu was angling at. “But he could actually be okay if he actually put himself to it, huh?”

Shinobu nodded. “Yeah.”

Katie bowed her head. “Speakin’ of going home, we oughta get to doing that ourselves. I am above other things done with this mess.”

Akane’s shoulders slumped, and she let out a groan. “Today was so stupid! I want to forget it ever happened!”

Lifting her head back up, Katie looked at Akane and a moment of consideration passed quickly. Deciding against her pondering as she took note of Shinobu, Nabiki, Kodachi, and Okamada, she patted Akane on the back. “There, there… let’s get outta here.”

Akane nodded, and the two began walking away. “And put your uniform on! You’re basically in your underwear.”

Katie looked at her. “No way. It’s still drenched, and I wear this when I go running, so I’m not indecent.” She called back at Kodachi. “The uniforms suck anyway! We should wear somethin’ cool, and not these stupid frumpy dirndls!”

Nabiki looked down at her uniform and then at Kodachi. “She has a point. If you’re gonna take over, how about a glow-up?”

Kodachi lit up and she waved farewell to the two. “I will get right on that, Izurando-san! You girls have a much better evening!”

Okamada, adjusting his tie once more, turned and headed towards the school. “I will go to make sure that everything is locked up for the night, Kodachi-san.”

“You do that, Okamada-san,” Kodachi sharply replied, without even looking at him.

Shinobu bowed to Kodachi and Nabiki. “I’ll be going to, sorry for the disruption we’ve caused.”

Kodachi smiled pleasantly and returned the bow. “Worry not, today was just another day in Nerima.”

After Shinobu turned and dashed off in the direction her schoolmates went, and Okamada fell out of earshot, Nabiki turned to Kodachi. “So, when are you going to fire that disrespectful asshole?”

Kodachi closed her eyes and huffed. “When I have lined up a suitable replacement. There will be no place for scum at this school. Especially those who think so poorly of half the student body.”

@@@@@

The stride of the bald-headed principal of Tomobiki was oddly serene, a relaxed gait as if he was taking a pleasant stroll through the neighborhood’s ravaged streets. Clouds of dust and pepper spray still the air like smoke from the impact of artillery, above the groans of injured faculty, the ravings of devastated shop owners, and the cheers of students free of the chaos.

Indeed, truly, this was hell.

“Yes, it should be classified as nothing less than an atrocity,” The principal said, seemingly to himself. “This is the results of Tomobiki High attempting discipline.”

“A real bad look, but there’s room for improvement,” the principal’s mysterious guest said, walking a pace behind him. He was a tall, handsome man wearing a sharp dark blue suit with an only slightly lighter blue shirt and a white tie. He had long, messy dark red hair only barely kept in a ruly state by being tied into a ponytail that reached down past his shoulders. Besides his red mane, the color of blood in the setting sun, his other striking features were his eyes, piercing and dark green in color–belonging more to a wolf than a human being.

“I look forward to it.” The principal said, a little rough but mostly amicable. “Of course, there’s a simple overlooked fact that will deliver the shock necessary to pull things from the spiral of madness.”

“And you’ve just been sitting on it?” The guest asked, more curious than annoyed at this revelation.

“You said so yourself in our first meeting, when you gave your proposal. ‘The role of the educator is not to say the answer out loud but lead the pupil to it as much as possible.’.” The principal said. “If I just say it, no one will learn anything.”

“Man, you are one smooth operator there, boss.” The guest replied.

“I try,” the Principal retorted. “As little as it succeeds, one must still give the effort. We would still be crawling if we all needed to succeed every time we try.”

“I like your style.” The guest said, his white teeth gleaming in the sun.

The light just caught the Principal’s head. “Yes, there will be things to further discuss after this. For now, we must locate the ones who will shock the system.”

Not too far down the very block the principal and his guest walked, Mendō Shūtaro regained consciousness in the abandoned lot he’d been knocked into by Ryōko’s deliberate carelessness. Pushing himself up to his feet, he looked around and quickly realized how late in the day it was. “… How long was I unconscious?”

He listened next, and realized how unsettlingly quiet it was. “What happened to the operation? Why is it so quiet…?”

“Because it’s over.”

Mendō froze for an instant, then turned to face Onsen Mark, who was leaning next to the wall where his body impacted, taking a drag off a cigarette. Lowering the cig, and blowing out wisping smoke, Onsen Mark looked off at the lowering sun. He smiled bitterly and shook his head.

“After your sister meddled in everything, it all fell apart.” He let out a small laugh. “Students got ahold of weapons, word spread across the school BBS, the shopkeepers joined the fight… a couple students even got ahold of one of those damn tanks.”

He took another drag of the cigarette. “Operation Snowy Mountain Wind… was a complete failure.”

Mendō lowered his head and clenched a fist. “Damn that Moroboshi, if he hadn’t interfered, things would’ve been different.”

Onsen Mark gave Mendō a pitying look, then looked up at the sky as a few passing birds called into the spring evening. “There is no helping anyone who does not want to be helped. They’re all pretty entitled these days, don’t you think?”

Mendō nodded. “They do not understand the sacrifices that need to be made in the name of keeping the peace, and guiding the next generation. This operation was intended to right the long embraced wrong and keep students where they belong… and maintain the order that my family–that the Special Administration District requires to exist.”

Onsen Mark shot Mendō a look the young man didn’t notice, then rolled his eyes. “You’re all gonna graduate this year, then what are you gonna do? It’s time to stop being kids and start acting like adults, while you still have a chance to get out of this school and get somewhere respectable.”

Mendō looked back at him. “I hope you’re not referring to me. I’m set.”

“I mean the kids who don’t own fifty-one percent of Japan!” Onsen Mark snapped back. “At the rate things are going, they’ve got no futures and they need to knuckle down and do their best or they’re not going to make it! They’ll end up like that lump, Soban! Running around and doing nothing with their lives because all people think of them is the crap school they came from!”

The Principal’s well-dressed guest poked his head into the hole in the fence Mendō made, and then stepped in. “Well… that’s not quite their fault, now, is it?”

Onsen Mark recoiled, then stared at the man. “… And who are you?”

The Principal walked in next, followed by a bipedal cat easily the size of Onsen Mark. It was mostly white, except for several different colored spots around its right ear and tail. Turning to the cat, the Principal nodded. “Thank you, Kotatsu-neko-san, for finding them.”

The large cat nodded, and then went on its way. The Principal’s guest turned to watch the cat leave and whistled. “It’s still not the weirdest thing I’ve seen since I’ve gotten here.”

To answer Onsen Mark’s question, the Principal gestured to his guest. “Ah, yes, this is one of our new teachers, Nicholas Fontaine Sherman-san.”

Mr. Sherman casually saluted Onsen Mark with two fingers. “But you can call me Nick.”

Mendō looked at the newcomer, and immediately his thoughts raced. That is a handsome man who could be competition for the attention of the girls at school, I must destroy him.

Onsen Mark was surprised. “Ah… a new teacher?”

Mendō smoothed out his hair, dusted himself off, and walked up to Nick. “Good evening, Sherman-sensei. I am Mendō Shūtaro, I am the son-”

Nick raised a finger to point in Mendō’s face. “You shut up.”

Mendō stopped, stared at the finger pointed at him, then looked up at Nick. “… Excuse me?”

“This whole Snowy Mountain Wind business was your idea, right?” He asked.

Mendō grimaced but was prepared to throw as many people as he could under the bus. “I will not deny that I planned it.”

Nick smiled. “Great, let’s have a chat about why it failed.”

Pulling his hand back, Nick pocketed it and looked around. “So… from what I can guess, your big plan was to have teachers disperse about the neighborhood backed up by your family’s private security to catch kids as they wandered about for lunch and then drag them kicking and screaming back to the school.”

Mendō, still stinging from being told to shut up, nodded. “That is correct.”

“And to better cut down on the number of students leaving, you arranged a five-star lunch for the girls,” Nick continued.

Mendō nodded. “Once more, you are right.”

Nick processed these two facts, then asked. “Now… tell me in your own words, how was this supposed to go?”

At that question, Mendō balked and felt a weight press upon his shoulders. “Erm… pardon?”

“What was the best outcome of your operation, Mendō?” Nick reiterated with a less jovial tone.

Stiffening and squaring his shoulders, Mendō looked at Nick in the eyes as he gave his response. “The operation intended to peacefully round up any students caught sneaking from the school. Apprehended by teachers, they would be brought back to the school and summarily disciplined for their rule breaking. That is what had been intended, and… until the operation encountered unplanned complications… it had been going well.”

“Oh, do go on! What were these complications, Shūtaro?” Nick asked, drawing Mendō’s ire.

“You should address me formally,” Mendō corrected him.

“You should remember that I’m a teacher, and you’re a student. I will be as informal as I like to a kid I don’t know,” Nick corrected him.

That tweaked Mendō something fierce. I thought his accent was strange. An American? Of course…

Nick clapped his hands twice, loud, snapping Mendō from his seething. “Now, I asked you a question, Shūtaro.”

Onsen Mark stepped up. “You may be a teacher, but don’t–”

Nick just as quickly cut him off. “Say one more word, Onsen Mark, and I will make this far worse for you than it already is.”

“Quite,” the Principal said as he adjusted his glasses for emphasis and the sun gleamed off his dome.

Fear shot through Onsen Mark, as the same weight that Mendō struggled under, but with so much more force upon his shoulders. Nick stared at him for less than a moment before turning back to the young scion.

“The first was the cunning of Moroboshi Ataru; he was able to figure out the nature of the operation and alert the other students, causing a…” Mendō noticed Nick produce a formerly crumpled piece of notebook paper and brought it up to read. “… Riot…”

“To Whom It May Concern,” he began, “While you were busy loving the sound of your own voice, we all went out to get lunch. You can’t stop us from going out to eat, and if you try you will make a fool of yourself like you always do. Written without Regard, Moroboshi Ataru. PS, included at the bottom of this letter is a drawing of a butt. It is a representation of your face. Because your face is a butt. Face butt.”

Mendō looked sick as Nick looked from the letter to him and smiled. “Gottem~”

Onsen Mark immediately turned on Mendō. “YOU TOLD MOROBOSHI THE PLAN?!”

Mendō faced his teacher. “IT COULD NOT BE HELPED! HE TRICKED ME INTO REVEALING THE PLOT!”

Onsen Mark grabbed the sides of his head, pulling at his short hair, before gesturing emphatically with both hands as he yelled. “WHY DID YOU EVEN GO NEAR HIM TO LET HIM TRICK YOU?!”

“Probably to try to get Lum to have lunch with him,” Nick proposed.

The Principal nodded in agreement. “That does seem like a Mendō move.”

Mendō set his jaw to try to regain his composure. “Her bizarre fixation on Moroboshi makes it hard to properly court her.”

“My guy, you’re on the verge of being a trillionaire and if that can’t get you any chick with bad taste, then that’s a YOU situation,” Nick pointed out.

“Finally, someone said it,” The Principal quipped.

Mendō snapped. “WHAT KIND OF TEACHER ARE YOU?!”

“I am a teacher of life lessons,” Nick replied, “And you are going to learn many with me.” He waved his hand back and forth. “But we are losing the plot. Shūtaro, what was the other circumstance that led to a complete operational failure?”

Mendō sighed. “My sister, Ryōko. She saw it fit to unnecessarily escalate the conflict when the riot broke out. It was… a miscalculation I should’ve expected in hindsight.”

Nick folded his arms and looked at the Principal, then back at Mendō and Onsen Mark. “… And it’s just those two points of failure? Nothing else?”

Onsen Mark grimaced. “Well, there were a pair of girls from Furinkan who–”

“Onsen Mark, we’re not talkin’ about them,” Nick said in a tone that swore violence if Onsen Mark dared continue that line of thought. “As far as non-Tomobiki students are concerned, their being out and about was none of your concern, and no one should’ve approached them as they had been, reportedly, repeatedly.”

Pulled up short, Onsen Mark nodded in concession. “Yes, that was a mistake, but there was considerable concern that other schools would get involved, particularly Butsumetsu.”

Nick turned to the Principal again. “Man, these guys ain’t seeing it.”

The Principal shook his beautifully polished head. “Not even Nurse Sakura thought to raise the issue. She almost did, but… her fears were played with.”

Mendō pointed at the Principal. “Hey! Why are you standing there, acting so above this?! You gave the approval of the operation! You should be explaining yourself, as well!”

The Principal turned back to Mendō. “… I will offer an explanation shortly.”

Shaking his head again, Nick called to Mendō. “Kid, stop trying to get out of this. The only way you could right now, is fighting your way.”

Mendō tensed. “You do not want to make an enemy of the Mendō Clan, sir.”

The smile that Nick flashed Mendō was sickeningly excited at the prospect. “I’m not afraid of you, Shūtaro-kun, or your family of fuckwits.”

Onsen Mark quickly stepped between Mendō and Nick. “Why are you trying to provoke him?!”

“Please, like you have any more respect for him,” Nick taunted.

“Be that as it may, I am his teacher, he is my responsibility! All of my students are, and if you’re going to have a go at them, then you will go through me!”

Mendō was surprised by Onsen Mark’s declaration, but Nick was less impressed. “You’ve spent your whole life trying to be cool, huh?”

Onsen Mark paused. “… Cool?”

Nick shrugged his shoulders. “I mean, that’s what this posturing is, right? Trying to look cool?” He sighed. “Losing the plot again, it’s about time we finished this debrief. I, acting as an unbiased third party, will point out the flaws that you… cool guy… should’ve addressed.”

The Principal nodded.

Mendō nearly shoved Onsen Mark aside. “What flaws?”

“So, let’s review the plan,” Nick spoke, “Hold a lunch for the female students, and let everyone else leave the school so they will be caught breaking the rules by teachers sent out to wait for them at the common lunch stops, right?”

Mendō nodded. “… Correct.”

“The teachers would be supported by the Mendō family guards, the Black Sunglasses or whatever.”

Mendō nodded. “… So, what’s the flaw in it?”

Nick tapped his side, then looked at the Principal. “Would you do it, please?”

The Principal nodded. “There was no intention of announcing beforehand that going out to lunch was forbidden.”

Onsen Mark went white as a sheet.

Mendō didn’t quite grasp it. “Of course not, what’s the point of setting up an ambush for delinquents if they’re already obeying the…!” Then it hit him. “… Oh.”

Nick turned to the Principal. “Y’see, this is what happens when you let jumped-up rich kids dictate disciplinary matters to teachers.”

The Principal bowed his bald head in shame. “It is embarrassing.”

“In your defense, Principal, you have seen the problem and sought a solution–and thus I stand before you,” Nick reassured him, before turning back to Mendō. “It’s sinking in, huh, Shūtaro? You didn’t really want to announce a change in the rules… you just wanted to have a fancy little luncheon with Lum and all the school’s other young ladies, while the boys outside had the boots put to ‘em, wannit?”

Mendō again tried to throw on a modicum of class. “Please try to understand, Sherman-sensei, this school’s young men are ill-refined and lawless. Decisive measures must be taken to put aside their delinquency. One could see my lack of announcement as an error, but an announcement would not have mattered, it only would’ve encouraged their recklessness!”

Taking a deep breath, Nick looked up at the sky and let out a long, exasperated sigh. “Son, you ain’t listenin’ to a damn thing. You ain’t gettin’ the point at all.”

Suddenly, Mendō felt a terror that normally emerged when he was locked in a tight, dark space, as Nick lowered his head to look at him directly. “You put together an excuse to have your family’s security services beat up your male classmates, while you enjoyed lunch with all the girls in school.”

Nick smiled again, that unsettling grin. “And the only reason you didn’t get to, and aren’t laughing it up in hindsight right now, is because you let Moroboshi play you for a chump. When you tried to put a stop to that, everything followed.”

He took a step towards Mendō, his eyes narrowing. “Mendō Shūtaro, you’re an inhuman piece of shit, and for that? I’m expelling you from Tomobiki High School.”

Mendō’s jaw fell open and his well-styled hair became immediately frazzled. “You can’t expel me!”

“Just did, if you show up at school tomorrow, you will be removed. Go fulfill your educational needs elsewhere.”

The Principal nodded. “Correct. I have seen to it to prepare your dismissal papers and send your records to your parents ahead of this.”

Mendō snarled. “I am saying, you cannot. Expel me. I am the scion of the Mendō family! The first-born son and heir! My family controls over a third of the Special Administration District! To expel me is to say to the Mendō family that I am unworthy of a lowly school like this one!”

“Like most things in your life, that’s a you situation,” Nick retorted.

Mendō Shūtaro faced his banishment numbly. For a Mendō to be expelled from a school truly was an unspeakable humiliation. He would have to explain himself to his parents. Sure, his father wouldn’t care, in fact he’d probably bust a gut laughing–that’s a lost cause and a relief at the same time. His mother, on the other hand… she was the steward of the Mendō family’s honor and reputation! If it came to be that she found out that he was thrown out of a school for his actions… there is no telling what she would do! She could take away his Black Sunglasses privileges, ban him from using any of the family’s jets or airships, even pass him over as heir in lieu of Ryōko!

“Sherman-sensei… Principal I will give you two options,” Mendō said with a shaky voice. “Reverse this decision and I will pay you both handsomely. Name your price. Otherwise, I will use every asset available to the Mendō-clan to show you the foolishness of what you are doing.”

Nick’s eyebrows rose. “Is that a threat?”

Mendō’s eyes filled with fear-driven rage as he met Nick’s gaze. “That is a promise.”

The Principal sighed. “Sherman-sensei, please deal with a threat to school faculty and students as you were hired for.”

That stopped Mendō. “… Eh?”

Nick cracked his knuckles. “Bet.”

The next thing Mendō Shūtaro knew, he was doubled over in unspeakable pain with the air driven out of his lungs, by the knee Nick delivered into his solar plexus. Gagging, Mendō staggered, before collapsing unconscious in a heap where he stood.

Onsen Mark recoiled, horrified from Nick, as the new teacher looked down at Mendō in disappointment. “Some scion of the Mendō family. Who on Earth taught you how to fight?” He turned back to the Principal. “Or what, did this guy just think that because he’s ‘a Mendō’ that he just needed to pick up a sword and he’d be good with it?”

The Principal shrugged his shoulders. “Some believe the blood of the samurai to be enough, but if that were true…”

“It’s really nothin’ I care about, right now,” Nick said before turning to Onsen Mark. “We gotta address the other side of the issue, anyway.”

Onsen Mark held up his hands. “H-hold it! I was deceived by Mendō, he played on my fears, too! If I had known–”

“Save it,” Nick interjected, “We got you for somethin’ far worse than any of Mendō’s antics.”

Onsen Mark thought he knew terror before.

He was wrong.

“It kind of interested me to hear your concerns for these kids havin’ no futures and how they need to do their best or they’re not gonna make it.” Nick looked down at Mendō and nudged him with his foot.

Certain that he was out, he looked back up at the profusely sweating Onsen Mark. “When even if they did do every thing you say… they’d still be fucked.”

The Principal started what could only be referred to afterwards as an execution with a grim proclamation. “Onsen Mark, it has come to my attention there is something… wrong with our tests scores. Something not even a student body filled with those of lower IQ can excuse.”

Onsen Mark’s sweat quickly began to soak the collar of his suit, as the Principal continued. “It is especially troubling news, considering the methods we report them were guarded in secrecy precisely to avoid what has been taking place.”

Nick chimed in, confirming exactly how screwed he was. “Namely, someone who shouldn’t have access, let alone know about the scores, has been backdooring his way into the system and making some… judicial edits. Nothing major, just… you know… lowering a lot of high marks to ones considered barely passing. Affecting a lot of bright–if problematic–students who’d be world-beaters if they had a chance.”

“Denial hid you, for a time. That someone had cracked into our system and would do something so foul was unimaginable.” The Principal looked down upon Onsen Mark as if looking at a feral animal about to be put down. “You, however, made one fatal error.”

“You forgot to stick to changing the scores and using another method of communication.” Nick put simply. “It became clear there was a compromise in the security when it was transmitting data to an unknown computer that wasn't the National Testing Database.”

The Principal nodded. “We traced the IP to you, Onsen Mark. An investigation of your computer in the office, and to your home computer found evidence of illegal access and tampering.”

Onsen Mark began to sputter. “W-wait… my c-computer, it was…”

“Before you blather about a frame-up by some mysterious hacker, the why of everything is simple. Exactly… what did it matter that students from Tomobiki were getting too close to the other high schools? Like, say, Furinkan?” Nick added on. “I mean, besides the BS worry that Ataru could find out that Furinkan was an all-girl’s school temporarily? He’s already been that way and notoriously harassed a few students, it hasn’t been a problem.”

As Onsen Mark sank further into dread, he panicked. “You don't know that! You don't know what that animal is capable of!”

“This ain’t about Moroboshi, it’s about you not wanting students to co-mingle. Not from Furinkan, Tomobiki, or Butsumetsu.” Nick laid it bare. “You didn’t want them gettin’ together and noticing the patterns.”

Onsen Mark felt very small as The Principal spoke next. “The sheer improbability that so many people at so many different schools failed the same tests in the exact same way. These students, able to pass all of the regular non-recorded tests with ease, yet barely able to pass finals if at all?”

“For whatever reason you’re tampering with their grades, it stops now,” Nick said.

The Principal shook his head. “It does not pain me as much as I’d expect to say this, but you are fired, Onsen Mark.”

His head dropping, Onsen Mark nodded. “I… I see…”

Nick smiled. “We’re going to do you a solid, though.”

“Is it chop off my head while I slice my belly?” Onsen Mark asked.

“Oh, nothing so dramatic–besides my old bones can’t handle that kind of labor,” the Principal replied.

Nick patted Onsen Mark on the shoulder. “We’re not gonna tell anyone why you had to leave. And I’ll even pull a few strings to get you a new teaching gig in Japan.”

When Onsen Mark looked up at Nick, he found that while he smiled, it didn’t reach his eyes. No, they were filled with a menacing fury, aimed straight at his heart.

“… But you’re going to tell us a few things, and you’re going to be very comprehensive with those things, capisci?”

|Red Hair|

“… You saw… a what?”

“Yeah, I couldn’t believe it either, but I was out with Xiu Mei patrolling for bandits last night just past the bamboo forest and I saw a panda.”

Somewhere in and about Sanhexiang, Sichuan, a pair of young women trekked through a dense forest of trees and bamboo, headed far and away from their village towards the forest’s edge. One of the young women, short, tanned, with hair cut in a short bob led the other, tall, athletic, with long red hair, and both were armed with staffs for bopping miscreants or wild animals. They were out searching for a most unexpected discovery in the heart of China, nowadays.

The tall redhead couldn’t believe it. “… Aren’t pandas extinct though? In the wild?”

“Yeah, one hasn’t been seen alive in the wild since 2004,” her shorter companion replied. “So, when I saw it, I flipped out, and it saw me and ran away.” She stopped and peered through some bamboo that wasn’t as dense, off to the left of them. “But that was only last night, so it might still be nearby.”

Taking her staff over her shoulders, the tall redhead looked ahead into the forest as well, pale green eyes narrowing as she tried to make out any movement. “And it was around here?”

Her shorter friend, her black-colored eyes ringed with shadows from an overabundance of nightly patrols, nodded eagerly. ‘Yes, it can’t have gone far, it’s a panda!”

The redhead looked down at her, and grimaced. “Min? I think you should stop taking night patrols.”

Min, as she was named, recoiled in offense. “Not you, too! Come on, I can handle night patrols! Those scumbag deserters haven’t tried to come near town after the last time I smacked them around!”

Taking her staff, she spun it expertly, and drove several impressive thrusting strikes forward before lifting and slamming the weapon down as though she were crushing a downed man’s head with it. Spinning it as she rose upright, she turned to her friend. “And besides, I’m well-rested and able to handle a stupid bear–”

The staff slipped from her hand and struck her atop her head. “OW! Tsss…!”

Min’s friend moved to her. “Oh shoot, are you okay?!”

“I’m fine!” Min snapped at her and turned away. “… I’m fine…”

Glancing back, she added. “And I’m not hallucinating, Rei, I saw a panda.”

Rei let out a concerned sigh and looked back out in the direction they’d both looked before. “Look, even if the panda is real, you’re exhausted and stressed out. That is no place for a martial artist to be.”

“I’m well-rested! And the panda is real, damn it!” Min shouted.

Letting her staff fall to the ground, Rei wrapped her arms around Min and hugged her, surprising the smaller girl for a moment before she let her eyes half close and leaned into the taller girl’s chest.

“Look, I believe you,” Rei insisted, “But I’m worried about you being awake like this. You need to get some rest. How about it? We go back to the house, get some sleep, and then when you’re good to go, we’ll look for the panda, okay?”

Min pouted. “I feel like you’re just humoring me.”

“I’m not!” Rei exclaimed, before a fast-moving blur passed behind them, crossing the path. Both girls jumped and looked back, with Rei exclaiming. “What was that?!”

The sound of bamboo bending and snapping from something massive moving through it caught the attention of both girls. Turning around again, they both froze as quite possibly the biggest panda bear either of them had ever seen burst from the forest and onto the path, stumbling to a stop in front of them on two legs. It looked down at them both, its wide, beady eyes blinking as it stared at the two girls, Rei especially.

Min’s mouth fell open in silent awe at the majestic creature.

Rei said what she was thinking. “That’s a fucking panda!”

Min pulled back to look up at Rei. “I told you, ha! It’s real!”

Then the day got even stranger… when the panda grabbed Rei and hugged her.

Silence fell as Min stared at Rei, who stood stock still in the embrace of the panda while it not only hugged her, but patted her atop her head affectionately, like a father consoling his daughter. Slowly, Rei turned her head to look at Min, her eyes pleading for some kind of rational explanation. The look Min returned had no answers, only more questions.

The silence was broken by the sound of more bamboo being shattered, like something was moving through it with even more violence than a giant panda bear. Rei and Min looked towards the direction the Panda came from, and then looked up with widening eyes at the violet-haired girl in unmistakable dress and armed with a pair of large round mallets bursting through the bamboo in a great leap.

“… Oh shit… it’s a Nyuchiezu Warrior,” Rei muttered, as the girl’s red eyes locked onto her red hair… and widened with fury.

The Panda immediately let go of her, and bolted into the bamboo, as Shan Pu of the Nyuchiezu seemed to change direction in midair, and dive towards Rei and Min with weapons raised, screaming in a berserker’s rage.

“RANMA, YOU DIE!”

As a tremendous thud and screams rose behind him, Saotome Genma clapped his paws together in a brief prayer for whoever those two were while he ran. It was only by the misfortune of that girl’s birth that their paths crossed this day, and he dearly hoped that her next life would be kinder to her. He also hoped that her sacrifice kept that psychopath distracted long enough before she realized her mistake.

=-=-Note Time-=-=

Change comes at you hard, huh? From this day forward, the status quo is in shambles. Also, if you ever have the time, go read Mastery. It's a lil' webcomic I enjoy very much and a cameo from the two main characters gave me a chance at not only proving how much of a bastard Genma is... but also how there's something VERY wrong in China...
 
Fear of the Dark

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#17
|Fear of the Dark|

“Oh good, it’s still a little light out, we should make it with your cart back to Furinkan before it gets too late,” Ryūnosuke said to Ucchan as the two quickly returned to the Tomobiki neighborhood and the vicinity of his food cart. With the battle long passed, the streets were largely empty except for a few straggling shop owners cleaning up and boarding up their storefronts.

Ucchan smiled at Ryūnosuke. “You know, I can’t thank you enough, Ryū. Going out of your way to help me out with all this.”

Ryūnosuke tried not to look at Ucchan, keeping her eyes ahead. “I said it’s nothin’. You helped me, and I’m helpin’ you. That’s what friends do!”

Ucchan lit up. “Wait, we’re friends?”

Her face reddened. “O-of course we’re friends! What have we been until now?!” Even though she asked, Ryūnosuke suddenly didn’t want to hear the answer. “A-actually nevermind! We’re here, aren’t we?”

Luckily Ucchan’s Okonomiyaki Stand was still intact in spite of the chaos. Not a bowl, ingredient, or spatula was out of place. Walking up to it and hugging the side of the cart, Ucchan sighed.

“Ah, you’re okay! I’m sorry for leavin’ you unattended! I’ll never do that again,” he said before he began to tear down the cart for transport.

Rather than mess with Ucchan’s flow and slow his process down, Ryūnosuke stood back and kept watch. “You’re really attached to that cart, huh?”

“Sure am! An okonomiyaki chef is nothing without their cart, and this is my very first one. I built it myself.” Ucchan said with pride.

Ryūnosuke was fascinated. “You’re handy with carpentry and stuff, too, huh?”

Ucchan nodded as he placed wet ingredients in the cart’s small icebox and dry ingredients in secure cupboards. “Mmhm! It’s a complete recreation of mine and my old man’s first food cart…” He stopped and made a face like he had said too much.

Ryūnosuke didn’t notice it, she was too busy cringing at the mention of his father. “You… got a good relationship with your Dad, huh?”

Ucchan looked up from his work. “… Eh… I guess? I emancipated two years ago and struck out on my own, but I’ll still swing by on Christmas with a bucket of chicken.”

Ryūnosuke sagged in relief, but then Ucchan asked. “What about your parents?”

“My old man and I fight all the time, and he’s too cheap for a bucket of chicken on Christmas,” Ryūnosuke replied brusquely. “But unfortunately, he’s all I got until I graduate. At least I learned how to bust heads from putting up with him.”

Ucchan stopped stowing his cart and stared at Ryūnosuke. “… Huh.”

Ryūnosuke stared back. “What?”

After a moment, Ucchan went back to it. “Nothin’, you just reminded me of somebody I used to know, is all.”

Ryūnosuke tried not to be nervous, she was learning more about someone she–considered a friend. “… Were they another friend?”

Nailed it.

“… They were, but then they stabbed me in the back and robbed me.”

Blanching, Ryūnosuke quickly spoke. “Well I’m never gonna do that, okay?! I’m not a stinkin’ thief no matter what my old man says we gotta do to eat!”

Ucchan smiled big. “That’s so good to hear, last thing I need in my life is another martial artist who gets all cozy just to make off with my okonomiyaki stand.”

“Wait… they stole your stand?!”

“Straight up Whitesnake in this bitch, hon.” Ucchan replied.

Ryūnosuke snickered. “Sheesh, why take the cart when you got the cook right there?!”

Ucchan slammed his hands atop his closed-up cart. “EXACTLY! Him and his Dad didn’t even know how to freaking cook okonomiyaki, so why did they steal the cart and leave me behind?!”

Ryūnosuke stopped. “… Huh?”

Ucchan’s face turned red. “Uhh… yeah… I mean, it makes no sense, right?”

Ryūnosuke agreed with a nod and decided to change the subject from such a sore point. “So… you all packed up, because we gotta go.”

“… Yeah, yeah…” Ucchan replied as he went around to the front to grab the cart’s handles. When Ryūnosuke went for it, he stopped her. “Hey, no need for that. You may be a martial artist, but I ain’t letting a lady do all the heavy liftin’.”

Ryūnosuke’s face turned a bright red, and she swooned. “Heheh, hey… don’t go callin’ me a lady, okay…?”

Which was her way of insisting she be called a lady, of course. It was her favorite thing about Ucchan. From the moment they met, he knew she was a girl and didn’t poke fun, or make comments, or even ask about why she was named Ryūnosuke. Just right out of the gate, recognizing she was a girl and not asking her out on a date like some other guys she couldn’t stand to run into right now.

Ucchan smirked back. “Sure thing, princess.”

Ryūnosuke covered her face and swooned again, giggling. “I’m not a princess~!”

A young man called out to them. “I agree, you seem more like a queen to me.”

Ucchan and Ryūnosuke both stopped to see four well-dressed young men standing at the corner, looking in their direction. Three wore dark green suits with stylishly combed dark hair, while the leader of wore a red jacket, salmon pink slacks and had spiked and feathered blonde hair. All three had clear skin, a strong posture, and smelled faintly of expensive cologne.

Ryūnosuke was impressed. She’d never seen such well-dressed young men before.

Mendō didn’t count, because he wasn’t much of a man to begin with.

Their red and pink-wearing leader smirked. “You guys are pretty bold to be hanging out after sunset.”

Ucchan frowned. “Yeah, we were just leaving.” He looked at Ryūnosuke. “Don’t fall for their charm, those are Pick Up Martial Artists.”

Ryūnosuke stopped and turned to Ucchan. “Yeah, sorry. It’s not every day guys look at me and see that I’m a chick and not a really effeminate dude.”

Ucchan’s gaze moved down Ryūnosuke a bit. “Well, meaning no offense, but it’s kinda hard to make that mistake right now.”

Ryūnosuke looked down, and then turned away from Ucchan with her face a bright pink in embarrassment. “I can’t help that!” She looked down and grumbled. “Stupid chest bindings got loose from all the fighting…”

“Like I was saying,” the stylish man in red said, “It’s getting dark, and you look like you could use an escort this evening.”

Ucchan gave them a withering glare. “We don’t have far to go, why don’t you guys go back to Taian and not be out here harassin’ ladies?”

“Harassment?! No, we’re doing a service, seeing that ladies in the Special Administration District get to where they need to be safe and sound.”

“Free of charge,” one of his backup dancers in green said.

“The only way we’re not getting home ‘safe and sound’ is if you shmucks keep holding us up,” Ucchan snapped back. “Now can you move aside so we can get going?”

The leader took the edges of his jacket in hand, striking a cool pose for Ryūnosuke. “Come on, you don’t want to walk home with a couple of handsome guys?”

Their charm had gotten to her, but their pushiness put Ryūnosuke right out of it. “Nah, you guys can buzz off if you’re gonna bug us about it.”

Ucchan nodded. “You guys don’t want to be caught outside of Taian where there ain’t no security.”

Red Jacket folded his arms, his friends crowding around him for the maximum style points. “Babe, we are the security. We’ll keep the monsters at bay.”

Ryūnosuke and Ucchan both looked at each other, before Ucchan turned to face his cart, reached beneath it, and lifted it up above his head completely with one hand–to the disbelief of the fresh to death quartet. Pushing the cart even higher onto one finger, Ucchan savored the gobsmacked looks of the men.

“As you fellas can see? If we were to get into a scrap, you’d just get in the way,” he taunted.

Ryūnosuke nodded in satisfaction. “Get on outta here, guys, before you get your nice threads all junked up.”

Red jacket, wanting none of that, turned away. “Yeah, you guys got this. Later!”

He and his entourage fled, as Ucchan set the cart back down.

“What a waste of time,” Ucchan muttered. “Let’s get outta here before it gets too dark.”

“So… what the heck is a Pick Up Martial Artist, anyway?” Ryūnosuke asked.

Ucchan sighed. “They’re unique to this part of town. So… not too long ago, there was a pretty big deal of a dojo around here.”

Ryūnosuke perked up. “Yeah?”

“And the head of that dojo taught a lot of the guys around here how to fight. Then one day, the guy just up and quits teachin’, leaving something like fifty students with no one to teach them anything,” Ucchan explained as they turned the corner and headed towards Furinkan.

Wide-eyed, Ryūnosuke gasped. “Why’d he quit?”

Ucchan shrugged his shoulders. “Heck if I know, but anyway. A lot of the guys picked up the arts so they could impress girls and stuff with their moves, and for a while it made them really popular. Then some weirdo in Taian got it in his head to actually make it a thing. Then the next thing you know, there’s Host Club Martial Arts ‘dojos’ all in the fancy part of town.”

Ryūnosuke had heard of Host Clubs, places where women went to go be treated like princesses by handsome guys. It was actually something she wanted to go see, once she was able to get away from her dad. The thought of being catered to and told how beautiful she was by good-looking guys was exciting, and to hear there were Martial Arts Host Clubs was even better.

“I’d stop daydreaming if I were you, hon,” Ucchan warned. “Those places are more often than not filled to the brim with scumbags who just want your money. The Martial Arts ones are even worse because they can get aggressive with the girls, and since not everyone is a monster like you, they get shaken down even worse.”

Indignation flared up, hearing that. “You’re kidding!”

“Yeah, and if we’d gone with those guys, they would’ve tried to shake you down–and it would’ve ended badly for them.”

Ryūnosuke lifted her chin with an angry snort. “I’d have kicked their asses until they screamed for mercy!”

Loud screams of pain and terror stopped them, and both looked back to see the three green-wearing PUMAs laid out in pain, while their red-clad leader went flying into a telephone pole with an audible thud and a groan of pain.

Ryūnosuke looked at Ucchan. “Kinda like that.”

Ucchan narrowed his eyes as he looked further into the darkness on the street. “… Oh shoot.”

@@@@@

With Nabiki still at the school with Kodachi, Akane and Katie arrived at the Tendo Dojo. Both girls were exhausted from driving the tank around for hours, but Katie especially felt like she could fall forward in a dead faint now that the adrenaline was out of her system, and she was somewhere peaceful and quiet–after eating her weight in food.

“Is Kasumi gonna be okay with me crashing on such short notice?” Katie asked, briefly interrupted by a yawn towards the end.

Akane smiled. “Of course she is, do you not remember this morning? She wants you to come over, so she’ll be happy to see you.”

A red blush colored Katie’s face. She put on a bit of a smile and tried not to let Akane see it by looking away from her. “… She does…? Hehehe…”

Akane smiled at Katie’s reaction. “It’s only been a couple of days, Senpai. Is it that bad?”

Katie stopped and looked at her. “Eh?”

Akane’s expression was downright smarmy. A smirk and half-lidded stare that looked like it belonged on Nabiki’s face instead of hers. “… The thirst.”

Katie’s green eyes flew wide at Akane’s mischievous teasing. “… Uhhh… you noticed…?”

Bringing her hands behind her back, Akane sauntered ahead of Katie to the patio door of the dojo. “You’re not the first person to get all messed up around Kasumi. She has that effect on people.”

Katie relaxed. “Heh… I’m glad you don’t think it’s weird…”

“Why would I think it’s weird?” Akane asked. “Girls falling for her never bothered me.” She smiled. “And like I said… she seems pretty into you, too, so I’m cheering you on!”

While Katie welcomed the encouragement, something twigged that maybe Akane had an ulterior motive. Well now, what’s your game, Akaneko…?

That thought vacated her skull and was replaced with sugary, spicy mush as Kasumi opened the paper screen door and greeted the two. “Welcome home, Akane-chan! And Katie-chan, too!”

“Thanks, sis,” Akane said as she greeted Kasumi with a quick hug. “Senpai’s staying the night, I’m gonna get the bath started because we got a workout in today!”

As Akane broke the hug and bounded off to the furo, Kasumi turned to Katie and looked down then back up at her face again. In spite of what she said before, Katie suddenly felt extremely exposed in her workout attire as Kasumi’s warm smile was burned into her retinas. “It certainly looks like you did. Dinner will be ready soon, so you can go get scrubbed down before then. I’ll bring you something you can wear…” She took Katie’s uniform from her. “… After I put this in the wash, ‘kay?”

“… ‘Kay,” Katie mumbled back, looking like a deer caught in headlights, as Kasumi led her inside.

While she would’ve liked to jump into the furo and completely melt into the water until she became a lump, Katie was fine with scrubbing off her long day and joining Kasumi and Akane at the sitting room table dressed in a yukata. Akane was already shoveling rice and meat into her mouth, so eager to recoup her lost nutrients after such a heavy load of exertion that she barely had her mouth empty enough to praise Kasumi for the quality.

Dropping down into the nearest open spot at the table, Katie was handed a bowl by Kasumi and invited to have at the rice, beef, miso, and vegetables spread out on the table. “Thank you…” As she began to serve herself, she noticed that besides Nabiki, someone else was missing. “Where’s your dad?”

“He received a call from Dr. Tofu, and went out to see him,” Kasumi replied. “It’s probably something related to the neighborhood watch; he goes out every so often to keep a lookout for trouble.”

Akane finished her current bowl. “Dinner’s good as always, Kasumi.” She quickly went to fill her bowl again. “I guess tonight will be busy after what happened in Tomobiki.”

“I saw the aftermath of that,” Kasumi said before looking back and forth between the girls. “Were you two caught up in that mess?”

Both nodded, Akane more sheepishly than Katie, who flat out owned it. “I thought I was just going to be in and out for lunch, and I guess Mendō Shūtaro decided to start a civil war? I dunno.”

“Like I said, it’s Tomobiki,” Akane said grimly.

Kasumi was relieved at least. “Well, I’m glad you’re both safe–and let that be a lesson to you both not to go over to that crazy place!”

Katie nodded. “You do not have to tell me twice. The only reason I’ll ever go back to that part of town is to destroy it!”

“At least we got something out of it,” Akane said.

Katie agreed. “Yeah, a tank.”

Kasumi looked at Katie with raised eyebrows. “… A tank?”

“I meant Ucchan coming to sell Okonomiyaki at school…?” Akane corrected.

Katie froze, then cleared her throat. “Heh, yeah… that’s right…”

Kasumi regarded Katie’s fluster with a soft laugh. “It sounds like you got two things out of it that are great. What happened to the tank?”

“We left it with Kodachi,” Akane replied as the air appeared to sparkle around Kasumi in Katie’s impressed eyes. “Since we have no room here in the dojo for a main battle tank.”

She stopped and looked at Katie. “I’m kind of creeped out at how not weird that is to say.”

Katie shrugged her shoulders. “There are so many worse things to get used to.”

Kasumi readily agreed. “Yes, there is.”

“Speaking of Kodachi,” Akane continued, rather than press what either of them could get used to, “She’s transferring to our school. We’re going to be classmates.”

Kasumi was pleased to hear Akane’s excitement at the prospect. She was, also, concerned about the prospect all the same. “I hope the third Kuno is the charm. I enjoyed having her over, but still…”

“I haven’t seen the downside to her yet,” Katie said brightly.

Akane paused eating and gave Katie an amused look. “… You see the upside in a lot of people, huh, Senpai?”

Katie smiled big as she set down an empty bowl. “I like to think that I’m a good judge of character, even if I may be affected by strong first impressions.”

Giggling, Kasumi took it upon herself to refill it. “Well! I think you’ll all have a splendid year together. And do invite Kodachi-chan over when you can, she was so gracious.”

And the compensation she left was enough for her to get the Neptunian Wok she cooked dinner with this evening among all the other nice items from her shopping trip.

Taking her refilled bowl of rice and meat, Katie tore into it. “No problem…!”

Akane set her bowl down, finally feeling sated. “I’ll see if we can get Ucchan to come over, too. He seemed super nice.”

As Katie agreed with a nod, Kasumi tried to not get overly excited at Akane saying nice things about a boy. “It’s just been a wonderful week, hasn’t it, Akane-chan?”

Akane nodded in agreement, as she set her chopsticks down. “All things considered; it has.”

“And we got the next three days off from it,” Katie said, “I love Golden Week.”

The patio door opened, signaling Nabiki’s arrival at home. Seeing Katie sitting at the table wearing a yukata gave her pause for a moment, and she stared at their guest as Katie looked up, lit up, and set her bowl down to wave. “Oh, hey Nabiki.”

“Welcome home, Nabiki-chan,” Kasumi said before gesturing to an open spot. “If you’re hungry, sit down! There’s still plenty left to go around.”

“Hey, sis,” Akane greeted just as warmly.

Nabiki smirked a bit and sauntered over. “Aren’t you all in a festive mood.”

Kasumi was practically vibrating with excitement as she sat down. She quickly grabbed a bowl and began serving her. “I was able to buy a new wok and so many good ingredients with the money Kodachi gave us, I had so much fun cooking with them this evening.”

“Cool,” Nabiki chimed back as she took her bowl. After her first bite, she agreed it was a worthwhile investment.

“Definitely cool, right?” Katie asked. When Nabiki nodded assent, she returned it slower. “Yessir.”

After savoring a few bites, Nabiki delivered the good news. “There’ll be more where this came from, as long as Kodachi keeps me on as a consultant.”

Kasumi gasped, as her sister and classmate raised eyebrows. “Consultant?”

Nabiki nodded, pausing for a moment to chew. “Yeah, she’s got plans for the school and wants to keep me close to bounce ideas off. She’s certainly paying me more than anything her brother did.”

Akane leaned closer, arched eyebrow lifting higher. “What did he pay you for?”

“Stuff,” Nabiki quickly said, “Really dumb stuff, man was a sheep and easily fleeced.” She looked to the side, with a smirk. “And terminally cheap, too.”

“Well, shoot. Get us those good, good uniforms then, hon,” Katie insisted. “And see if you can do something about the girls’ locker room showers. Those suckers don’t work.”

Kasumi gasped. “They still don’t work? They were always out of service when I went to high school.”

Akane nodded. “It’s annoying, I have to always take it easy during gym class so I’m not sweaty for the rest of the day.”

Nabiki agreed. “I’ll pass it along… and I’ll hook you up with access to the pool showers if you like until then.”

Akane furrowed her brow. “Aren’t those off limits except to swim classes?”

“That’s why I said I’ll hook you up.” Nabiki tapped the side of your nose. “I am pretty well connected, you know. Or do you like being grimy all day because Okamada refuses to fix shit?”

For Akane that was a no-brainer. “I’ll take the shower, please.”

Kasumi clapped her hands together. She was just so excited. “Now I can’t wait to see what Kodachi does with the school. I’m so envious!”

Akane lounged back on her hands. “Between Kodachi taking over and Tomobiki getting a riot out of its system, I hope things will be quiet for a little while around here.”

Katie looked at her, worried about Akane’s habit of asking for something to go wrong. Nabiki noticed the worried look and wagged a hand in assurance. “Usually after a riot, the whole town cools down for a bit as people try to clean up. So, we’re guaranteed at least a week of peace and quiet.”

Several blocks away from the Tendo Dojo, at that moment, Soun and Dr. Tofu reached the street corner where residents nearby reported a racket to the latter. The two men, volunteering their time as members of Furinkan’s neighborhood watch, were partly the reason why the neighborhood was a relatively safe place at night–compared to the likes of Butsumetsu and Tomobiki in the Special Administration District.

In the dark with their dark-colored attire, the men moved like shadows, hoping to get the jump on the miscreants making a racket–Dr. Tofu taking the lead while Soun was just a footstep behind. “Tendo-san, the caller said that the fighting was around here.”

Soun nodded. His face, a stoic mask reflecting the gravity of the situation, hid his tremendous fear for what lay in the dark awaiting them. “It is the duty of a martial artist, especially a master, to lend his strength to his community.”

Dr. Tofu glanced back. “Hopefully, that strength will not be robbed by another stomach cramp.”

“Right, of course,” Soun said quickly.

Turning back to face the street corner, Dr. Tofu crept towards the end of the brick building they’d taken cover behind. It was quiet, too quiet. “Be on your guard, whatever is responsible for the noise could still be there.”

Soun nodded, even as he felt the beginnings of a stomach cramp coming on.

“Ready?” Dr. Tofu asked, Soun was not, but nodded anyway. “Let’s go.”

On his cue, the two leaped out around the corner, and stopped in shock. They did not find the culprits behind the noise complaint, but they certainly found proof of their racket.

“Oh dear…” Dr. Tofu murmured in distress.

Sitting on the edge of the street where it had been set down, Ucchan’s Okonomiyaki Cart lay shattered, with its wheels broken, the cooking surface bent, and ingredients sprayed and splattered all around it. Ucchan himself lay at the foot of the cart, face down on the ground covered in bruises, his white shirt torn and bloodied in places. Sitting against the wall on the other side of the cart was Ryūnosuke, likewise heavily beaten and slumped to one side barely conscious, groaning.

=-=-Note Time-=-=

Fear of the dark

Fear of the dark

I have a constant fear that something's always near

Fear of the dark

Fear of the dark

I have a phobia that someone's always there
 
Last edited:
New Day Nerima

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#18
Time to post more here.

|New Day Nerima|

The rising sun promised another beautiful day in the Special Administration District–if not for the ominous shadow that a very large object rising with it cast over the former ward of Tokyo. The shadow, stretched as it was by the morning sun’s rays, slipped over the Special Administration district as the object that made it headed towards its destination–a small but palatial mansion in the Furinkan neighborhood bordered by a high wall that featured a massive swamp-like feature in its back yard.

Inside this mansion, the morning of its mistress was beginning.

“Kodachi-sama, good morning,” a much humbler Sarugakure Sasuke greeted Kodachi as she awoke in her large, black-decorated four-post bed. “I hope you rested well?”

“Mm,” Kodachi barely replied as she sat up and stretched, paying him no real attention.

Sasuke, who was walking on crutches after the beating he was served, hobbled after her as she got out of bed. “A bath has been drawn and it has been kept hot, a deer has been set out for Mr. Green Turtle, and breakfast is being prepared as we speak.”

“Mm,” Kodachi repeated. “What is the status of my transfer?”

Sasuke nodded and averted his eyes from his lady as she made her way from her bed to the bath. “As you requested, I sent your notice of transfer and the final payment to the school. You are no longer a student of St. Hebereke and now a student of Furinkan.”

Kodachi’s bathtub was more of a massive pool, a recreation of a natural onsen connected to her room through a pair of glass doors. Crossing the threshold, she walked straight to the stone edge and stepped in, sinking down to her shoulders and allowing her unbound hair to float around her. As the hot waters began to soak into her, she leaned back against the edge of the onsen and stared at the clouds of water vapor floating above.

“… There is no going back, now.” A smile graced her lips, and she let out a slight giggle as she recalled the talk that she had with Nabiki yesterday.

“So, knowing that I’m not endangering my payment for the day… I have a question to ask,” Nabiki said as she and Kodachi walked from Furinkan towards the Tendo Dojo the evening before.

Kodachi turned her head to look at Nabiki. She had an idea of what that question was. “Go ahead, Tendo-san.”

“What’s your endgame, here?”

“Hm?”

“I don’t buy you being charitable to the underclasses, or that you want to make right what your family did wrong. What exactly are you up to with the school? With us?”

Kodachi looked ahead. “I’m seeking to find that myself, really. Right now, all I have is an old, run-down school with students that half of which are effectively dead men walking with no ambition or hope.” She broke into a big grin, closing her eyes as she did. “My very own blank slate to form as I wish!”

“Tabula rasa, huh?” Nabiki asked.

“And I know what I want to do with it. I do not want this school to be better than the likes of Butsumetsu and Tomobiki. I want it to be better than my own St. Hebereke and Kolkhoz International Academy in Taian. My vision is to create a school that everyone going, even the lost souls who shamble around in ruin, can go with pride and looked upon with it.”

Nabiki met that declaration with raised eyebrows. “I can dig it, it, but it’ll take a lot more than putting lipstick on a pig. If you have no idea how we’re going to get there, there’s no point in doing anything more than paying for the students to transfer and bulldozing it.”

Kodachi nodded. “You are right, all I have is a beginning and an end. The blank slate and the end goal… but I also have you.”

The middle Tendo sister didn’t know how to take that. “… Me?”

“I have the will and the resources, but I am also a stranger. I have not the faintest clue what the school and its students need, so I cannot do it alone,” Kodachi confessed. “I need all the help I can get, most of all from someone who is as knowledgeable about the ins and outs of the school as you are.”

She gave Nabiki a meaningful look, one different from her usual half-mad and smug expressions she cataloged to this point. “Therefore, I wish to put myself in your care, Senpai.”

Nabiki’s eyes widened, before she turned her head away and closed them in contemplation. She hummed. “Well, a good place to start by improving things is changing the attitude around here, that we’re a bunch of delinquents who aren’t going to get anywhere in life. Not even the teachers working here believe we’ll be any better than the bums at Tomobiki, or Butsumetsu.”


Kodachi smiled. “Then, we will start by finding faculty who believe in them!”

“And getting rid of those who don’t,” Nabiki added.


“I’ll start screening them tomorrow,” Kodachi was brimming with excitement at the prospect.

As Kodachi arrived in the long, window-lit dining hall of her estate, she found a foreign breakfast prepared by Sasuke waiting for her. He stood proudly beside her chair, the little ninja’s head held high while she took her seat at the table and began to serve herself.

“Today’s breakfast is an extremely nutritious dish from North Africa, Kodachi-sama. It’s called shakshuka, and is comprised of tomatoes, peppers, onions, spices, and several eggs poached on top to provide protein,” he presented.

More awake, Kodachi was happy to address him. “Thank you, Sasuke.”

And it was delicious, spicier than she expected her breakfast to be as well, but it was a welcome kick. This was a fine start to her morning, she decided… before the house began to shake and droning filled the air.

“… Hmm? Sasuke, what is that noise?” Kodachi asked. In the Special Administration District, even Earth’s guests had noise ordinances to take into consideration. As the droning grew, however, she recognized it. “… Octopus Six…”

Sasuke went to the window nearest Kodachi and confirmed her suspicions. “… You’re right… it’s a Mendō-family airship. It’s deploying a helicopter, too.”

Kodachi frowned. “… So early?”

Sasuke watched the helicopter, a tandem rotor transport painted silver and bearing the insignia of the Mendō family, descend towards the courtyard of the Kuno estate. “The helicopter is coming in for landing. Shall I go meet them?”

“Hm, do as you will, but I am not coming out until I finish breakfast and they are not coming in.” Kodachi wanted to make a scene, and one of the best ways to do that was make unannounced guests wait as reprimand for their impertinence.

And so, twenty minutes later, Kuno Kodachi emerged from her home not to a din of thermonuclear engines or helicopter rotor blades, but to the gentle hum of quantum levitation generators working to keep the broad-winged green craft overhead and not crashing to the ground as millions of kilograms of metal. The warm morning breeze caught her hair and blew it off to her right as she walked from the steps and to the parked helicopter in her courtyard, where her guest awaited with a dramatic glare.

Kodachi met the glare with a dispassionate look. “If you want a prompt meeting, please remember to call ahead. Good morning, Mendō Ryōko.”

Ryōko grimaced as she beheld the sight of Kodachi not in the elegant and delicately styled uniform of St. Hebereke like her own she wore at the moment, but the frumpy and awfully unfashionable dirndl of Furinkan High School. It was a wretched sight, and an even more wretched confirmation.

“Kodachi-dono,” she said as she held aloft something wrapped in a cloth towel. “What is the meaning… of this?!”

One of Ryōko’s kuroko took the wrapped item and rushed it over to Kodachi. Setting it down in front of her, the kuroko unwrapped it to reveal a sake dish. White, with a blue lace pattern along the rim, it had been broken into three large pieces with smaller porcelain splinters.

Kodachi looked down upon it, then back at Ryōko. “I am only making official what has been assumed for a year.”

With that, she raised her foot and stomped on the already broken dish, shattering it further.

“There are no equals among us, and I am no longer interested in entertaining the illusion.”

No longer glaring, Ryōko appeared stunned by Kodachi’s declaration. “… But… what of St. Hebereke? What of everything that we had in those days? Are you truly going to leave it all behind for your… your brother’s school?”

“Without hesitation,” Kodachi snapped back. “For while the Garden of Eden may be a paradise filled with splendor, those willing to leave it to face the cruel world beyond its walls shall find glory!”

Her words fully struck Ryōko, who swooned. “So, it is true then, you seek to ascend. Our years of peace and sisterhood cast aside for the fire that burns within you.”

Kodachi cackled. “OHOHOHOHOHO! Do you sincerely believe in that rubbish, Ryōko-dono? Or are you playing the melodramatic younger sister for me like your fool of a brother?!”

Ryōko froze where she stood, then slowly turned to face Kodachi fully, her dramatic dismay replaced by her beatific, utterly empty smile. “You caught me.”

Kodachi looked up at her airship, then back at the second Mendō child. “I sent you the dish for a reason, Mendō Ryōko. You shall make sure it is known that the pact is broken as it should’ve truly been.”

Ryōko’s smile grew. “Of course, Kodachi-dono, I will let her know that you are coming for her throat… and I will guard mine as well, fufu…”

Kodachi returned the smile, but where Ryōko’s was empty, hers overflowed with venom. “Very good, now get out of my sight before I tire of you being within it.”

The kuroko rewrapped and picked up the broken sake cup, before scurrying back to Ryōko as she turned and boarded her helicopter. The rotors began to spin up, Kodachi taking it as her cue to return to her house before the wash blew her over. Inside, she found Sasuke pale as a sheet, trembling just beyond the threshold.

“K-K-Kodachi-sama…!” He squeaked. “D-d-d-d-did you just b-b-b-break the p-p-p-p-pact?!”

“What of it?” Kodachi asked. “You say it like it wasn’t inevitable.”

Sasuke all but screamed. “My Lady! It’s one thing to resume your childhood quarrels! But you’ve just declared a blood feud with the daughters of the Mendō, the Mizunokoji, AND the Sa–!”

The tiny ninja stopped when a long green ribbon abruptly snapped around his head, covering his mouth and silencing him. Pulling the ribbon’s baton towards her chest to make it taut, Kodachi glared at Sasuke darkly.

“The only daughter you should concern yourself with, is she of the Kuno Clan,” she hissed at him. “The die has long been cast, and with my brother’s absence I have no recourse but to act. It was only a matter of time before the White Lily moved to assert herself, so I have decided when she will.”

“Mph! Mmm!” Sasuke pled, and Kodachi loosened the ribbon to let him speak. “But there’s still the matter of the Mendō and Mizunokoji! Why are you picking a fight with them?!”

Kodachi’s glare softened, then disappeared for an amused smirk. “Because my ambitions know no limit, Sarugakure Sasuke. I will not indulge in half-measures.”

As the helicopter and its immense mothership departed, Kodachi unwound Sasuke completely and went to the door to watch the craft depart through the window. “And of those two, I have nothing to fear from either.”

@@@@@

“So what are your plans for Golden Week?” Nabiki asked at the breakfast table where the Tendo sisters and Katie all convened for a special edition of their morning ritual. As if they had not stuffed themselves to the gills the night before, Katie and Akane were scything through Kasumi’s prepared breakfast to the eldest sister’s satisfaction, while she and Nabiki ate at more reasonable quantities and rates.

Akane looked up from her rice. “Honestly, I’m surprised that we’re still observing it.”

Katie shrugged her shoulders. “I ain’t gonna look a gift horse in the mouth. Though speakin’ of livestock, maybe we oughta go rounding up the guys. They’re starting to get into places.”

Making a face, Akane shook her head. “Ew, no.”

Kasumi nodded. “I saw that the boys are still… hmm… broken; some have wandered out as far as Taian. They don’t really do anything, they’re just… there.”

Akane huffed. “I stand by it. If they’re going to have this meltdown, then they deserve it.”

Nabiki finished her food. “You know, there are some boys at school who aren’t zombies.”

Katie looked at her. “You’re pulling my leg; some decent guys?”

“I noticed them yesterday while taking Kodachi around the school. Most of them are first years who thought better of going after a popular girl, but there are a few second years and even a third year who just didn’t take part in Kuno’s crap, so don’t be surprised if you see a boy carrying on like a normal student.”

Akane nodded. “Good, but if any of them ask me out, they’re getting an emphatic no.”

“Of course,” Nabiki and Katie both said, knowing how much she had no interest in boys. They side-eyed each other and spoke again. “Jinx.”

Nabiki continued. “But actually… rounding up the boys isn’t a bad idea. If I can borrow you two for the morning to help bring as many as you can to the gymnasium, Kodachi will make it worth your while.”

Katie was interested. “Oh? Why does she need all the boys rounded up?”

Nabiki chuckled. “That is a surprise. For whom, I am not at will to divulge, but let’s just say that when we get back to class Friday… classes are going to be interesting.”

Looking at Katie, Akane giggled. “Well, Senpai, up for making some Golden Week spending money?”

“As I’ll ever be, hon,” Katie replied.

Kasumi smiled, happy to see the two get along, before breakfast was interrupted by Katie’s phone ringing.

“Who’s calling this early?” She pulled her phone out and looked at it. “It’s Kaori?”

As the Tendo sister watched, she started the call. “Hey, Kaori, what’s up…?” Her eyes widened in shock, then she got angry. “… What the hell?! We’ll be right over!”

She stood up as she ended the call. “Akaneko, Nabiki, we gotta go.”

“What?” Her kouhai asked as she stood.

“Something big?” Nabiki asked as she got up too.

Katie nodded and headed for the door. “Ucchan got robbed last night. Kaori said they’re over at Dr. Tofu’s.”

Akane gasped. “What?!”

It took minutes for Katie, Akane, and Nabiki to arrive at Dr. Tofu’s clinic. Just outside it, the doctor himself stood with a well-bandaged and surly looking Ucchan, a brooding Ryūnosuke, and an anxious Kaori who waved them over as soon as she saw them coming. The remains of Ucchan’s completely destroyed cart were standing next to the front door of Tofu’s clinic, Ucchan glaring at them bitterly.

Dr. Tofu nodded in greeting to the new arrivals. “Izland-san, Akane-kun, Nabiki-kun.”

“Hey doc,” Katie greeted before she addressed the victims. “Son of a bitch; Ucchan, Ryūnosuke, you two all right?”

“He’s fine, we’re fine,” Ryūnosuke snapped back.

Nabiki looked at the bandages covering the two. “You sure? They look like they did a number on you.”

Ryūnosuke folded her arms. “I’ve been through worse.”

Ucchan didn’t respond to Nabiki, he just stared at his demolished livelihood. “I told you not to call them, Kaori.”

Kaori was not having it. “Well, too bad, this is serious! You guys got ragdolled by a bunch of creeps and these two are the strongest people in this town I know.”

“What kind of creeps are we talking about,” Nabiki asked, “Butsumetsu?”

Kaori shook her head. “It couldn’t have been Butsumetsu. Soban doesn’t let anyone in his gang go out at night, and he’s pummeled any who tried.”

“Okay, if it wasn’t them,” Akane cut in, “Who did this?”

At their questions, Ryūnosuke grimaced and looked away, and Akane lifted her eyebrows in confusion. “… What?”

“… I… I didn’t see them,” Ryūnosuke said. “They got the jump on us, and I was out before I even saw who they were.”

Katie and Akane looked at one another, then at Nabiki, who shared their serious expression. Katie turned to Ucchan. “… Did you see?”

Ucchan again did not look from his wrecked cart. “They…”

He closed his eyes and clenched his fist. “… They came at us without warning. There were a lot of them, maybe two dozen. They all wore black and masks too. They had chains, and clubs, and cricket bats… and they weren’t pushovers.”

Akane joined Ucchan’s side. “Is that all?”

Ucchan finally did look, not at Akane but at Ryūnosuke, who met her gaze with the same hardened expression. When she gave a slight shake of her head, Ucchan turned from her back to Akane. “Yeah. It’s not much to go by, but… that’s all I saw.”

Katie lifted an eyebrow, and glanced Nabiki’s way. Indeed, she was rolling her eyes.

“You said you were saving that money for your brick and mortar,” Akane said, “I’m sorry that you lost it.”

“It’s not about the money,” Ucchan said. “I can always make more of that.” He clenched his fist harder. “I promised myself I’d never get robbed again, and I had a good freakin’ run of it until last night. Now… now I’m so angry I could…!”

Akane placed a hand on Ucchan’s shoulder. “Then let us help you.”

Ucchan looked at her, then shook his head. “Don’t get involved in this mess, sugar. Don’t any of you get involved. It’s my situation and I’m gonna resolve it.”

“We are gonna resolve it!” Ryūnosuke corrected. “They came after the two of us, and the two of us are going to get ‘em back!”

Akane looked back and forth between them. “Then let us help! We’re martial artists, too!”

Kaori agreed with Akane. “She’s right, you two. If we let those sickos get away with robbing people at night, then who knows how bold they might get. We gotta find them and pummel them into the pavement.”

Ryūnosuke turned to Kaori. “Listen here, delivery girl! We’re gonna handle it, okay?!”

“My butt’s on the line here, too! If business dries up around here because of thieves, I’m gonna have to go work in Japan again. Have you been out there, recently? It somehow got worse in the last four months!”

Akane looked at her. “What, really?”

Kaori dropped her shoulders and groaned. “Ugh, it was terrible, but that’s neither here nor there.”

Nabiki looked at Katie again. “You sure you wanna get wrapped up in this? It might get stupid.”

“I’m already living here, hon,”
Katie pointed out.

Nabiki closed her eyes and conceded with a shrug of her shoulders. “I’m glad I’m a pacifist.”

Dr Tofu spoke up. “Ucchan, Ryūnosuke-kun, please reconsider going after them with just the two of you. Akane-kun and Izurando-san are both tremendously talented and skilled. For miscreants as violent as they are, you’re going to need all the help you can get.”

Ryūnosuke snapped at all of them. “I said we don’t need any help, and I definitely don’t want yours!”

“Excuse me?!” Akane and Kaori said in unison.

Katie tilted her head to the right slightly. “What the hell? Look, you may not want our help or whatever, but we have as much interest in dealing with whoever these guys are as you do. So whether or not you want our help, we’re dealing with them!”

Ucchan growled and turned away, his long ponytail flicking behind him. “Then I’m just gonna find ‘em and beat ‘em down before you can get your hands on ‘em!”

With that he took off, first running down the street before jumping onto the roof of a car, and from there up the side of a building leaping from window ledge to window ledge before he vaulted up over onto the roof.

Kaori called after him. “Fine, be that way you damn hard-headed idiot!”

Dr. Tofu watched him go, grimacing. “He’s going to rip those stitches…”

Katie looked from the direction Ucchan went, to Ryūnosuke. “What about you, gonna not be a stubborn git about an L and let us help?”

Looking absolutely hurt, and more than a little anxious behind her tough façade, Ryūnosuke spat on the ground. “Do whatever you want, except get in my way.”

With that she stormed off, headed back for Tomobiki.

Akane turned to her, Nabiki, and Kaori. “… The heck is wrong with them?!”

Dr. Tofu sighed. “They were just as obstinate about the details of the fight when I was treating them, too. It made going to look for their attackers difficult.”

Nabiki shrugged her shoulders. “They got beat up and they wanna get them back before anyone else does. When pride is on the line, martial artists can be the stupidest people.”

Akane recoiled, like that dig had been aimed at her. “I’m not that bad!”

Deciding she wasn’t going to ruin Akane’s morning out of the goodness of her big sister heart by correcting her, Nabiki started walking. “That’s because you haven’t found something to be a stubborn idiot for, yet.”

Akane stamped her foot once and shouted as she marched after her. “I wouldn’t be a stubborn idiot over anything!”

Katie sighed and looked at Kaori. “Gimme a call when you wanna go look for these bums, eh girl?”

“I’m gonna crash at your place until then, so I’m not wiped when we go do this thing. What about you, it’s Golden Week… why the uniforms?”

“We got school stuff, don’t mind us,” Katie said. “Tell the bae to go to bed if she’s still gaming when you get in there.”

“If I haven’t already been up all night, I’d tuck her in myself–if you know what I mean. Anyway, later.” With a final grumble about Ucchan’s stupidity, Kaori took off, vacating even faster than he did.

Dr. Tofu turned to Katie. “This is a lot to ask, but it is as Kaori said: You and Akane are the strongest in the neighborhood. So, I thank you for volunteering to help deal with this problem.”

Katie nodded. “Ain’t no thing, doc. That said, was there anything you could figure out about these guys? How they fought, maybe somethin’ Ucchan or Ryu let slip?”

Dr. Tofu reached up and adjusted his glasses, impressed by the question. “Now that you mention it, there were a few things, but it’s not much. From their injuries, their attackers strictly used weapons, mostly blunt force implements, but both have shallow, straight cuts from a bladed weapon. From the angle of the attacks and how they would’ve moved to evade the cuts, I can only surmise it was a slashing weapon like a short sword or maybe even a sickle.”

Katie nodded, impressed with the doctor’s attention to detail in turn. “Anything else?”

“When Ucchan was describing their attackers, he left out something he said to me last night: the black they were wearing looked like leather.”

Katie rubbed her cheek. “So… a bunch of guys dressed in black leather waving around weapons? That’s not something that goes unnoticed around here.”

Dr. Tofu shook his head. “No, it is not. Unfortunately, this is the first time anyone’s seen anything like that around here. I hope you can figure out more–and take care of yourself while you’re out there.” He reached into the pocket of his dark blue attire and pulled out a phone. “Just in case, let’s exchange numbers, in case you need back up.”

Katie pulled out her phone and tapped it to his, immediately exchanging contact information. “Good idea. I’ll see you around, doc.”

With a smile, Dr. Tofu bowed in farewell. “I certainly hope not.”

Pausing at the odd reply, it quickly clicked. “Ahhh… doctors have a sick sense of humor, huh?!”

His smile grew some. “Laughter is the best medicine.”

“I prefer apples for avoiding doctor visits, so don’t get mad if I ever whip one at you,” Katie said as she walked away, before calling out to Nabiki and Akane. “Hey, Akaneko, Nabikiko, wait up!”

“Don’t call me that,” Nabiki snapped back.

“Be nice or I’ll throw an apple at you, too,” Katie teased.

“… What?” Responded a contextless Nabiki.

Dr. Tofu let out a sigh and stretched. He spent the whole night tending to the two, and he’d forgotten to get some rest himself. As he went inside the clinic, he hoped could get some and be ready to come to their aid. It’d be nice to work with someone a little less prone to stomach cramps for once.

Up the street, Katie folded her hands behind her head. “All right girls… I got a lead.”

“Already?” Akane asked.

Katie nodded and looked over her at Nabiki. “What Kaori said caught my attention. Why does Soban care so much about no one going out at night?”

Nabiki nodded. “I’d say because the idiot’s scared of the dark, but he’s no Mendō Shūtaro, gonna shake him down?”

Akane lit up. “Oh, so this is a mystery, now?”

“It sure is, my dear Watson,” Katie replied.

=-=-Note Time-=-=

I hope they can solve this mystery, and I hope you guys can figure out the game here (We're going into some deep Ranma 1/2 cuts, gang).
 
Last edited:
She's on the Hunt

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#19
|She’s on the Hunt|

Okamada Kamoyo had hoped for many things: that Kodachi would be distracted by some other diversion and chase it, or she would poison herself accidentally and fall so gravely ill that she’d miss class, that Tatewaki would miraculously return to class whole and intact, that even the school would explode and crumble into rubble. None of these hopes came to pass, and so the much put-upon Vice Principal felt his blood pressure rise in slow motion as he sat across from Kodachi in his office with his desk between them.

She had gotten there before him and was sitting in his chair.

“I was unaware that you would want to to get started today, Kodachi-san,” he said at his normal slow, dead calm despite his building anxiety.

Kodachi sat with one leg folded over the other, looking sinister despite her new uniform’s lack of grace. “Getting started as soon as possible is imperative. There is much work to be done, Vice Principal, and you will be aiding me.”

Okamada swallowed, dreading where Kodachi’s pique would take him. “And what would I be aiding you in?”

“Screening the school’s teachers to determine their proficiency in educating, socializing with, and disciplining the students.”

Okamada stared at Kodachi, almost uncomprehending. He did not expect to hear that from the start. “I beg your pardon?”

Kodachi was happy to elaborate. “It has been brought to my attention that many of this school’s struggles with delinquent behavior and low grades stem from–among other factors–a lack of morale and professionalism among the school faculty.” She gestured forward to him. “You said it yourself, ‘This school itself bears more than anyone its share of responsibility.’”

The Vice Principal visibly flinched as the dainty reminder struck home, before Kodachi pressed on. “Did I not say something to the effect of this school meeting my standards now that I am to be its Lady just yesterday, or has age gotten the better of your wits?”

They had not. Quite the contrary, the Vice Principal had hoped she’d forgotten as much as he wanted to. “Pardon my confusion. I did not expect you would want to discuss matters with the faculty in regard to your plans for reform–rather than the students.”

Kodachi cocked her head to the right slightly. “Why would I wish to discuss reform with the students? They have done nothing wrong.”

Okamada once more studied the young woman, and she met his gaze.

“I beseech you, Vice Principal, look not upon me with such eyes, as though I’m some puzzle in need of deciphering. My words are not so cryptic–already I have seen the students, now the faculty must answer for their role in this school’s dire condition.”

She gestured with both hands to him. “As such, you will call every teacher and faculty member to the school so that I may hold a performance review in the gymnasium at noon today for all faculty.”

Noon? Okamada saw many things wrong with that. “You are asking for a great deal in such short notice, and on a holiday no less. The teachers will need time to prepare.”

“You mean time to whitewash their failures and practice their groveling.” Kodachi shook her head. “No, it is to be held at noon today explicitly to give them no chance to prepare themselves. There is much to explain for, and they stand to lose a great deal if their testimony is lacking.”

Okamada’s thoughts hung for a moment, before he slowly ground out an answer. “… I see…”

“No, you do not see,” Kodachi corrected, almost gently. “If you had any such vision, then your hesitance would not be so obvious. Please, Vice Principal, explain to me your distress.”

The middle-aged man weighed upon Kodachi’s request, expression giving nothing away of his own thoughts as usual even as his mannerisms conveyed a deep and all-consuming anxiety beneath his professional decorum. “It is the implication that you intend to fire teachers from this school.”

“Oh?” Kodachi gestured for him to elaborate with her single word response.

“Neither your brother, nor your father sought to do anything so drastic,” he pointed out.

Kodachi nodded slowly. “Yes, that is true.”

She leaned forward, steepling her fingers, her violet-colored eyes darkening with contempt. “Do you recall my description of St Hebereke?”

Okamada nodded, and she continued. “How it was a garden paradise–were it not for the poor quality of its crop?”

She presented her open right palm to him. “This wretched school that my family has used as a playground has the very opposite problem. Make all the excuses of bad seeds and infertile soil you want, call it a gutted ruin, neglect it, and trample it flat… what grows here yearns to flourish despite you, and claws for the light.”

Placing her palms flat on Okamada’s desk, she stood up and leaned forward to look down at him. “It is from YOU, the faculty, that the greatness of those who enter these halls is supposed to spring from. When your efforts produce nothing, what are you entitled to?”

It was uncanny, this girl who sat before him was a Kuno, and as mad as any other. However, he was starting to grasp that there was something drastically different that set her delusion apart from her brother, and indeed her father. She had direction, intent… and most shockingly, an awareness that others besides herself lived in her world, and that they mattered.

Another man, who held his own ambitions and aspired for greater things than himself, would be struck by Kuno Kodachi’s altruism and empathy. Okamada Kamoyo, however, was no such person. He was a man whose view on society was simply to mind his own business and accept simply that which cannot be helped.

He had seen many things in his middle age, from the Student Rebellions to dislodge the ineffective monarchy selling Japan off to foreign devils, to the excess of the economic miracle that resulted from the failure to do so, to the Lost Generation that created a cultural wasteland when the miracle ended. Through it all, as the world changed, he did not change with it. He did what was correct, and acceptable: he minded his own business and embraced the role of the consummate cog in the machine of Japan’s society that would tear him apart without a care otherwise.

“Forgive me for misspeaking.” Defer, demure, deflect, degrade, and most importantly–dismiss that this child thought she could change anything, but quietly. “You are correct; this school’s faculty leaves much to be desired.”

“Indeed?” Kodachi’s saccharine response tickled and sparked a color of pink amusement in the air. “And should those who have failed this school and its students be allowed to keep their jobs?”

“They will not go quietly.” Okamada noted.

The sugary sweetness vacated the air with the return of Kodachi’s tone to its harsh depths. “Yet they will go, if they must.”

“… As you wish.” Okamada muttered, placid, serene.

“No, as I will,” Kodachi corrected. “This is not a mere flight of fancy I will abandon in a contrary fit; there is far too much to do, and what transpires today is but the first step.”

She posed, dramatically, hands crossed above her head. “I will make this school so great it will shame the entire world in their galling inferiority.”

Were he a man, a man who only wanted to fix what had gone wrong, Okamada Kamoyo would have been brought to his knees. Were he capable of caring, of believing in the better of nature and the betterment of his fellow human beings, he would burst into tears at the conviction. Were he anything approaching a living entity, he would be moved by this display to the point of losing himself in a mania.

Yet all he was, all that he wanted to be, was a cog in the machine. And cogs did not have feelings. “Well, I hope you the best on this endeavor.”

Kodachi did not care that he didn't react. “Thank you. Now carry out this task I set out for you. I will prepare as well.”

“Yes, I shall have to break the news gently to them. Many of them are long term employees who will dislike this very much.” He shuffled out of the office before she could respond, a fitting maneuver for a coward absent of a will of his own.

She side-eyed the door to the office, then turned away as she stewed on the Vice Principal’s utterly mechanical passive-aggression.

“Is there anyone here that even pretends?” She asked herself as her thoughts turned to recollection.

“They’re truly among the non-living.” Kodachi said, looking into the makeshift pen housing most of the alleged boys who attended Furinkan. “There is no light, no life… it is as if the concept of hope is alien to them.”

“These are the consequences of stupid, stupid actions,” Nabiki said, looking not with disgust but a passive emptiness, as if looking at the wreck of a fleet of ships dashed upon the shore. “Some of these guys never even fought her; she just hit them so hard with the truth bomb they got caught up in the blast.”

“Her words carry that much power?” Kodachi was more curious as to how she could do this.

Nabiki looked away for a moment, to gather her thoughts, before turning a bored look on Kodachi. “It’s not that big of a surprise. Not every guy is born with lots of money, or a childhood friend who only exists to be the female lead in their slice of life manga romance. These guys were just guys with no romantic prospects to look forward to for whatever reason. Then along comes a super pretty girl who likes martial arts but is also really nice. Akane was pretty much like a goddess to them.”

“They held her in such regard, but then mercilessly attacked her?” Kodachi ventured.

“They had to make a call between the guy who bodied all the hooligans who ran this school, and the pretty but tough girl who was super nice,” Nabiki went on. “Beating your brother? Impossible. But maybe Akane would play along, or maybe one would get a lucky hit in, and she was so nice that she’d forgive them once they proved their worth to Kuno, or after they were free to date her and show how much they actually cared about her.”

“… Not even realizing that attacking her over and over made her simply hate them,” Kodachi toned.

“Yeah, they ignored the truth until it caught up with them, rubbed itself all over their face and wouldn’t let them run away anymore. There was no ‘making it up to her,’ and ‘ensuring she’s the happiest girl in history’ didn’t cut it. At the very least, she’s disciplined enough in her martial arts to not kill any of them.”

“How skilled is she?”

“More than they could handle. She was taking lessons before men decided to violently court her.”

“And this all just happened? The teachers did nothing?” Kodachi sounded baffled by the idea of it.

“Beyond your brother being the mastermind, the teachers would have to give a shit to want to intervene. At best, they’d shake a fist and yell, but there’d be no detentions or anything that’d be worth mentioning.” Nabiki shook her head. “The teachers here all hate us, and we hate them back.”

Kodachi, used to the caring and attentive teachers-who enjoyed salaries the envy of the entire community-seemed lost at the idea. “But...”

Nabiki looked around and asked a sharp question. “If you didn’t know the truth, would you ever guess your family had invested anything into this place?”

“Sadly, yes.”


Her recollection fading, Kodachi looked out the window of Okamada’s office. Being on the third floor, it provided an ample view of the Nerima Skyline, and the rest of Tokyo beyond the walls that stripped them of their nationality.

“Nay. Not the teachers, not our former countrymen… not even the world.”

She shook her head.

“It is truly wretched.”

A knock on the door drew her attention and she turned to it. “Yes, come in.”

Nabiki entered. “You asked for me and the check cleared. What’s on the menu today?”

Kodachi gave a toothy, smart grin. “Most excellent, there is much to do.”

@@@@@

Had it not been for the incident with Tomobiki, this walk wouldn’t have been so long or treacherous. The former because Katie and Akane could have cut straight through the neighborhood that school stood in, and the latter because walking in the shadows of ivory towers would always bring mixed feelings. Butsumetsu was a neighborhood both very downtrodden and yet nice to look at.

Modern western designed office buildings and businesses clashed with humble houses straight out of the early days of the postwar reconstruction. But even more anachronistic was the streams of boys marching about in perfect gang formations, many looking like they were born in a gakuran and would be buried in it.

Akane looked pensive, just because recent history showed there were some shoes waiting to drop. “Ugh… this is going to go badly, I just know it.”

“It’ll be fine, don’t worry.” Katie was in better spirits, mainly because they didn’t have to behave in the hopes of patronizing this area. “Cheer up, Akaneko, at least we’re in a part of town where we’re expected to cause a ruckus.”

Giving her a sidelong look, Akane huffed. “You hope a fight breaks out, huh?”

“Around here, kicking ass is a currency and brother, I’m one of them Forbes 500 businesswomen in every way, shape, and form. Both of us are.”

A small smile played Akane’s lips and she nodded. The punks ignored them until they got closer to Butsumetsu High, passing its affiliated middle school on the way. Murmurs started and more than a few guys looked their way, but none were looking for a fight. In fact, they all seemed... shy almost, as if they’d not seen a woman who wasn’t related to them or a teacher in their lives before. Sad.

Just down the street from the foreboding, barbed wire topped wall of the high school, the pair entered an empty lot beaten down upon by the sun except for the shade provided by the gutted remains of a three-story building at the back of it. Hanging around were the core of the Butsumetsu Gang–tough delinquents ranging from first year of high school to a little past third, smoking cigarettes, playing with misappropriated handheld games and phones, or just lazing about in general because there was nothing better to do on a warm spring day.

Like all the other boys in the run-down neighborhood, the appearance of two young women in the lot caught attention and many eyes fell upon Katie and Akane–but this time, there was stillness. Not a single movement, just a reverberating tension that filled the air but was far from hostile.

That changed when one adventurous punk hanging out at the edge of the lot’s shade, his greasy slicked back black hair shining in the sun, stepped up. “Oi, oi! What are you two thinkin’, just walking up in here like it’s some amusement park, eh?”

Akane rolled her eyes and prepared to snark back at him for his impudence but jumped back when a fat paw-like hand emerged from the shadows and clamped down hard on the shoulder of the boy.

“Hey, Slick, show a little respect to ladies,” Soban warned slowly in his deep, rough voice.

Katie looked up into the shadows at the hideously ugly, extremely large sunglasses-wearing man, and wondered silently to herself. Shit… is he an alien?

A shorter boy, with a curly perm hairdo, stepped out of the shadow of the large young man’s left arm, making an admonishing sound while shaking his head. “Yeah, we don’t go accosting young women, especially these two.”

Slick squirmed under Soban’s grip. “All right, all right, I’m sorry, boss!”

Curly patted Soban on the arm. “He’s not gonna make any trouble, you can let go Boss.”

Soban let go and withdrew his hand into the shadows, before he gestured for two more boys to come over. “Sorry about that.”

Slick flinched and not from the lingering pain of being gripped by his Boss. “No, I shoulda been polite.” He bowed to the girls. “Y-yeah, sorry, ladies, y-you have a nice day.”

“Go wash your face or something, ya look like shit.” Curly suggested, as the boys came to make sure Slick would be able to walk off his faux pas. “Let the Boss ‘n me handle tha guests.”

Slick was helped off, looking ashamed of everything, and Curly turned to the girls. “Hey, g’mornin’, don’t worry about that guy–he’s new.”

Akane, ever the polite one when politeness was showed, bowed. “It’s okay, and good morning to you as well.”

“Yeah, howdy,” Katie greeted without such formality. “I’m Katie, and this here is Tendo Akane, we’re from Furinkan and we came to ask you guys some questions.”

Curly folded his arms. “What about?”

Katie looked at Curly, then at Soban, then at Akane–who returned the look with a shrug–before she shrugged her own shoulders and addressed the two. “Some friends of ours got worked something fierce last night and we were just wondering if y’all knew anything about it?”

Curly looked at his boss first. Soban nodded, and he turned back to their guests. “We ain’t heard anything about anyone getting jumped last night.” He replied before he asked his own questions. “Where was this? Who got hit?”

“Near the border of Furinkan and Tomobiki, straight west from the school,” Katie answered. “Because they’ve already felt froggish and leaped on up their own asses about us helping out, we ain’t sayin’ who it was outta respect.”

“That definitely wasn’t us,” Curly answered.

Soban agreed. “Nope, none of our guys were there.”

Katie hummed. “I thought so. I heard you guys don’t go out at night.”

Curly confirmed that. “We sure don’t.”

“Why not?” Akane asked.

Soban gave a shrug. “Dinner.”

“Dinner?” Akane repeated.

“We come by the old Butsu Middle School gym for dinner, a couple lil’ ol’ lunch ladies there feed us and let us crash there,” Curly said, looking a little ashamed. “Ain’t like a lot of us can just go home.”

Akane looked upset. “Oh...”

“Don’t be sad… I look after ‘em, it’s what I do.” Soban said.

Curly put in a good word for his boss. “He ain’t too bright but he’s the best a lot of us got… even before the walls came up.” He turned back towards where Slick had been led away. “The new guy who tried to get fresh witcha just got thrown out by his family like a puppy that got too big. Story of our lives.”

“It’s bein’ taken care of,” Soban said. “He’ll learn.”

Akane looked around among the other guys, some looking annoyed, and others even a little sad as they were reminded of their less-than-ideal home lives. Sure, they were delinquents… but she couldn’t help but feel a little bad for them.

Katie shared her kouhai’s sympathy but did not want to lose the plot. “Are there other reasons to not go out at night?” She asked. “I ain’t makin’ any insinuations, just wanting to be clear. There’s plenty of reasons to not wanna be out and about after dark since this place got sad.”

“True that,” Soban agreed. “Better to be in at night to see another day.”

Curly likewise nodded assent. “It’s always been bad around here at night, but the last couple weeks have been pretty troublesome.”

That long? Akane thought, before she spoke. “How troublesome?”

“Just punks, guys who ain’t with us mind ya, bein’ found pounded like mochi on New Year’s mornin’,” he went on. “We’ve been havin’ beef with some peacocks runnin’ they mouth saying they’re the ones responsible–”

“Heh, peaCOCK,” Soban said with a short laugh.

Curly, some of the boys, and Katie all shared a chuckle with him, before Soban’s right hand continued. “But they’re just some new punks, tryna make a name. No one’s seen any of ‘em further than the combini down the road from their turf since this started, except the one time they came out to fight us, and that was in broad daylight.”

He shook his head. “Ain’t no way they’d have done it, but they keep talking and people keep turnin’ up all beat ta shit.”

Akane grumbled. “So… some flashy Taian idiots claiming to be the troublemakers?” She pulled a disgusted grimace. “… Oh no, not Pick-Up Martial Artists.”

“Our man here is right,” Katie said of Curly. “It definitely ain’t them, but they may know a thing or two otherwise. We’ll pay them a visit next, the guys that got jumped, too.” She addressed him directly. “You wouldn’t happen to know where we can find the guys who got slapped around, do ya?”

Curly nodded. “I got some names, I can write ‘em down real quick.”

“Much obliged.” She looked up at Soban. “Hey, King Caesar.”

Soban let out a brief chuckle at that. “Yeah?”

“You’ve been around the block plenty ‘nuff, right?” She asked.

Soban nodded. “Yeah.”

“Ever hear anything about guys in black leather going around, startin’ shit?”

Soban went still where he sat and stared off into the distance. Katie tilted her head to one side, shared another look with Akane, before turning to Curly and his boss. A low growl rumbled from Soban’s throat, before he reached up and lightly scratched the side of his head; he’d been thinking hard.

“Nah.”

All for naught.

Curly, scratching down some names in a little notebook he’d produced from his pocket, looked up and shook his head. “I’ve never heard of any guys in leather runnin’ around. You mean like bikers or something?”

Katie shrugged her shoulders. “The only thing else I got for you is that they had all kinds of weapons.”

“Nah,” Soban repeated. “I got nothin’.”

“Well, shoot, so much for that,” she lamented. “Hey, but still, we are so much obliged for your cooperation.”

“No problem,” Soban replied. “You’re good eggs.”

Akane was relieved. “I’m surprised we didn’t have to fight for this, actually.”

“Honestly, me too,” Katie agreed.

“We’re pretty dumb, but still smart enough to know some battles ain’t worth fightin’,” Curly assured. “We saw you two in action a while back, after all.”

Akane looked confused.

“Ah, and there it is,” Katie said, “You’ve seen us go off.”

“Yeah, when you smashed the Shining Killers,” Soban admitted.

Katie turned to her kouhai. “Told ya it wasn’t just the drones peepin’.”

Akane could now better understand the tension around here when they showed up. That a band of tough guys like this thought better of messing with her and Katie felt… nice.

“We don’t want beef,” Soban went on. “So, I wanna make a deal.”

Katie and Akane were both intrigued by this offer. “What is it?” The latter asked.

Curly was just as surprised to hear the boss offer a deal. “What deal, boss you haven’t said anything about a–” Soban looked down at Curly, and he immediately shut up.

Satisfied, Soban addressed the girls. “Let’s be bros.”

Katie tilted her head and rested her hands on her hips. “An alliance.”

“Yeah,” Soban said. “You got trouble, you call us. We got trouble, we call you. Nothin’ special, just watching each other’s backs.”

“That’s mighty neighborly of you,” Katie complimented. “I can see us working together, especially if things are about to get weird ‘round here.” She extended her hand to Soban. “Let’s shake on it.”

Soban hummed in agreement, and he extended his own massive mitt to all but envelop hers in a firm shake. “Get Curly’s number, he’s the one guy here who’s got a phone with a plan.”

“Yeah, I’ll be in touch for anything, I guess,” Curly was a bit iffy about his boss’s decision, but he wasn’t gonna question it.

Katie chuckled. “Yeah, and the best part is you get a girl’s number.”

More laughter spread among the rest of the gang, and Curly’s face flushed as he held out his phone to share contact info with Katie.

With numbers exchanged, the two left the den of the Butsumetsu Gang. Once more the received a wide berth on their way out–but word seemed to have spread fast among the rest of the disenfranchised students, as instead of wary looks or leers, Katie and Akane were recipients of respectful nods and quick salutes on their way.

“I’m so glad that went better than I thought it would,” Akane admitted.

“That’s because you can’t get by on these streets with strength by itself. Sometimes it’s better to know when to fight than how to fight, and those guys got that down to a science,” Katie said, before she shook her head. “Shame it won’t be that easy every time, huh?”

“Ugh, yes…” Akane’s shoulders fell. “Especially with those Taian idiots.”

Katie had heard of the Host Club Martial Artists, and even tangled with a few in her exploration of post SAD Taian when she first came to live in Nerima. They were nothing to write home about, just jumped-up dojo dorks impressing people with their kicks so high. She did not like them, that was no lie.

“Fighting scrubs is never fun,” Katie agreed.

“It’s not just that,” Akane said. “A lot of the hosts are former students of my Dad’s.”

Katie paused. “… Hold on, they’re what?”

Akane closed her eyes and sighed. “A lot of the stuff hosts run around doing is based off the Tendo School of Indiscriminate Grappling, because my Dad used to be their teacher before my Mom passed away and he eventually lost the heart to train or do anything anymore.”

Opening her eyes, she shook her head at Katie. “It’s infuriating to see my style used by scrubs like it’s street magic to impress women. So excuse me if having to deal with these guys has my blood already boiling, senpai.”

“Nah girl, it’s cool.” Katie reassured her. “I don’t care too much for those pretty boys, anyway. Ain’t no way no how they’re gonna treat us with half the decency Soban and his boys showed us when we go asking around, so get ready for a fight.”

Akane liked the prospect of that already. “You think so?”

“I know so. Them scummy guys are gonna be obnoxious as all hell and the only way I can stand those types is when it’s on their necks.” She folded her arms across her chest and nodded sharply with that.

Akane giggled at Katie’s enthusiasm for violence. “So… what types of guys do you like?”

“Hm?” Katie shrugged her shoulders. “Just like girls, I like ‘em cute.”

Once more she laughed. “You are kind of like those girls in anime, you know. The big, tough girls who actually like cute things.”

Katie nodded. “Yeah! Like Sakaki in Azumanga Daioh, right?”

Akane furrowed her brow. “… I guess? That one’s pretty old and I’ve never seen it.”

Katie opened her mouth to explain when she realized the futility in it. She looked to the side, her face coloring as her Americanism had been exposed. “… Yeah, I guess it is…”

Giggling, Akane sidled over and bumped her hip to Katie’s. “Still, I think it’s cute.”

Her hands coming to her cheeks, Katie swooned from Akane’s praise. “You just made my day, Akaneko.”

=-=-Note Time-=-=

An unusual alliance, and Kodachi's up to shenanigans. With as civilized as the Butsumetsu boys have been, how much worse can the Hosts be?
 
Last edited:
Cooking Misery

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#20
|Cooking Misery|

As requested, Okamada Kamoyo gathered the High School’s faculty for an emergency assembly for all employed. Despite his own half-hearted misgivings to Kodachi, they gathered–though, there was no small amount of confusion or misgiving among the murmuring crowd of adults.

One teacher, on the younger side of middle-aged, with more than a few lines on his face offset by smooth, slicked-back hair so filled with vigor that it absorbed the gymnasium lights rather than shined under it. “What do you suppose is going on? Calling us in on a holiday like this…”

A bespectacled middle-aged woman turned to him. Plainly dressed, with her pale violet hair done up in a bun, she wasn’t much to look at, but not as unforgettable as some other staff. “If he had something to say he could’ve done it yesterday! Classes have basically been canceled for a few days now, if you have more boys than girls in class!”

The black-haired teacher gave his female counterpart a harder look at that.

A red-haired male teacher, who was probably among the youngest teachers there but still old enough to be a parent to the first years, spoke up. “I wonder if it’s a meeting about what we’re going to do to snap the boys out of their collective stupor.”

The glasses-wearing teacher pouted. “Do we have to? It’s been so peaceful!”

“I’m inclined to agree,” the dark-haired teacher chimed in. “Aside from the Shining Killers trying to come back, this is the most peace Furinkan High School has known since I started working here.”

Bringing a hand up to adjust her glasses, the woman smirked. “No delinquents, no loud and unruly boys causing mischief, and best of all? No more Kunos to make an already crappy job even more of a pain!”

The milling about and murmuring went on like this throughout the crowd, until Tendo Nabiki, a stack of folders in hands, stepped from behind the curtain closed on the gymnasium’s stage. Stepping off it, she walked over to the table set up between it and the teachers, placed the folders down on it, took a seat, and folded her hands in front of her.

Furinkan High School’s teachers and staff stared at her in confused silence.

Nabiki met their stares with a smile on her face and malice in her heart. Oh man, I’m going to enjoy this so much.

The redhead called over to Nabiki. “Oi, Tendo, what is this all about? Shouldn’t you be home with the rest of the kids?”

“Oh no,” she replied, “I’m here to help conduct the performance review that you’ve all been asked to attend. Nice of you all to finally show up, by the way.”

Uneasiness and worry joined the atmosphere, as murmurs began to build. Performance review? Under whose direction? Okamada’s? Why was Tendo Nabiki helping to conduct it? Was this a prank? These questions and others rolled across the crowd like waves, before the vantablack-haired teacher stepped up, looking at her with incredulous skepticism.

“You?” He asked, as Nabiki eyed him back and began to sort through folders.

“That’s right, me. Taking recent events into consideration, you all have been caught lacking, so it has been decided that we will determine who doesn’t need to be here anymore,” she replied.

The redhead teacher looked down at Nabiki like he had suddenly seen an insect crawl from a pile of dog shit. “… Screw that; who do you think you are, pulling this stunt?”

Unease and wariness turned into indignation and hurt feelings on the spot, as many teachers began grumbling, all affronted by the cheek of this girl.

Nabiki honestly loved it. “Hey, don’t shoot the messenger. I’m only here doing the job that was asked of me–something you all should be thinking about.”

She looked aside, as she added out the corner of her mouth. “Especially since I’m not getting paid as much as you.”

“Tendo! If this is your idea of a joke, then you’re crossing too many lines!” The black-haired teacher warned her.

The violet-haired teacher huffed and adjusted her glasses as she put on a nasty smirk. “Hmph! Of all the people to cause a scene… it would be the girl that Kuno-kun knew best–if you catch my meaning.”

Nabiki went still in her seat with that little barb, her right eyebrow shooting up as she looked at that teacher in particular. Other teachers began chuckling as well, showing all the maturity and tact of the very students they taught.

If she weren’t being paid to play her role, she’d be laughing her butt off at the very idea.

“Okay, let’s be adults, here,” she said, and earned more scoffing from the masses. “This meeting is not mandatory and you’re free to leave at any time, I will not stop you. Honestly? I don’t want to.”

Immediately, several teachers turned towards the door, the cocky redhead voicing their thoughts perfectly. “Welp! Thanks for completely wasting our time, then. Go home and enjoy your half day off.”

It was Kodachi’s voice who called back.

“Of course, if you leave this meeting–then Furinkan High School accepts your resignation from your position, and that will be that.”

The room went silent and teachers looked around in surprise as rose petals–black like the night–began drifting from the ceiling like cherry blossoms at the start of spring.

“What on Earth?” The bespectacled female teacher asked. “Rose petals?”

As confusion grew, the black-haired teacher reached up to catch one of the petals and stared at it… before his eyes widened in recognition. “Oh… oh no…”

He looked up, all the teachers looked, their gazes rising to the source of the petal-fall, they found Kodachi standing in the steel rafters, looking down upon them with the satisfaction of a hunter cornering her prey.

Bringing the back of her hand to her lips, she laughed.

“OHHHOHOHOHO!”

Kodachi’s piercing, condescending cackle boomed across the gymnasium, before the young woman leaped from the rafters and began to fall. Gasps and cries of shock rose as Kodachi fell towards the polished wooden floor below. Instead of crashing down onto it in a broken heap, she twisted her body and spun into several tight flips before she came down in a crouch.

The force of her landing kicked up the rose petals that had already fallen to the floor into a rolling wave that spread from her and danced with the other still airborne petals.

Silence once more fell as Kodachi rose to full height in front of the table. Behind her, Nabiki sat impressed by the sheer force of her entrance. The teachers were struck by that very same force, and further cowed by the cutting glare Kodachi swept over them, her presence overpowering everything in the room.

“To those of you who are confused, let me make it so there’s no uncertainty: I am Kuno Kodachi, and you are here because I command it.”

The redheaded teacher who’d been so smug looked like his heart dropped through his stomach and out his ass in fear. “… K-Kuno?!”

A burst of yammering followed.

“Kodachi?” A teacher asked in confusion.

Another answered them. “Tatewaki’s sister, but I thought she went to St. Hebereke!”

“What is she doing here?!” Yet another teacher yelped.

“Come on, we were done with their whole family…!” One in the middle of the crowd cried in despair.

Kodachi basked in the confusion and worry spreading about her, her lips pulled into a cruel smirk.

Nabiki was more than happy to underline and circle it. “I’m sure a lot of you know what that means, but just in case you’re lagging behind the class–she’s the one who cuts your paychecks.”

Kodachi stepped back and pulled herself up onto the desk to sit on it beside Nabiki and hooked one leg over the other with the poise and elegance expected of a lady of her standing. “And I must wonder why I even pay you. “Do you honestly believe that you…”

She swept the teachers with a look that chilled them all to the bone. The contact with mad furor in Kodachi’s eyes striking like an eldritch horror. “… That any of you can stand before me convinced that you are teachers at all?”

After a few moments, the black-haired teacher finally found his indignation. “You’re joking! You’re students! The two of you are not going to stand here and threaten our jobs!”

“You’re right, that’s why we’re sitting down,” Nabiki unhelpfully agreed, before looking at Kodachi. “That, by the way, is Takeshi Mamoru-sensei. He is a chemistry teacher, and his homeroom is 3-F.”

Kodachi looked at her. “Do tell me about him.”

Rifling through the folders, she quickly pulled out one with and opened it. “He’s worked here for eight years…”

Her eyebrows rose when she checked the paper again. “Graduated from Tokyo University? Dang. Goes to show he knows his staff, the students he teaches have generally higher marks than national average, but most do poorly on national exams. He’s divorced due to infidelity on his wife’s part and has no kids.”

“… I see!” Kodachi murmured.

Takeshi-sensei recoiled as Nabiki read his file out loud. “H-how do you have that information…?”

Kodachi looked at him. “I requested it. This school is an asset of my family’s, after all, and with the position as head of House Kuno fallen to me–I am taking stock.”

Then like she had never even spoken to him, she turned to Nabiki and asked, “What do his students think of him?”

“Third year students have a higher opinion of him than first years; overall though, he’s not well-liked,” Nabiki replied.

“Ah, so he is a passable educator at least,” Kodachi said. “Very well, he can keep his job.”

Takeshi-sensei sputtered, losing any words he could say after that. The atmosphere changed sharply as worry, shock, and more than a few whispered obscenities made their rounds in the crowd. Kodachi narrowed her eyes as the violet teacher who swiped at Nabiki stepped up.

“This isn’t fair! You didn’t even give us time to really prepare,” the teacher protested.

Kodachi let out a laugh. “Ohohoho… think of this as… what do they in the west… a ‘Pop Quiz’ if that makes you feel better.”

Nabiki’s fingers fluttered through the papers as she spoke. “Mishima Reiko, Japanese Lit and Homeroom of 2-F. Married, one child and husband who live outside of the SAD. She’s one of the best teachers here on the national level despite most of her classes having lower than average grades.”

Kodachi’s eyebrow quirked a little. “Low grades, but good tests?”

“Japan Lit is basically a filler class, you’re in this class to either salvage a grade or puff up your marks to look attractive to college,” Nabiki further ran it down.

Kodachi hummed. “That’s an attitude I already despise. Then there was her inference that you and my brother were some sort of item?”

“Right?” Nabiki asked. “I’d fire her for that. Not because I’m petty or vindictive, but because that’s slander.”

Kodachi agreed. “Quite.” She looked at the teacher. “Mishima-sensei, you are fired. Go to the office, collect your final paycheck and leave.”

The teacher hesitated where she stood, flabbergasted by the summary dismissal. “… What? You… just like that?”

Kodachi nodded. “Mm. You may leave.”

Mishima-sensei sputtered, then laughed. “Oh, this is a joke! You can’t make me leave…!”

“You can stay if you want, but you will not be paid,” the new transferee replied. “And while I may be strict, I am not a slave owner.”

She met the protesting teacher with a much different look, one filled with a darkness that bore no humor and a contempt that quickly overwhelmed the woman and robbed her of her voice.

“Leave. Or I will remove you by force.”

Without a word, not even producing a whimper, Mishima-sensei lowered her head and turned. Not meeting any gazes, she scurried off to the doors of the gymnasium and crept through them–never to be seen again at the school. With her departure, the finality of what was happening took the fear factor of this meeting up to an even greater level than before.

“Is this what passes for a teacher at this school,” Kodachi asked, reclaiming their attention, “People who can openly express their contempt for their students without consequence? I ask you again: how can any of you stand before me convinced that you are teachers at all?”

There was no answer, just dumbstruck, fearful looks, so Kodachi continued. “For three days, a female student was repeatedly attacked by her male peers. Dozens of them. They had been threatened with harm by my brother to not interact with her, unless they defeated her in combat.”

Once more she swept the room, her eyes burning with black flame as she asked. “Who among you has the courage to explain to me, why none of you acted on that girl’s behalf?”

Nabiki offered her hand. “The floor’s yours, folks. Let’s hear it.”

A grizzled old man with a bushy mustache as stark gray as his hair stepped up. He wore a dark colored hat, a blue shirt, and tan pants in a style not like any teacher. The old man looked more like one of the custodial faculty than a teacher, and Nabiki didn’t immediately find any name to go with his face.

“I’ll tell you why,” the old man groused. “Because these cowards didn’t want to step on Tatewaki’s toes!” At Kodachi’s imploring look, the man introduced himself. “Kobayakawa Toramasa is the name. I’m no teacher, I run the school’s commissary!”

That surprised Nabiki. “Huh… I heard we had one, but it’s open?”

“It’s always!” Toramasa shouted at her. “You kids don’t bother with it, because that dumbass Principal liked to spread rumors about it, so no one goes there!”

Nabiki blinked as she processed that. “Oh yeah… I remember Kasumi saying there were stories.” Aside she muttered. “Oh crap, that whole thing yesterday could’ve been avoided.”

“As I was saying,” Toramasa continued, “While the idiot prince could never open his mouth and say it himself, there was heavy implication for the faculty to not get in his way.”

Nabiki’s eyebrows rose. “Implication… wait…”

Kodachi’s eyes narrowed, and the smirk on her lips joined the malice in her eyes. “Ohohohoho… oh my… Kobayakawa-san… you have just enlightened me.”

She looked to the back of the gymnasium.

“Okamada-sensei, care to explain yourself?”

And suddenly relief swept through the teachers like a scythe through wheat. As one, all looked to the back of the gymnasium at the Vice Principal, who stood at the back wall with all the appearance of a man facing a firing squad. He was stone still, with a slight sheen of sweat forming on his paling face. The old man could see it in the eyes of the faculty as they sized him up like a piece of meat.

Goat meat.

Nabiki started laughing next. “Oh… oh crap… that’s right…!”

She looked at Kodachi. “Your brother’s a buffoon, but he was never the kind of guy to go up to a teacher and twist their freaking arm so he could get what he wanted.”

Toramasa smirked as he looked back at Okamada, the smirk of a man with a grudge to bear.

“If I had to describe how his antics were handled… kid’s gloves,” Nabiki said, her humor laced with fury as the last several days came back to haunt the Vice-Principal. “Nah, toddler mittens.”

Kodachi’s stare could burn a hole in the wall behind Okamada, without harming the man. With the deliberation of a cobra rearing, she slipped from the desk, her hands coming from it as she stood to her full height.

“Well?” She said, her voice firm and laced with poisons. “I am waiting.”

Okamada-sensei reached into his suit jacket and pulled out a handkerchief that he used to dab his forehead. Slowly bringing it down his right temple, he stopped at his cheekbone and let out a shaking sigh.

“Tat… Kuno-kun is… was… the strongest student that Furinkan Academy had known for a long time. With his arrival, these halls have known peace unlike any other, with the expulsion of the many delinquents who once prowled the halls. To keep him here despite his mannerisms was to keep the school safe and the students free of distraction from the unsavory elements that once plagued it.”

Okamada lowered the handkerchief from his face. “To remove him from this school would only invite calamity to it. Since that day, we have already seen the beginning of the end of Furinkan’s peace.”

As he spoke, whatever tension the revelation filled Kodachi with drained out of her before another silky laugh left her throat.

“Ohohoho… ah…” She closed her deadly beautiful eyes as she heaved the sigh. “Thank you so much, Kobayakawa-san. And thank you, Okamada-sensei, for explaining why my brother was allowed to do whatever he pleased. He was this school’s protector, its champion… and he made it more peaceful than it had ever been, you say?”

She turned back to the gymnasium’s stage where her and Nabiki’s desk had been set up in front of. With a clap of her hands, she signaled for the curtains pulled around it to be drawn… revealing a roped off corral filled with dozens of the school’s male students. The young men either milled about aimlessly or sat on the ground with their knees drawn to their chests, all of them bearing the same dull pallor and an increased gauntness from their initial destruction at Akane’s words. Some just lay on the hardwood floor of the stage, staring listlessly into the infinite.

Some of the faculty behind her grimaced, some looked away in disgust or embarrassment, while others stared tight-lipped.

“Do not pretend any of you are free of responsibility,” she advised. “Look upon these young men, beaten and eviscerated by one girl and ask yourselves… where was I?”

She turned to face them. “What was I doing, as I watched these young men gather for three mornings–”

“Four,” Nabiki corrected.

“Four mornings to attack a student, thank you.” Kodachi gave the room another once-over. “How did any of you feel when that same girl pummeled all of these young men by herself and carried on to class?”

The silence was deafening.

“My brother is your champion, you say? Is that why you excused his behavior?” She asked. “That’s fair, I’ll accept that explanation. We live in Nerima after all.”

Then, rather crassly, she hooked a thumb back to the poor bastards. “What about them?”

The silence lingered, as she sat back down on the desk and Nabiki reshuffled her papers. Once again, she leaned forward slightly and folded her hands on her raised knee.

“Please take those questions into consideration, as we continue our review of your performance as teachers and decide your future with my school.”

And with those words, even Okamada was afraid.

=-=-Note Time-=-=

Furinkan High School belongs to The Black Rose.
 
Last edited:
Taian Daylight

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#21
|Taian Daylight|

Outside of the combini that Curly described as the limit of the Host Martial Artists’ incursions, Katie crassly fed upon her sixth skewer of yakitori–another six skewers of grilled chicken held awkwardly between the fingers of her other hand. Akane was crouched down next to her, hovering over a bowl of instant ramen with chopsticks in hand, loudly slurping up the noodles. A folded handkerchief with a second cooked but partly open bowl of ramen upon it rested on her head, and two more empty bowls sat at her feet.

The two had stopped for lunch with the Butsumetsu boys spoken to and had elected to make up for their dreadful mealtime experience the other day.

Sucking the last of the sauce from her current finished skewer, Katie flicked it like a missile into a trash bin on the other side of the door of the 7-Eleven combini’s storefront and let out a chuckle as it went in like the last eight before it.

“You know… your sister’s an amazing cook, and that Okonomiyaki hit every spot, but sometimes you just gotta have some of that down home combini junk food, y’hear?” Katie asked.

Akane let out an “Mm!” in agreement, wary to nod with a reinforced paper bowl of near-boiling water cooling atop her head. She finished her penultimate bowl of ramen and hiccupped before taking the last from atop her head and stirring the contents with her chopsticks.

Rather than slurp the noodles, she stirred the bowl harder before pulling out a large ball of noodles the size of her fist. Opening her mouth wide, shoved the entire mass in her mouth and began chewing, stopping to take sips of the remaining broth to wash it all down.

Katie stared at Akane, her left eye twitching a bit. “God damn.”

Akane looked back at her Senpai, smirking before she took a final gulp of the last of her broth. “What?”

Katie looked away. “I just learned somethin’ new about ya, is all. You sure about that kinda ramen?”

She nodded. “I didn’t think I’d like this natto ramen, but here I am.”

Katie took to another stick of yakitori. “I’ll take yer word for it.”

As her senpai ate, Akane asked. “So… these guys in black leather, what do you make of them?”

Katie chewed on the question like she did her chicken. “Bad hombres with weapons in black leather could be any ol’ operation. Like Curly said, they could be bikers… but I ain’t heard no motorcycles rumbling ‘round our neck of the woods at night.”

Her kouhai nodded in agreement. “There’s no way anyone would miss that… unless they were on actual bikes or something.”

The mental image of big tough bikers on regular bikes nearly made Katie spit out her yakitori and choke on it at the same time. It was too powerful of an image. Shaking her head as she wiped her tears, Katie sputtered. “Bleh, gah… well… otherwise they could be ninja, or yakuza, or who knows what else.”

Akane huffed through her nostrils. “They could be sentai for all I care; I’ll take them on.”

“Attagirl, you got that dog in ya,” Katie complimented. “Regardless of what we find out, we’re definitely gonna hang out after dark and see what kinda fun we can turn up.”

The air sparkled around Akane as she preened from her praise.

“Let’s heat up the bricks, we got daylight to burn and questions to ask.”

Akane puzzled the meaning of that before Katie headed off, and quickly took after her as she understood.

The pair sauntered on deeper into Taian, where the anachronism of Butsumetsu faded quickly into the upscale and chic of the wealthier mixed commercial and upscale residences. A relatively new addition to Nerima Ward when the SAD was established, with its proximity to no less than three estates belonging to the wealthier residents, the new construction was both modern Earth and out of this world alien in architecture–symbolic of what the Special Administration District was.

Akane’s eyes wandered as they meandered along. The busy streets and sidewalks were crowded with not just humans, but all manner of aliens. Creatures, aliens, humans, and not mingled in a morass of eclectic colors and shapes, drawing the eyes of the two girls as they passed them.

Katie huffed in amusement as she noticed a green three eyed boy with slicked back hair and antennae trying to be suave and cool to an unimpressed human high school girl.

Beside her, Akane stared at a gaggle of monks crowded around the corner of a small park, drawn together by a shogi match between their brethren; a younger bald man with electrifying blue skin and yellow eyes versus a creature whose smoldering red eyes could be seen glowing from underneath it's heavy cowl.

Reaching out, Katie stopped Akane from walking in the path of another pair crossing their path at a street intersection next to the park.

"… Aw you know me dawg, I'm just doing just fine," drawled a large pink gelatinous mass to his blue Oni friend in a poncho as they walked at a sedate pace. Both of them had cups of boba milk tea in some bizarre energic green flavor.

Akane took note of the boba with interest as the aliens passed. “… Huh… been a while since I had boba.”

“Let’s find some when we’re done.” Katie said before she looked at her phone and the list of people Curly sent her. “The first group hang out at the park here, let’s go.”

The park was like the rest of Taian, clean, attractive, and orderly. Near the playground full of brand-new equipment and next to some picnic tables, two Clusters of grannies of all shapes and sizes sat holding court upon their small carts, gossiping about this and that as they passed around a never ending stream of trinkets and candy.

As Akane lingered to watch them without stopping, one of them hooted, bidding goodbye to her fellows and took off, her wings flapping lazily as she soared across the rooftops with a cackle.

Katie took the distracted Akane’s arm and pulled her aside as a harried preschool teacher dug in her heels to no avail against half a dozen furry children yipped excitedly, running towards their playmates at the playground equipment; much to the delight of the grannies as they welcomed the young'uns.

“Cute…” Akane cooed herself at the sight before Katie directed her attention to a less than eye-catching group of teenage boys who were gathered at a picnic table.

They were a sullen lot, despite their expensive-looking clothes and their fancy phones. With some time and motivation, they could clean up into passable models–but in the state they were at the very most approachable.

The boys looked over and didn’t react much as Katie and Akane walked up to them.

“Howdy,” Katie greeted, “Word on the block is that you’re some of those Host Club Martial Artists we’ve been hearing about.”

Akane glanced at Katie, then at the boys, the apparent leader lifting his head up fully from his phone as his boys sulked. “Nah, we don’t do that anymore.”

“What happened?” Katie asked.

The leader shrugged his shoulders. “We got our asses kicked, that’s all. It’s real in the streets.”

Akane silently wished some of these guys went to Furinkan–it would have made things easier on her if getting beat up was enough to get them to quit. “Who beat you up?” She asked. “We’re looking for some guys who are going around jumping people at night.”

The leader of this pretty boy posse paled at the question, and he looked down. “Suzuki.”

“Suzuki?” Katie and Akane repeated as one.

He nodded. “Guy named Suzuki, him and his crew… it was them.”

With that he got up, his friends quietly following, and he turned to leave. “Go talk to them and leave us alone. They have a spot downtown in an office building called Moon Parlor.”

Katie quirked an eyebrow but decided that they could verify it even if it was incorrect. “Thank you for your time, I guess.”

The two turned to leave the park and headed out to the street and the vibrant Taian street life.

“Sheesh,” Akane said. “He sounded just like Ucchan and Ryūnosuke.”

Katie nodded. “Mmhm. Ain’t got much to say other than they took an L”

Nevertheless, Akane turned her nose up. “At least they quit with that Pick-Up Martial Arts crap–so it’s not a total loss.”

Letting out a chuckle, Katie agreed with a quick “Exactly!” before a shadow fell over them.

“Hi!” She and Katie looked up as a handsome young man with webbed hands approached them, holding a tray of small cups of milk tea and boba in a dizzying array of colors. "We're having a promotion of our new Boba shop with fantastic flavors such as Cookie Alpaca and Angry Hanya Cream!"

Akane looked at the vast selection of offered drink samples, then at Katie. "Cookie Alpaca sounds cute..."

"Right?" Katie agreed. She turned to the sample man. “Y’all can color us intrigued.”

The young man grinned and handed the sample cups to them. “If cute is what you’re looking for, we also have flavors like jellocat and queensberry. The shop is right down the street, look for Milk Booba!”

Katie let out a snicker. “Heh, booba.”

Akane gave her an admonishing look. “Really?”

“Hehehe…” Katie chuckled at her pout. “So cute.”

As they continued, a family of sentient green onions strolled down the sidewalk opposite of them, the kids were surprisingly cute, while the father was a spectacularly built fellow with a lovely slim wife hanging onto his admittedly incredibly sizable arm, belly swollen with more baby vegetables.

Cute couple, I wonder how plant folks get their gains. Katie thought.

Akane worried for sentient food aliens in Japan.

The further down into Taian they went, the more packed it became with students out of class, the afternoon drawing more and more of the Special Administrative District's teenaged population out to enjoy Golden Week.

Katie pointed ahead and both she and Akane moved aside from a pair of girls in stylish and expensive clothes. One was human, but her companion was a pink-skinned alien.

“Oh my gosh, like have you tried this new Gobbo Brew?” The human teenager said to her friend. “It’s like a mix of coffee, chocolate, and chai!”

“Yeah, I heard it gets better over time, too,” the female-sounding alien replied in a gurgly voiced. “It’s gonna totes take over the coffee scene on Earth the second someone gets ahold of it.”

Akane let out a small chuckle. Nabiki has been getting into coffee lately…

Katie turned to the passing girls. “Pardon my dust, ladies–but can you maybe help us out for a second?”

The human and alien pair turned to Katie, and just about did a double take at the tall pretty girl and her super cute friend in tragically ugly uniforms. Nevertheless, the sporty teens did not judge. “Like, what’s up?”

“Howdy, y’all. You girls wouldn’t happen to go to Kolkhoz International Academy, would ya?” When both girls nodded, Katie continued. “We’re looking for a kid named Endō Ryohei, you know him?”

The human girl lit in recognition. “Oh yeah, totes! He used to run the Kolkhoz Host Club!”

Akane made a face, a High School Host Club sounded incredibly skeevy.

“Used to…?” Katie asked.

The blue-skinned alien spoke up. “Last week he stopped coming to school. He sent a letter saying that he was stepping down and dropping out–and to not look for him.”

Akane grimaced. “… That’s dark.”

“I know, right?” The human Kolkhoz student said. “And it’s, like, a shame! He and all the other guys who quit were totes cute, too.”

“Other guys?!” Akane yelped.

“Yeah, it wasn’t just him, the entire host club quit, no one’s seen them since,” the alien student replied.

“Anyway, we gotta, like, go? Sorry if we weren’t any help,” the human girl said before they continued. “You’re totes cute, and your hairstyles are awesome, though! Bye-bye!”

“At least they were nice.” Katie turned to Akane as they resumed walking. “A whole dang host club?”

“A whole dang high school host club,” Akane reiterated. “And good riddance! What kind of school has something like that?”

Katie held her tongue. “I wouldn’t worry none about it. It’s kinda like a maid café at a school festival, y’know?”

“Those are worse,” Akane said.

Katie couldn’t stop her laugh, now. “Really? But maids are so cute!”

Akane shook her head. “You wouldn’t understand… and we got more important things to do than talk about the dark history of maids.”

“I guess so…” Katie conceded before she looked off to her left and her eyes widened. “Oh my God, Akaneko, look.”

Akane turned and found the café. Milk Booba, despite the lascivious name–or maybe because of it and the small band of pretty women and tall muscular men out front by the door advertising the various flavors of milk tea with special boba on tap–was quite popular for their grand opening and full of people of all ages, with a line stretching out the door door and down the street.

To the side of the attractive attractions, several floating holographic signs insisted that visitors “Do not abuse the advertisements” in numerous languages… some that hurt to look at. A harried looking bouncer, a muscular Oni with a fire engine red skin, gave a few humans a wary glare before letting them into the organized chaos that was the boba shop.

One of the muscular men posed dramatically, his skintight shirt straining as the milk tea, its contents, and named flavor emblazoned on his chest changed color, font, and size with every move of his pecs. More than a few teenagers of various genders and races eyed him speculatively before being ushered closer into the shop.

Katie and Akane watched as the doors opened, and another red Oni stormed out. She was taller than Katie and was hauling out a pair of rambunctious boys kicking and struggling uselessly in her hands.

“Hey, what’s the deal?!” One of the boys shouted.

“Didn’t you read the signs?” Growled the Oni, her eyes narrowing. “No fucking around with the ads! They don't wanna go out with you! Get to the back of the line!”

She shoved them into the street, Katie and Akane stepping back from both boys as they grumbled and did as commanded, stomping off to the back of the line.

“We gotta come back here when this place dies down some,” Katie said as she too ogled the handsome advertisements.

Akane huffed in amusement. “Maybe if we time it right, you’ll catch them on break.”

“Hush, you,” Katie snapped at her.

Akane let out another laugh before she looked all around at their quickly changing world. “I can’t believe how different this place has become…”

Katie looked at her. “You don’t come out here much?”

“I do my shopping closer to home, and Nabiki doesn’t like coming out here because it’s so expensive. Kasumi’s the only one who comes out here regularly.”

Akane gave Katie a mischievous smile. “Maybe you and her should go out here together, visit each other’s favorite spots…?”

Her senpai’s whole face turned red and she loomed over her kouhai. “Oh, you’re gonna have fun with this, ain’tcha?”

Akane brought a hand to her lips to mock conceal her teasing giggle. “Fufufu…”

Turning away from Akane, Katie sighed. “Why? Oh why? Do I have to suffer such a cute kouhai? I can’t even get mad at her, she’s too much.”

Katie abruptly snatched Akane up into a light headlock and ruffled up her hair. “Oh yeah! I’m bigger than her so I can do this!”

“Kyaaaaaaaaah!” Akane squealed in mock distress as she squirmed in Katie’s grip, before both broke into laughter.

@@@@@

Despite attractions providing distractions, Katie and Akane continued through Taian, interviewing local delinquents and a few hosts who Curly listed as victims of the beatings… and a pattern began to emerge.

A nicely dressed young man hanging out a restaurants outdoor dining area met them with a sad grimace. “… They jumped us out of nowhere. I didn’t see who did it. One second, I was laughing with my bros, then pow.”

Some delinquents hanging out in front of a newsstand reading manga were just as forthcoming. “They challenged us, and we gave them a fight… but they were too strong… too stylish…”

A loner with a bandaged face walked away from them, speaking as he did. “Leave me alone, I don’t wanna talk about it.”

A bigger teenager, seething and in a battered state outside of a clothing store, growled. “It was Suzuki and his guys.”

Two nearly identical guys in school uniforms hanging out by a water fountain, also well-battered, reluctantly gave a name. “Yeah, Suzuki.”

Another fresh-faced young man, with dead eyes as he worked at a noodle stand, just muttered a single name. “… Suzuki.”

Katie put her phone away as she and Akane reached their destination on their little investigation. Set on the first floor of a mixed-use high rise, was a swanky little café with stairs leading up to it. The Moon Parlor Café was certainly an innocuous façade for the den of skilled pick up martial artists.

“It all comes back to this spot and the guy holed up in here,” Katie said. “Suzuki.”

Akane ruminated over their various interviews. “Something isn’t right with all of this. They’re all the same way… totally defeated.”

Katie nodded. “Like getting beat by these guys was enough to hang up the gloves. Well, let’s see what kind of badasses we’re up against.”

She looked at Akane. “You ready?”

Akane rested a hand on her stomach, then looked at the building. “More than I’ll ever be.”

Climbing the stairs, they found what looked like a combination a clean and swanky little evening lounge and a café that was a 1:1 recreation of the Fruits Parlor Crown café from the Sailor Moon anime. As it was still the middle of the day, there was no business–booths that would be filled with giggling young women being treated to parfaits and mixed fruit drinks were empty, and young men who’d been idling to look cool, casual, but approachable for any would-be guest perked up when the two walked in.

At the far end of the soda shop’s booth seats, at a larger half-circle booth, the leader of this band of bishounen raised his head with interest. Suzuki, the same young man who traded blows with Soban and walked away intact, raised an eyebrow when he saw the two Furinkan Girls. Like that day, he was dressed in his stylish cream-colored suit and his hair was on fleek.

There was no mistaking those awful uniforms or the beauty that shone through them. The tall and violent foreigner, her smaller but tremendously cute friend who was no less capable of carnage. The same girls who devastated Kuno Tatewaki, Furinkan High school’s entire male student body, and put on a glorious show breaking the Shining Killers… they had come to his Club.

He was of several thoughts. The first being that he was so glad that some feminine beauty saw fit to grace his club. The next was the question of why they were here. One more was if this was going to end in a fight, and could he prevent it from becoming as such. He had other thoughts, but those ranged from the mundane to the risqué, and thus kept them far down the queue to his mouth.

Standing up, he clapped his hands twice. “Gentlemen.”

Before Katie and Akane’s eyes, the other hosts sprang into action, forming up in two rows between them and the seating of the club. They all struck a greeting pose–one hand on their chest, and the other presenting the path to the booths, which Suzuki blocked as he assumed his spot as the master of this ceremony.

“Good day to you, my princesses,” Suzuki said, the other hosts speaking in time with him before he introduced himself. “I am Suzuki, and I will be your guide to a world worthy of your beauty.”

It was a flattery that, after meeting with Soban and his gang, felt so artificial and hollow.

Akane took the lead. “We’re not here to be catered to, we want answers.”

Folding her arms, Katie nodded in agreement. “Mmhm!”

Suzuki seemed to glide up to the two, before stopping in a sweeping bow to them. “My Princesses, we will be more than happy to answer your questions and cater to you. Speak to us your desires, and we will fulfill them to our best ability.”

With a bit of sleight of hand, he produced a tablet and offered it to them. “But first, would you like to make a selection of hosts you’d like to get to know?”

Reaching out, Katie nudged the tablet away. “Let me make this clear. We’re not paying for any of yer services, and you ain’t gonna push ‘em on us. We know about you getting into scraps ‘round here, and a lot of people been turning up beaten to a pulp with your name signed on their clapped keisters.”

Suzuki gave pause at that then tried to speak soothingly. “That doesn’t seem like anything we’d be involved in–”

Katie’s eyes narrowed in annoyance. “Everyone from Butsumetsu to two streets over are saying you and your guys the ones out here cleaning up.”

Suzuki’s lovely features shifted into a small frown, then a scowl as Katie continued. “Then there’s the fact that you came close to messing with our school–but only stopped short when you saw what me and my girl here did to the Shining Killers.”

The Host turned away from the girls, bringing up his hand to cover his mouth. He glanced at them furtively, got caught, and looked away again.

“It ain’t attractive to lie,” Katie pointed out. “We just wanna know what you have to do with what’s goin’ on.”

Suzuki stepped back from Katie, raising his hands. “M-my princess… I really think you’ve got the wrong Suzuki. We’re not that kind of Host Club crew.” He smoothly spun in place and struck an attractive pose, his fellow hosts following suit. “All we want is to show you a good time and make you feel lighter than air.”

Katie’s glower was withering as she realized they were going in circles. “… Maybe make our wallets feel lighter. C’mon guys, stop dawdlin’...”

She trailed off when Akane stepped past her, her head lowered slightly, so her slightly curved bangs fell to shade her eyes as she reached up and took Suzuki by the collar. “Suzuki-san… my senpai just said lying isn’t attractive. I don’t want you to look less attractive…”

Her actions confused that very senpai, who watched as she tightened her grip on Suzuki’s collar… but then lifted her head to look him in the eyes as she pulled him closer slightly.

“Er… Akaneko…?” Katie asked.

“Huh…?” Suzuki stumbled, as he became lost in the beautifully cute Tendo Akane. Her eyelashes fluttering, she tilted her head ever slightly as she continued to draw him in–a clear and obvious signal.

As Suzuki felt his tension ease, and he began to lean in as she commanded, she whispered. “Tell us the truth… or I’ll kiss you.”

Suzuki, who’d tasted the lips of many a Princess who’d graced his shop, was happy to comply. “Yes, I…”

Then it occurred to him, as Akane’s lips parted just centimeters from his. “… Wait… or…?”

Akane burped.

Katie, who’d been horrified by Akane suddenly going for the clumsy seduction approach out of thin air–now watched in gobsmacked awe as Suzuki’s face went pale, then blue, then green in the space of a second. In the very next second he tried to leap back from her like an angry cat on a veterinarian’s table, gagging and choking while craning his head back as far from Akane’s face as he physically could without ripping his own neck off or worse, tearing his clothes.

“GAH! WHAT THE FUCK IS WRONG WITH YOUR BREATH-?!” Suzuki yelled before Akane leaned forward while pulling him in–this time opening her mouth wide to exhale a hot breath into his face. “AHHHHHHH!”

Suzuki’s legs buckled, and he fell to his knees even as he tried to break free. “FUCK! FUCK! WHAT DID YOU EAT?!”

He raised a hand to push Akane back, but she caught it and pushed him down onto his back, putting a knee on his stomach and pinning him down to lean over him. “Geh… so strong…!”

“I just ate four bowls of combini instant natto ramen,” Akane answered. “Don’t mess around, Suzuki!”

She brought her free hand up, finger pointed at the back of her open mouth. “You’d better answer or you’ll get way more than a whiff of my lunch.”

Katie was wheezing, completely stricken with the hardest laughter in her life that she couldn’t let out. When Suzuki half-screamed, half-gagged, she realized that she was going to die here and now.

Her kouhai was gonna kill her with the funniest shit she’d ever seen.

Now, it wasn’t so funny that she couldn’t swing the knife edge of her hand to stop right against the throat of one host and catch another in a headlock when they rushed to grab and pull Akane off Suzuki.

“Hahahahaha…” Katie laughed, as she grabbed the neck of the host that she nearly decapitated. “… Y’all ain’t listenin’, so let me make it crystal.”

With that she whirled around and threw both hosts, sending one crashing to the floor, and the other into two others. Her back to Akane and Suzuki, she looked at the remaining hosts with a glare that the smile on her face did not reach.

“We ain’t in the mood fer bullshit,” she finished. “Tell the truth.”

Suzuki, trying to breathe, dry-heaved when Akane huffed in his face again. He let out a scream. “I admit it, stop! Stop! We’re not jumping anybody! We’re just copping the credit; we don’t even know who’s doing it!”

“No cap?” Katie asked.

“I swear!” Suzuki yelled as Akane leaned towards him, her mouth hanging open like the jaws of a whale shark to let the power of natto flow through him. “Please, have mercy! Get this crazy bitch away from me!”

Turning, Katie faced the other hosts, who were suddenly a lot less inclined to attack them. She scanned them quickly. “None of y’all know about last night, either?”

When they quickly shook their heads, Katie held out a hand. “Akaneko, let the pretty boy go.”

And just like that Akane released him and rose to rejoin Katie’s side. Taking a handkerchief to her mouth, she wiped it of any unsightly drool.

Suzuki gasped for breath, and pointed at her “You’re disgusting, what’s wrong with you?!”

Akane huffed. “You would’ve liked it if I manhandled you any other way, pervert.”

“It’s true, hon’s got strong hands, and they’d be wasted on you,” Katie praised.

Suzuki coughed. “Get out of my café…”

“Y’all ain’t gotta tell us twice,” Katie assured him as she and Akane went to the door. “Now, I reckon y’all ought to not go around claiming cred for every fight that goes down when the sun does.”

Getting up, Suzuki hardened his stare at the girls. “How we build our rep is none of your business. The shit that goes down between Host Clubs makes the Maid Wars look like playground fights.”

Incensed, Akane snapped back. “Let’s see how many women will come down to your stupid café after we tell everyone that you jumped and robbed a girl and her friend last night!”

That got a very different reaction from Suzuki. “The hell did you say?”

“It’s as we said it, and why we’re here; a girl we know got jumped,” Katie said. “If you don’t want this to get back to you in the worst way, y’all best get to clearing the confusion ‘bout what’s really goin’ on ‘round here.”

She stopped at the door and turned back to Suzuki and the other hosts. They were all looking at him with a mix of horrified gapes and furious glares, while he pulled a new grimace and clenched his fists. “You wouldn’t happen to have any idea, would ya? Word goin’ ‘round is that these guys were suited up nice like you–but bigger, an’ meaner.”

Suzuki recoiled ever slightly like that, confusion flashing on his face before he said with less edge on his voice. “… No, that could be anyone. Host Club, Yakuza, even foreign Organized Crime… there’s no shortage of guys in clean fits coming to town and starting shit.”

Don’t I know it, Katie thought, before she nodded. “We’ll be on our way.”

With that the two girls hustled out the door and down to the street below. Melting into the crowd quickly, they got out of site of the café and headed back up the long thoroughfare towards the boba tea spot.

“Senpai?” Akane asked as she matched her pace. “Why did you give them the wrong description?”

Katie closed her eyes and smiled. “To see if he’d grab the rope and haul himself out of the shit with it, and he did.”

Akane’s eyes widened. “Ah?! He knows who they are!”

“Mmhm!” Katie replied. “And I reckon he’s gonna want to have a word with our beasts in black about the danger they now present to his reputation.”

Smiling at Katie, Akane nodded. “Then we’re going to be here for a while.”

Katie licked her lips. “Let’s grab some Booba and wait out the sun.”

Akane’s smile turned into a flat glower. “Gross.”

The older girl barked out her laugh. “Hah! Not as gross as eating four containers of natto ramen and then making someone smell your breath. Hon, you are a legend in the makin’.”

Rather than feel any amount of shame, Akane turned her nose up with pride. “Now do you understand the true terror of Indiscriminate Grappling?”

Katie did, and she approved. “Heh, I got the memo, there. Though I gotta wonder. Is that attack a biological or chemical weapon?”

Akane raised a finger for emphasis. “Yes!”

Katie laughed again.

=-=-Note Time-=-=

Akane and Katie are like Crockett and Tubbs up in this.

Wait, no one probably gets that reference. Riggs and Murtaugh? Carter and Lee? Jenko and Schmidt?

... Starsky and Hutch?
 
Last edited:

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#22
|Sickle Wind|

The air in Taian always stank, that’s how Fujinami Ryūnosuke always remembered it anyway. It wasn’t an actual presence of odor, just an excess of everything that hung in the air even before the Special Administrative District turned it into the richest place in their little prison world.

However, the sharpest smell that stank, and what was turning her nose at the moment, was the lack of fear. The people in the neighborhood carried themselves as above the trials of life, as if the stories of violent assault were just that. Akane and Katie hadn’t been the only ones searching for answers after all.

“These dumbasses really ain’t got a clue,” Ryūnosuke muttered to herself, the boys uniform of Tomobiki high covering the bandages that were swathing her body. “Not one of them thinks that a single thing will ever go wrong.”

Perhaps they had still been sheltered by the SAD’s establishment, already used to the hustle and bustle of foot traffic engaging in various trades. They hadn’t even a police department before, the wealth of those within Nerima wards premier neighborhood had allowed them to transfer out. Security forces hired by the various rich did the job, but it didn’t seem enough.

“More that it is enough for them to ignore the problem.” She corrected under her breath, wanting to gag at the sheer arrogance. There were a number of beatings even on these soft streets she had confirmed today, and you wouldn’t believe it from the noses in the air as they spent their every yen as if there was nothing going to go wrong for them.

Her ribs ached, the lingering pain from being bashed over the head still throbbed. But nothing hurt more than her pride, even if she had no formal training in the fighting arts. She was a brawler and a damn good one, able to hit and be hit without much complaint.

“And it didn’t even matter.” Ryūnosuke complained under her breath. But maybe it had been the element of surprise, maybe it had been seeing those douches pummeled so horrifically… or maybe…

A growl escaped her lips as she stalked along, eyes darting to wherever the light didn’t reach. She was ready this time, and even if she lost again, she’d make a better showing. She wouldn’t go down without even getting a punch or a kick in, just getting dropped like a sack of crap to the dirt and beaten like a drum.

Not again.she thought, blood heating up as she continued to stalk through the streets and wait.

Never again. More and more the sunlight dimmed and there was a foul feeling on the wind.

She stopped when she saw them, a group of seven young men emerging from a plain-looking spot that occupied the bottom two floors of a highrise. Her eyes narrowing, she watched them head off not down or up the main street, but off onto a less crowded and busy side street–a parade of pretty boys in sharp clothes and slick hair, led by the angriest bird in the flock–Suzuki.

Letting them pass her by, Ryūnosuke hesitated for a moment before rounding the corner and trailing them. Down two blocks they went, before they made a right and headed back up the direction she came down on a much quieter, darker street, and Ryūnosuke was like their shadow, following them up as the quality of the buildings and road fell and the quantity of quiet shops and vacant lots grew. They were back in Butsumetsu, right on the border with Tomobiki, before the group turned and cut into an empty lot next to a two-story flat.

Ryūnosuke stopped short of the hole in the wooden fence the well-dressed men slipped through and peeked through the gap between the planks. They were spread out, confronting someone in the shadows.

“We need to talk,” Suzuki said sharply.

A deep but feminine voice replied. “Well, you didn’t bring any snacks, so I didn’t think it’d be a social call. What do you want?”

Ryūnosuke’s eyes widened when she heard the second person.

“What’s this garbage going around about your guys beating up females?!” Suzuki demanded. “We had a deal!”

There was a moment before the person Suzuki was speaking too hummed slowly in request for clarification. “I don’t understand what you mean. No one’s been picking fights with any females that I know of.”

“Today a couple of Furinkan High School girls came here mad as hell that a girl they know got jumped! They were dead serious about it, too, you’re lucky they didn’t get a good description of the guys who did it!”

Ryūnosuke would be relieved to hear that, if her pulse wasn’t racing in building anger. The person Suzuki was talking to added to that intensifying flame. “Nonsense. The pickings were pretty slim, last night, all things considered. The only people who were jumped were those Char Aznable themed guys you wanted taken out, and a couple pretty boy martial artists with an okonomiyaki cart…”

That blazing fury snapped her resolve to stay still and stay silent, and with all her might she smashed down the fence between her and the vacant lot, surprising Suzuki and his retinue. As the planks crashed down, she shouted out in all her indignation at the person the Host Martial Artist was speaking to.

“I’M A CHICK, DAMN IT!”

The person Suzuki was conversing with stared at Ryūnosuke with him. He was a slender man wearing tight black leather pants held up with a gold belt and a matching sleeveless leather jacket. He had black hair with bangs combed to curve to the left, with a violet streak running through the middle, and a confused look on his attractive face as he stared at Ryūnosuke

“Bruh,” he said.

Suzuki and his clique turned to face Ryūnosuke, who pointed at his leather-clad associate. “You…! I’ve been looking all over the place for you!”

The young man in leather pointed at himself. “Moi?”

Ryūnosuke punched her fist into her palm. “Beat me up, rob my friend? I’m gonna make you and all your loser friends pay in teeth instead of yen!”

The young man looked Ryūnosuke, dressed head to toe as a boy, and made a face at her as the sun’s last rays faded at the horizon. “… Eugh, you pervert.”

The girl bristled at the insult. “I don’t wanna hear that from you–!”

Just as the sunset was almost at its nadir, did Ryūnosuke feel the same disgusting feeling as last night. Adrenaline crashed into her brain and expanded her senses. On instinct, her body moved, pivoting into a wide sweeping kick that scattered the five men who leapt down from above to attack her.

I knew they’d try it! She told herself, leaping back from them the second her foot touched down.

As the light from the sun finally vanished, another man with a length of pipe suddenly threw himself into her path. There was no time to be cute, no time to think, just time for action.

“You won’t get the jump on me, this time!” Ryūnosuke cried, turning to swing a heavy punch at full force as the attacker used the pipe to block, blowing him backward towards Suzuki and his friends. The masked man recovered and slid to a halt, before stepping politely aside from the young man in leather.

Footsteps rattled the air, ten pairs of feet thundering as their owners spread out in a semi-circle behind her. She winced as she looked back and around at her opponents, her injuries protesting with loud, searing lances of pain. She hadn’t at all recovered from last night.

Shut up, you stupid injuries! You can heal when I’m done kicking their asses! She thought, face screwed up in concentration, as she focused on their apparent leader.

“Okay,” he said, “So you got some moves. Doesn’t change a damn thing, my boy.”

Ryūnosuke seethed. “I said. I’m a chick.”

The man in leather gestured at her. “Are you sure?”

“A hundred percent!” Ryūnosuke bellowed back. “I was born a chick; I got the chick bits to prove it!”

The young man in leather craned back slightly in disgust. “Uh huh, not interested in seeing any of that gross stuff, Tama-kun.”

Ryūnosuke grimaced as the circle of men behind her began to spread around her. She looked left and then right, grimacing as her attackers came into view. Like the young man they were all dressed in leather, but with short-shorts, kneepads, and boots instead of tight leather pants. They wore studded caps and white domino masks that covered their eyes and parts of their faces.

Looking at them made her tremble in her seething rage as she remembered the night before–but she pushed the memory down and focused on her anger. It kept her adrenaline up and numbed the pain, she was going to need every ounce of it to win.

“Now if you want to take the beating you’re about to get like a man, then you’re more than welcome to it,” their apparent leader said. “But if you’re as much a lady as you say, then make like one–lift up your skirt and run as fast away as you can.”

Suzuki finally spoke up. “Oi, Kamaitachi!”

The pretty young man in leather looked at the Host Martial Artist. “Excuse you, Suzu-kun?”

“We had an agreement,” Suzuki said. “You don’t lay a single hand on a woman.”

Kamaitachi, as he was named, lifted his brows and pulled back. “Ah…”

Ryūnosuke snapped at him. “Shut up, asshole! I don’t need you Pick-Up losers speaking for me!”

Suzuki rebuked her as flicked his hair and struck a fabulous pose, the air sparkling around him. “As a Host Martial Artist, it is my sworn duty to tend to the needs of any lady I meet! I will not stand by and let one be assaulted, right boys?”

His fellow hosts quickly struck fighting stances with similar flair. “Yeah!”

Kamaitachi grimaced and turned to Suzuki. “Hey, hey, let’s be reasonable here. It’s clear what happened last night; this is all one big misunderstanding…”

“I don’t really see what there all is to be misunderstood.”

Suzuki visibly tensed up, Ryūnosuke froze, and Kamaitachi looked straight up at the roof of the flats overlooking the confrontation. Standing on the edge of the roof, a newly illuminated crescent moon above them, were Akane and Katie–the latter sipping from a cup of boba tea.

“Well…” Katie conceded. “… There is something I’m misunderstanding.”

She made a short sweeping gesture at the men surrounding Ryūnosuke. “… What’s with all the Leather Daddies?”

“It looks like a bunch of Hard Gay cosplay.” Akane chimed in.

Katie turned her head to look at Akane, taking a final sip of her drink, before she asked. “Hard what?”

“There was this comedian a few years back who would dress up like that and do over-the-top gay stuff for laughs. It was… an interesting time.” Akane said, trying to keep the chatter down. “He was even a wrestler for a bit.”

“You know, let’s table this conversation for after we’re done here.” Katie said before she looked down at the group.

Ryūnosuke screamed at them. “MIND YOUR OWN BUSINESS!”

Kamaitachi was inclined to agree, speaking with an edge of disgust. “Yeah, I'm already trying to get rid of one alleged girl; no need to turn a perfectly good sausage party into a clam bake.”

Katie pointed at Ryūnosuke. “You shut your mouth.” She pointed at Kamaitachi. “And you shut yours. The only reason we’re here is because you assholes are startin’ mess in our neck o’ the woods.”

Akane agreed. “We took on the Mendō family for starting trouble with us, what makes you think we’re gonna be intimidated by any of you?”

Kamaitachi sighed. “Ugh, fine.” He turned to the leather daddies Katie had been so confused about. “Apply the boots to them, light style. They’re delicate.”

Katie glanced at her kouhai. “Hon, show ‘em how delicate you are.”

“Right,” Akane said, before she leaned forward as if to fall off the roof and then kicked off the edge–launching herself past Ryūnosuke like a missile into the crowd.

The men in leather scattered back from her as she landed, giving her pick of the crowd around her, a man wielding a metal pipe. Where he hesitated, she did not, running at him and unleashing quick open hand strikes that the man clumsily blocked with the pipe. Just as soon as she focused on him with her attack, she was swarmed on all her remaining sides by four more men, all hooting and hollering in high-pitched, effeminate voices as they brought their own weapons down on her.

A metal pipe falling for the back of her head was evaded as Akane raised the knife edge of her right hand to block a wooden chair leg wielded as a club, while simultaneously kicking the man who struck from her previous left with a piece of rebar and concrete. She ducked and weaved under the pipe swung at the back of her head and palm thrust the unfortunate attacker in the solar plexus, winding him and sending him to the ground.

Turning around, he swung a high kick up to parry the pipe of the first man she attacked. Hooking her leg back she lashed out a second kick and struck the man across his masked face, sending him spinning to the ground.

The man with the chair leg let out sneering kiais as he tried to connect his weapon to the sides of her head over and over. But she ducked over the left swing, and then the right, repeating the cycle twice more before using the movement to build momentum for a spinning kick she connected to his chin that lifted him off his feet.

More men swarming in on Akane were stopped cold when Katie slammed into the ground in front of them. She looked up at them from her landing crouch. “Lemme find out how delicate y’all are…!”

Coming up from the crouch she leaped and grabbed the head of one man to drag his face down into her knee with a hard crunch from both his mask and the face underneath it. The force of the blows removed the man’s cap, revealing the worst male pattern baldness but also enough hair around the back of his head for Katie to grab an use to haul him up so she could punch him hard in his solar plexus before throwing him down, defeated.

Two attacked from Katie’s sides, trying to swing steel bars for her head. Blocking both, she caught the man to her right in the stomach with a quick punch with the back of her right hand, then shot her elbow up to connect with his chin. Turning to face the attacker on her left, she brought her right hand up to catch his pipe-wielding hand’s wrist, then pulled him in and past her to lock his arm. In full control she brought him around to block a pipe swung like a bat, crashing across her human shield’s face before she kicked him in the back into her latest attacker, sending both toppling over.

A new weapon came at her, the curved blade of a sickle. Ducking under it to her right, she twisted around to bring her left knee up to smash into her attacker’s exposed shoulder with a crunch and a high-pitched scream from the man that was cut short when Katie power-kicked him in the chest, throwing him onto his back.

Despite the swift defeats, the swarm continued to attack, mobbing closer to the girls without hesitation or regard for personal safety. Outside the mob, Kamitachi edged backward, watching the fight with a sudden laser focus that replaced his flippant nonchalance from before.

Suzuki and his pals were also drawing back, the Host Martial Arts young master wanting nothing of this beating with his friends in full agreement. He looked at Kamaitachi, who met his gaze with a sharp look that conveyed that there were matters to discuss.

Akane was defensive, the space around her an absolute territory that invited you to get close if you’ve grown tired of not having your ass kicked. This zone moved with her and was unshakeable, as her quick movements to avoid their attacks allowed her to come back with heavy blows of her own.

He’s holding that pipe like a sword. Akane observed a tall, lanky leather daddy standing across from her like this was a fighting game. But only how he remembers seeing it on TV. His grip is poor, his posture is lacking, his stance is weak.

The man came forward, but not as fast as he needed to. Even though it had only been a couple days, Akane knew how to deal with someone bold enough to rush her with a weapon. From his perspective, she didn’t move so much as lag teleport around his overhand swing, her right hand coming from the side to disarm him. And then, just as he realized he had lost his weapon, he then lost consciousness-and some teeth-to Akane punching him in the face.

The weapons are giving them courage, the crowd too. Akane assessed, standing resolute, eyeing the shifting mass of men with a patient eye, before going on the offensive.

Katie continued to put her longer frame to use, being as tall or taller than most of the crowd allowed her to abuse her reach even against armed opponents. Moving faster than they could track, sending them scattering with blows beyond their comprehension in terms of strength. All and all, it was like they had tripped over a wild animal that just so happened to look like a human.

One of the men wielding a bat took a knee to the sternum, rocketing him across the lot at high speed. Another with a sickle overextended his sloppy slash and received a kick to the head that made him crumple to the ground where he stood. Another man with a two by four tried his luck and won a full body uppercut the took him out of his leather boots.

Attackin’ from all directions at once with weapons, I’m startin’ to see how they win their fights, but there’s something else. She thought.

Another leather daddy tried to spear Katie, but she caught him by his shoulder and neck to spin him around and throw at Akane, who caught him around the neck and vaulted over his back to kick another in the face. Securing the headlock, she turned around and threw the man at Kamaitachi in turn, who had more than enough sense of mind to sidestep the human projectile.

From right behind that flung body, and the blind spot it created, Ryūnosuke jumped into a flying kick that Kamaitachi blocked with his raised right forearm. Undeterred, Ryūnosuke turned it into a bicycle kick, stomping down on Kamaitachi. Switching arms to block each kick, the leather-clad young man windmilled them to parry the spin-kicks she swung at his head as gravity finally took hold of her.

Springing off Kamaitachi’s arm after her last kick, Ryūnosuke landed and lunged at him, using jabs mixed up with quick kicks to ward off counter attacks. Kamaitachi moved with Ryūnosuke, expertly parrying the strikes while staying just at the knife’s edge of the brawler’s reach.

“Oh so you actually got some moves?” Kamaitachi asked as he slapped aside another jab, then darted around Ryūnosuke, getting behind her.

Ryūnosuke switched directions with a high kick that grazed Kamaitachi’s face before ducking under a return kick from the leather-clad man. She came up, blocking a back fist, and they went hand-over-hand, trying to catch and lock the other’s wrist before she won out and turned to throw Kamaitachi at the lot’s other fence.

Recovering from the throw, Kamaitachi still hit the fence hard, and rolled along it to evade the wood-splintering front-kick Ryūnosuke had addressed for his face. As he pushed off, Ryūnosuke came at him fast, and switching from crescent to roundhouse kicks in short order, pushing him back before he blocked her leg and pulled her in by it.

Holding her leg, he smiled. “I see, you learned to fight on the streets, too.”

Ryūnosuke broke his hold and swung for his face, but he caught her fist and smiled. “We’re exactly alike, Tama-kun.”

“Wha–?” Ryūnosuke lost her voice when he drove a hard punch into her ribs. Pain flashed through Ryūnosuke’s anger, stunning her long enough for Kamaitachi to bring his hand up and backhand her, sending her spinning to the ground.

Kamaitachi held up his hand, and the men in leather fighting Katie and Akane who were still standing suddenly pulled back.

Katie and Akane both turned to Kamaitachi, who placed his foot on the coughing Ryūnosuke’s chest. “Now that I’ve got your attention…”

He pushed his foot down, and Ryūnosuke screamed in pain.

Katie and Akane both bristled, before he pulled his foot back and rolled her away with a relatively light kick.

“She’s done, take her home,” he said.

Reaching behind his back, he slowly pulled out a pair of long, curved swords that looked less like scythes and more like shotels. Twirling them, he dug the tips down into the ground and dragged them through it, creating trails of sparks before bringing up the weapons and crossing them in front of him.

“Otherwise, we can get serious, and I guarantee none of you are walking away.”

Katie looked at Akane, who didn’t flinch for even an instant at the threatening display. Turning back to Kamaitachi, she offered a counter proposal. “Ha, sounds fine to me, but yer not gonna like where I put them blades of yours.”

Akane added. “Here’s a hint: it’s in the same neighborhood where I’m gonna put my foot.”

Kamaitachi mulled on that, then licked his lips. “Heh… okay, I’ll take that bet.”

“Don’t.”

Sōban’s slow, deep voice stopped Kamaitachi cold. The massive right haymaker the giant of a man connected to the side of his head got him moving though, at high speed–bouncing off the front windscreen of a parked car, cracking it. His body ragdolled end over end into the trash pick-up area in front of the two-story flat and he lay limp in heaps of garbage bags for a few seconds before lifting his head up to look at Butsumetsu’s ace in disbelief.

Sōban lowered his hand. “The house always wins.”

The mood immediately changed, as the remaining men in leather quickly fled in a panic, grabbing up their wounded and hauling them away as fast as they could. Getting up, Kamaitachi glared at Sōban.

“It’s way past your bedtime, ugly,” he snarled.

Sōban’s sunglasses-at-night-hidden eyes glowered at Kamaitachi as he answered. “I may be ugly, but I’m the good guy here. Leave.”

Kamaitachi snarled, got up, and moved with such speed that he vanished from where he stood. Katie and Akane looked back to see the leather men scatter like gazelle from a cheetah, bolting off into dark alleys and around corners. On further inspection, she realized Suzuki and his squad were gone, too–having disappeared entirely before the fight ground to a halt.

Both girls looked at each other and shared a nod, before Akane stepped forward to Sōban. “I thought you didn’t come out at night.”

Sōban turned to the Furinkan students. “Got called to help.”

Curly walked over. “One of the lunch ladies called, said there were a buncha weirdos in the lot next to her place. We ain’t gonna say no to helpin’ anyone who feeds our guys for free, don’t care how dark it is.”

Katie smiled. “Well, ain’t that sweet of y’all.”

Curly rubbed the back of his head, blushing. “It’s nothin’… ”

Sōban nodded. “Thanks.”

He looked down at Ryūnosuke, who whimpered as she clutched her ribs. “She good?”

Akane shook her head. “Probably not, he hit her hard…”

She walked over to Ryūnosuke, who immediately lashed out at her with a “Shut up… I’m fine!”

Slowly rolling over onto her left arm, she pushed herself up to her knees and stood up–hunched over, breathing ragged. “I’m fine… haahn… haa… nngh… I didn’t need your freak… your freaking help!”

Akane was immediately annoyed by her stubbornness. “Uh huh? You were gonna fight him and all his creepy friends?!”

“That’s none of yer business!” Ryūnosuke shouted back at her. “Don’t get in my way, I could’ve taken them!”

Akane huffed. “Actually, yeah, you could have. Those guys were weak, how’d you and Ucchan even lose to them?”

Ryūnosuke grunted and looked away. “Shut up.”

Katie spoke up. “Is it because they caught you by surprise while you were too busy laughing at their ridiculous getup?”

Ryūnosuke froze, going beyond the pale her injuries made her.

Akane looked at Katie. “Yeah, I was thinking the same thing, actually.”

Ryūnosuke, exposed, sank to her knees and stared down at them–unwilling to look at anything or anyone else.

Sōban added his two yen. “Yeah, that’s how they get you.”

This caught the attention of both Akane and Katie, and they looked up at Sōban in surprise. Akane spoke what both were thinking. “… You know who they are.”

“Yeah,” Sōban said.

Curly confirmed it. “The boss didn’t want to talk about it in front of the guys and scare ‘em.”

Katie put her hands on her hips. “So… lemme wind the tow cable back a bit. There’s a gang of leather daddies running around beating everybody they come across up–and the main reason they’re winnin’ is because the people they’re fightin’ can’t take them serious until they’re literally hit over the head.”

“Yeah,” Sōban said.

Akane pieced it together. “And they’re too embarrassed to say who they lost to…” She stopped and gasped. “Oh wow, no wonder everyone we talked to said it was Suzuki who beat them.”

Curly nodded. “It’s how they get guys to join ‘em, too.”

Katie got that. “Shoot, lemme guess. They punch a guy up and blackmail him into joining. A fancy mask to hide the shame of losing to… to that?”

“Yeah,” Curly confirmed. “It’s why they’re way scarier than you think. These guys, they were new, probably doing initiations if they were with that weasel.”

“Initiations…” Akane said. “… So, they’re building up?”

"They did it before, too, years and years ago. They went around, makin' all kinds of guys join… lookin' to pick a fight with this one guy who hated 'em."

Katie and Akane exchanged surprised looks, then turned to Sōban and Curly. “What happened?”

Curly shrugged his shoulders. “Dunno. They didn’t get what they wanted, but they didn’t lose either. The guy they wanted to fight didn’t show up. Or he died or somethin’. After that they just faded away and disappeared a couple years ago.

He glanced up at Sōban. “The boss had a bad feeling they’d be back, now that it’s SAD. Be careful and watch your backs. In the old days they didn’t hold back against any girls.”

Katie folded her arms. “Huh… is that so?”

Sōban nodded slowly. “Their old boss hated women, didn’t even think they were people.”

Akane felt a shudder run through her at the very idea. “They seemed pretty hesitant about it tonight.”

“And that pretty boy Suzuki was calling the shots,” Katie said. “Said they had a deal and everything to not fight women.”

Both Curly and Sōban were confused by that, and Sōban looked at Curly. “… That ain’t right.”

Curly agreed. “Somethin’ strange is goin’ on…”

Ryūnosuke slowly pushed herself back up onto her feet, breathing heavily. Katie turned to her. “Hey, y’all good? We can take you to Tofu–”

“Shut up,” Ryūnosuke snapped at her.

Akane’s nose wrinkled as she glared at her. “Are you really going to be like this just because you lost to them?!”

“I’m going to be whatever I want to be like! I didn’t ask for your help, and I’m not going to lose to those perverted leather clowns!” She pointed at Akane and Katie. “Don’t you say a god damned word about this to anyone, you hear me?!”

Wheezing, she turned around and hobbled away from them–shooting back a final glare to make sure she wasn’t being followed before stepping out of sight.

“Nabiki wasn’t kidding about that pride thing, huh?” Katie said to Akane.

That twigged Akane something fierce, and she shot her senpai a glare. Katie couldn’t help her snicker at the reaction. “Face it, hon, she is right.”

“I would never be that hard-headed!” Akane said, pointing after Ryūnosuke.

“Yer bein’ hard-headed about being hard-headed, you know,” Katie pointed out.

“I am not!” Akane said, totally being hard-headed about being hard-headed.

“Yeah, you are,” Curly and Sōban pointed out.

“Thank you,” Katie praised the big man.

Akane threw up her hands in frustration and changed the subject. “Sōban-san! Curly-san! Do these guys have a name? Are they an actual group or are they just a bunch of weirdos who wear leather?!”

Sōban nodded.

“Yeah. They’re called the Sickle Gang.”

=-=-Note Time-=-=

Yeah, about the only deeper cut would be the Red Cat Gang. Probably. Meet the Sickle Gang, the made-for-TV villains of the Ranma 1/2 Live Action Special that came out in 2011. If you've seen the Live Action Special or know anything about Razor Ramon HG, you have an idea how silly this is gonna get.
 
For Whom The Bell Tolls

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#23
|For Whom The Bell Tolls|

Suzuki, a smoldering cigarette in hand, stood midway on the steps of his Host Club, a petulant expression on his face, as Kamaitachi walked up to the foot of the stairs. No other members of either leaders’ gang were in sight, leaving this meeting just between the two of them. As Kamaitachi set one foot on the bottom stair and looked up at him, Suzuki looked down at him.

“I’m not mad,” Suzuki said, “Not about you getting into it with those gorilla girls from Furinkan. We’re cool, there.”

Kamaitachi looked a bit relieved to hear that. “Okay, and I meant it when I said they were boys with an okonomiyaki cart. That ‘girl’ who showed up was dressed like one then, too.”

Suzuki took a drag from his cigarette, still seething. “Of course.”

Kamaitachi shrugged his shoulders. “Just deny you had anything to do with it. It’ll be easy.”

“Easy? Easy?!” He gestured with a hand in the direction of Furinkan as he snapped at Kamaitachi. “Those gorilla girls are onto me, and so is that freaking moron Sōban! You need to do something about all of them, so it doesn’t get around that I’m not the Top G around here!”

Kamaitachi looked off to the side, then sighed. “Bro, your status as Top G is not in question. Nonetheless, I’ll take care of Sōban and those girls, but I’m gonna need a guarantee from you.”

Suzuki blew out a plume of smoke after another cigarette drag. “What?”

“I need to know who has the deets on the Temple.”

Suzuki frowned.

Kamaitachi pouted. “Come on, Suzu-kun! I’ve done all this for you! I’ve helped boost Moon Parlor Crown up over all the others! You can’t tell me what I need to know, when now you’re asking me to go after people as strong as Sōban?”

He pointed admonishingly at Suzuki. “This is the guy Lum Invader couldn’t beat in a straight fight! This is serious!”

Suzuki’s frown deepened; he might be self-absorbed, but he wasn’t a fool. “All right, quit whining. Mess Sōban and those girls up but good, make sure none of ‘em can even say a word, and I’ll tell you the details.”

Kamaitachi lit up, and he smirked to Suzuki. “You’re saving my life, bro, thanks.”

Suzuki clicked his teeth and looked away.

Backing up from the steps, Kamaitachi turned from him. “I’ll shut ‘em all down by the end of the week.”

In a flicker, the leather-clad man vanished and left the street empty.

After a few moments of burning down the cigarettes and seething, Suzuki crushed it in his hand and tossed it away. “Eh… such a weirdo freak…”

As he turned to walk back up the stairs, a projectile struck the step just before his foot touched it. He nearly fell down the steps and stared at the spatula that had split the concrete step like it had been made of butter. Suzuki looked from the spatula to the railing along the walkway in front of the Host Club. Ucchan was perched upon it, squatting down with his elbows on his knees and his wide eyes burning a glare into his.

“Oi,” he said, before tilting his head like a bird sizing up something small that it wanted to kill and eat.

Suzuki wasn’t intimidated. “Can I help you?”

“You can help me, help you,” Ucchan replied. “Pay me back for my cart and the money those leather freaks stole, and I won’t punch you in the face until you’re uglier than Sōban.”

He looked down the street, presumably in the direction Kamaitachi disappeared in at high speed, then back at Suzuki. “And you also won’t have to worry about any more arrangements you have with said leather freaks.”

There was a quiet, seething rage–a frenzied feeling of unrelenting violence lashed into the calmest threat anyone had ever spoken to Suzuki in his life. Reaching into his jacket, he pulled out another cigarette.

“Can you do it?” He asked.

Ucchan nodded. “Sure can. Those freaks only got one over on me because I fell for how ridiculous they look; now the first thing I want to do when I see them is give them the pounding the definitely don’t want.”

Suzuki heard a shuffling from behind Ucchan, and then found one of his Hosts–battered and bleeding–hobble over to the top of the steps. Reaching out to Suzuki, the formerly handsome young man croaked out Suzuki's name then collapsed unconscious, tumbling down past him to the sidewalk below.

Ucchan looked back towards the Host club. “Kinda like what I did to your boys in there who weren’t too hospitable when I came by looking for your ass.”

Wide-eyed, Suzuki forgot all about the host lying at the bottom of the steps and rushed into his club. Swinging open the door, he stopped when he saw it a complete ruin–trashed from floor to ceiling with broken tables, booths, and all matter of alcohol bottles broken on the floors and walls. The club’s entertainment for that evening, each host an excellent martial artist, were laid out with all manner of injuries as a result of fighting Ucchan.

He looked back at Ucchan, still perched on the railing, now looking back at him out the corner of his right eye, his left hand gripping the blood-splattered spatula carried on his back.

“Well?” He asked. “What do you say there, sugar?”

Suzuki let the cigarette to drop from his mouth, smoke still wisping from his lips as he closed them to swallow nervously. Pulling from the door, he gestured inside.

“… The safe should have what you need.”

@@@@@

Coughing, Ryūnosuke slowly meandered down the empty hallway of Tomobiki High School, heading towards her destination–the school’s commissary and store. Her hand held around her waist, her vision blurring from the pain, she walked with gritted teeth and her anger kept steady by the thoughts repeating in her mind.

“So, you got some moves. Doesn’t change a damn thing, my boy.”

“I said. I’m a chick.”

“Are you sure?”

She clenched her teeth harder as she reached the school store’s sliding door and rested her hand on the handle. Her face red and her eyes wet from the tears caused by the stabbing pain in her ribs, she took a deep breath to steady herself.

“We’re exactly alike, Tama-kun.”

Ryūnosuke tightened her grip on the door handle. “We ain’t alike,” she snarled quietly. “The hell we are. I ain’t some dude with a leather kink who doesn’t have an ounce of shame in public! I’m a chick… I’ve always been a chick… and no one is ever going to say differently…!”

She swung open the door, sending it banging off the doorway at the end of its rail.

Sitting on the store’s tatami mats by a low table set out for after its closure at the end of the school day, was a black-haired man in white shirt and pants with a yellow brown haramaki around his waist. He held in one hand a bowl of rice and a pair of chopsticks over a platter of badly cooked meat, vegetables, and miso.

“Welcome home, Ryūnosuke my son, who has always been my son, and will forever be my son in spite of his delusions of being a woman.” Ryūnosuke’s father greeted her.

Ryūnosuke stared at her father, her expression stony.

Her father stared back, stoic, his angular features betraying no emotion beyond laser-focus.

Lowering her hand from around her waist, Ryūnosuke calmly walked into the store-turned living room and over to the other side of the table from her father. He raised a clump of rise to his lips as he watched her cross the room.

Once at the other side of the table, Ryūnosuke and her father again exchanged a silent stare.

Then she hooked her foot under it and kicked the whole table up to slam into her father’s face with thunderous force.

The table shattered into splinters with the force of her father’s karate chop as he roared at her. “IDIOT BOY, DO YOU HAVE ANY IDEA HOW MUCH THAT FOOD COST?!”

Ryūnosuke’s flying kick smashed into his face and her old man went flipping end over end to crash into some bamboo screens that were set up in front of the shelves of products that students would purchase during the school day. “I am not in the god damn mood, Pop! So, you’re gonna shut the hell up with YOUR delusion!”

Fujinami-san sprang to his feet and raised his fists. He scanned Ryūnosuke from top to bottom and hummed. “You’re injured. What happened?”

“I’ve been getting into fights.” Ryūnosuke spat back.

Fujinami-san hummed in acknowledgement, before asking. “Are ya winning, son?”

Ryūnosuke, seeing red, threw herself across the room at her father. “SHUT THE HELL UP!”

Her father quickly dropped into a low, wide stance and blocked the rolling kick she unleashed when she reached him with his right arm. Still in the stance, he parried the barrage of kicks she followed with using just that arm.

“I’m not in the mood! For dealing with your crap!” She yelled while switching from one foot to the other for her repeated kicks. “Least of all you! The shittiest father who ever lived!”

Fujinami-san caught Ryūnosuke’s foot and casually flipped her into the air back away from him. “Your anger makes you sloppy my boy–”

In mid-flip Ryūnosuke twisted her body around and spin-kicked her father in the jaw, sending him twirling off to her left and collapsing against the bamboo screens.

“And your stupidity makes you easy!” She shot towards him, but he blocked the punch she aimed for his head with the back of his left hand, then he kicked her right leg from under her before punting her in the chin.

“Stupid?! I’m not the shameful first son of a man of the sea obsessed with this stupid idea that he’s a woman!” As Ryūnosuke crashed onto the remains of the table, he looked aside, tears running down his manly face.

“Masako, my beloved wife. I fight and struggle so hard in your memory, in your spirit… but this boy is dead set on betraying his born manliness…!”

Kicking up from the prone position, Ryūnosuke landed and felt nothing from pain. Snarling, she rushed at her old man again. “I’m a chick! I’m a chick! I’M A CHICK!”

Her father blocked the two haymakers Ryūnosuke sloppily threw at him, but as he opened his mouth to point out something stupid, like that she hit like a man, her uppercut connected with his chin and up his whole body went into the wooden ceiling of the school store. With a crunch, his head and shoulders punched through, and his body dangled from the hole he made.

“I’ll punch you as many times as I need to freaking say it!” She screamed at her father.

Dangling there in silence for a moment, her father held a thumb’s up. “That was one hell of a hot-blooded hit, son. Like a wave surging up a cliff.”

Ryūnosuke screamed in pain and frustration and stormed out of the store. “FUCK YOU!”

Her father just dangled there. “… Wow, rude.”

Marching outside, Ryūnosuke left the school and headed towards the river. The wispy condensation shot from her nose like steam into the cool night air with her every breath, as her enraging encounters succeeded in making her forget her pain and the red stains forming in her white shirt.

“Screw them both! With a rusty freaking metal bat!” She snarled as she reached the corner where Ucchan’s stand had stood.

Looking at the spot where the okonomiyaki cart stood, she looked further down the street she stood on, at the curb where she and Ucchan had been attacked.

Her eyes darkened as she remembered that night. It happened exactly as it had been said–the moment the attackers of those pretty boys that offered their protection emerged, both she and Ucchan couldn’t help themselves. They broke into laughter at their ridiculous attire, and the way they pranced around like girly idiots, and they were cracking wise about their leather duds and masks to hide their faces… when another half dozen of them got the drop on them from behind.

She thought about those weaklings that Katie and Akane manhandled. It burned her to the core to think that those losers were able to get in a cheap shot and leave her broken on the side of the street. But even that fire was incinerated knowing that she got jumped for that reason. Then there was Kamaitachi, and her Dad… everything making her angrier and angrier.

“Is it too much for someone to acknowledge that I am a freaking chick?!” She yelled.

And there was Moroboshi Ataru, as if her cry to the universe was answered by a hateful God.

“Ryū-chan!” He called as he approached her. “I’m glad I ran into you! Lum’s trying to cook me dinner, but since I love having a stomach lining, how about you and me grab a bite to eat? I’m buying!”

Ryūnosuke quietly asked said hateful God what the fuck she did to deserve this, before turning to face him. “Not fucking today, Moroboshi, fuck off!”

Ataru backpedaled. “Oi, oi, what’s wrong?”

He took notice of Ryūnosuke’s condition and hummed. “Are you okay?”

“I’m. Fine.” Ryūnosuke snarled at him. “I’ve just been fightin’ more than usual the last couple days.”

Ataru looked Ryūnosuke over, then beamed. “Kicking butt as usual, huh? Then let’s celebrate the win streak! Seriously, there’s a nice little place where we can have dinner…”

Ryūnosuke’s left lower eyelid twitched upward violently, as her fists clenched and unclenched. “Moroboshi… go away.”

Recognizing the looming threat of violence, Ataru switched it up. “Hey, I’m not offering a date! Just a free meal as a reward for a hard day. It’d just be that I’d happen to be there too! We can talk about how it went; you can give me the punch-by-punch details, it’ll be fun! C’mon…”

She turned her head to look at him. “Am I allowed to not be bothered by you, or do you not care what I want either?”

Ataru answered that by entering the deadly zone within her reach. “You look stressed out, Ryū-chan, and I want to be by your side to help you through it.”

Lifting her hand, she pointed at him between his eyes. “You’re stressing me out.”

He reached up, gently took her hand in his, and lowered it from his face to clasp it in both. “… Then give me a chance to be your relief, instead.”

Ryūnosuke took him up on that offer, but she did not feel any better after dunking him into a conveniently nearby trash bin.

She trundled off, heading down to the river and the wall on the other side that divided the Special Administration District and the rest of Tokyo. There was no fence on her side of the river, just a concrete slope down to the edge, which she sat at the top of.

Anger began to cool off, leaving only frustration and loathing in its wake, as she stared at the slow-flowing water reflecting the street lights above her. Her injuries throbbed, adding to her misery as she thought about the last day and a half.

Ataru, her Dad, Kamaitachi, Katie and Akane, Ryōko and her dumbass brother yesterday… they all had the same damn thing in common.

“Fuck me, right? What does what I say matter?” She said. “I can’t say I’m a chick, I can’t say I wanna be left alone, I can’t say that I want to get revenge… I can’t even get a freaking lunch…”

She sighed and stared at the water.

“I miss the sea. I could go there and forget all this crap for a while.”

She stopped and grumbled.

“Yeah, and then I’d be back to square one all over again. Dealing with people who either think I’m a guy, want me to be a guy, or only care about me being a girl because they want to date me.”

She stewed in silence, her head sinking lower as she drew her legs to her chest.

This was a mistake.

Her ribs were still shot.

“Ow.”

She sat still, unwilling to move and cause more pain to shoot through her. A fair amount of time passed with her watching the river in silence, when footsteps approaching her broke the ambience of the water below. She looked up at the red-haired foreign man who walked up to her, professionally dressed in a dark suit, looking down at her with green eyes that reminded her more of an animal’s than any bestial look Ataru could put on when he was feeling particularly inhuman.

She stared at the man, this stranger, wondering what he could possibly want with her.

“So… rough night?” He asked.

“Screw off,” she muttered before looking down at the river.

The man hummed, before he asked. “Do you want to talk about it?”

Ryūnosuke closed her eyes. “I dunno, do you want to actually listen? Maybe even give a damn about what I gotta talk about?”

The man mulled over that response, and despite that nice suit he was wearing, he sat down beside Ryūnosuke–staying out of arm’s reach but still close enough that his presence could not be ignored–and faced her. “Shoot, I’m game. Let’s hear it.”

Rather than simply start spilling her guts, Ryūnosuke opened her eyes and stared at him like he was something weird for this town.

“Seriously?” She asked.

He nodded. “Get everything you want off your chest. Heck, pretend I’m not even here if it helps, kiddo. You deserve that much, at least.”

Ryūnosuke kept staring at him, still unsure what to make of this. “… Uh huh? Who are you, old guy?”

The man smiled at the girl.

“You can call me Nick.”

@@@@@

Kodachi had fired half the faculty of Furinkan High School.

Between the teachers who were lax on their jobs, the teachers who did not know how to do their jobs, and the teachers whose negligence–if not outright contempt–enabled the reckless activities of Kuno Tatewaki… exactly half of the faculty body of the school were let go by the end of the hours long review. It was past sunset by the time the doors to the gymnasium finally opened, and the remaining teachers were finally free to leave for home.

They marched out, looking not unlike the male students of the school–broken, bleak, in many ways defeated. It had been humiliating, a moment that stretched to infinity to shatter their illusion of superiority. While many were not bad teachers or even bad people, the main reason they felt down was how out of the blue it was, and how it seemed they were still but another whim away from being fired as well.

Fanning herself, Nabiki walked out of the gymnasium to bring up the rear, Kodachi right behind her, and Vice-Principal Okamada as the very last.

“Oooh, that needed to happen,” Nabiki said to Kodachi, a bit proud at how thorough the review was. “The ones that are left have a chance to get their act together or accept that they’re not up to the new standards.”

“Regardless of their fates, this fat-trimming was long overdue,” Kodachi noted.

“True that.” Nabiki looked back at Okamada, making sure to keep him in her sights to overcome his lack of presence. Nevertheless, she chose to speak of him like he was not present. “So, what’s going to happen to the Vice-Principal? He’s got a bit to answer for himself, after all.”

“The time for him will come, once the replacements for those fired settle in”" Kodachi answered, similarly without care for the man-either in how he might take it or in general. “The Vice-Principal's job is often to help corral the staff as it is to serve as the second in command.”

“Good thing it’s Golden Week,” Nabiki said. “We have a few days to find someone.”

Kodachi waved her hand. “I’ve had my servant prepare a shortlist of replacements.”

Nabiki regarded that with skepticism. “You mean that little ninja? Is he qualified for that?”

“You’d be surprised what Sarugakure Sasuke is capable of. His family have been in the service of ours for generations, and they are held up to a very high standard,” Kodachi revealed. “Though, not in the realm of martial prowess.”

Nabiki hummed. “So, a traditional shinobi. Hey, what’s a girl gotta do to borrow a Swiss Army Ninja?”

Kodachi gave her a pointed side-eye. “Consider full time employment with that ninja’s mistress.”

Nabiki returned that look with the same smarminess. “A tempting offer, but I’m not about to sign a contract just yet.”

With a gentler version of her over the top laugh, Kodachi conceded. “As you wish, but the pond will remain open for whenever you want to take the plunge.”

Vice-Principal Okamada spoke. “Kodachi-san.”

And somehow, she heard him. “Yes, Vice-Principal?”

“Do you truly believe that you are up for the task that you have set for yourself?” He asked.

Kodachi scowled. “If you mean to present this as concern for the future of the school, you should look in the mirror and remember your failure in running this school is why I'm here.”

Nabiki rolled her eyes. “Seriously, what are you trying to achieve with this passive-aggressive crap? Plug in some self-doubt? Do a little bit of negging to chip away at our self-esteem?”

Kodachi turned to Nabiki. “Remind us that we are Japanese, and so we must feel shame for any action we take that society may not approve of.”

This won a hard to achieve laugh from Nabiki, her derision dripping from the bark. “HA! Even more so because we’re women, right?”

A twitch ran through the Vice-Principal. “Being considerate of society is only one concern…”

Nabiki faced Okamada, allowing her mask to slip and reveal the venomous bile her aloof nature concealed. “Hey, listen, baldy basic. In case you’ve forgotten? This entire country has decided that we’re not Japanese enough to consider keeping–and sold us off to the Neptunians so they could get rid of Moroboshi Ataru in the deal. Why the hell should we be so considerate of society, when they didn’t think much of us in the first place–kinda like you.”

Kodachi followed right after that. “If you are so concerned for this school’s future, then by all means Vice-Principal: do your job.”

Okamada felt another twitch seize him.

“My father walked all over you, and you stayed down for my brother to trample upon your back at his pleasure. Now, however? Now you decide that it is time to make a stand, but you only come up to your knees?!”

She stepped up to the man, coming up to only his shoulder but looming over him in every possible way. “How is it that you can be a full head taller than me, and you still must look up?!”

Defer, demure, deflect, degrade, dismiss. “Kodachi-san–”

“Kodachi-sama,” she corrected.

Defer, demure, deflect, degrade, dismiss. “I have done my job–”

“Liar!” She retorted.

Defer, demure, deflect, degrade, dismiss. “The changes brought by the SAD–”

“Are plainly obvious to everyone!” She yelled at him.

Defer, demure, deflect, degrade, dismiss. “You are not in your right mind–”

“One must be out of their mind to change anything in this wretched country!” She countered.

Defer, demure, deflect, degrade, dis–

“SHUT UP YOU SPOILED, ENTITLED, JUMPED UP WRETCH OF A GIRL!”

His yell was able to make Nabiki jump, recoiling from Okamada in surprise. The anger in his voice brought Kodachi’s eyebrows up, and the force of his shout blew her side-bunched hair backward.

Bathed in sweat, shaking where he stood, Vice-Principal Okamada pointed at her. “You think… you can just come here, acting so high and mighty, after breaking out of that asylum your father paid triple the tuition to lock you inside! Pretending that you are of some sound mind enough to take on something as important, as vital as the head of your family’?!”

He let out a laugh. “You are a child! A girl! Your brother was the only one of your family of maniacs who could be trusted with some kind of consistency! To do what was expected of him and play his role as a prince of this HELL!”

He pointed at Nabiki. “But no! Thanks to your beast of a sister and that criminal ape of an American…” He turned back to Kodachi. “… There’s you, plotting to become a Queen when you’re nothing more than a case study for the benefits of LOBOTOMY!”

Kodachi and Nabiki stared at Okamada in silence, as he slowly brought himself back to composure. His huffing turning into panting, then into heavy breathing as he readjusted his tie, smoothed out his collar, what remaining hair he had left, and finally adjusted his glasses and wiped the sweat rolling down his face with a handkerchief.

Nabiki whistled. “… Well. Was that cathartic?”

He finished dabbing his face and put away his handkerchief. “Without comparison.”

Nodding, she turned to Kodachi. “So…?”

Kodachi breathed in deeply. “I appreciate your honesty, Vice-Principal.”

Vice-Principal Okamada nodded. “Thank you.”

“It makes it easier for me to dismiss you from your position effective immediately.” She stepped aside and gestured to the school’s gate. “Leave, and never return.”

Former Vice-Principal Okamada sighed, as if every weight in the world had been lifted from his shoulders. “I hope you burn in hell.”

With that he calmly walked off the property, not looking at either. “You and both your sisters as well.” He added to Nabiki as he passed her.

Kodachi watched him leave the grounds, turn left, and fall out of sight.

“Shame that ninja of yours isn’t rated for actually killing someone,” Nabiki said, “I’ll have to go tell Akane and her Senpai who to put on their shit list, next.”

“Worry not about him; we already knew he was unfit for his position. That when his repetitive passive-aggression could not serve him, he fell upon frothing vitriol, only demonstrates how small and pitiable he is. Let Okamada Kamoyo fade from our memory and from history itself–we have more important matters to concern ourselves with than retaliating against his worthless words.”

Nabiki didn’t expect such a high road answer from Tatewaki’s sister. She didn’t expect a lot of things from this loon, and now it had her wondering just who this girl was. Much like Katie, however, she wasn’t going to look a gift horse in the mouth.

Not when she was having this much fun.

“Well, we still have Golden Week,” she said.

Kodachi agreed. “Correct! We’ll find suitable temporary staff in short order…”

Down the street, Okamada Kamoyo felt like he was walking on air as he walked left Furinkan behind. He had said what he had felt about Kodachi and her tyrannical hysteria, about her usurping of Furinkan High School, and about those animals that had shattered the peace he had enjoyed so much. He was free of that school, of kissing the dainty foot of young women, and of the disgusting arrogance all of them dare to hold above all others.

His light footsteps grew heavier, however, and slowed down from a near skip to a slow trudge.

At the street corner he stopped at, he watched several young men–stragglers Katie and Akane missed–drift by as if on the wind.

Young men robbed of their youth, their dreams, of the fire that burned so passionately. Burned for something so foolish.

His hand came up to his mouth, as a realization dawned upon him.

He was running away.

From Kodachi and her madness, from violent women who young men clamor for in vain, from those same young men now at their mercies.

He was running away, happily! Leaving these young men to languish in the hell he declared this Special Administration District.

“… No… this world,” he whispered as his hand spread up and over his face. “… This… this impure… hideous world…”

His breathing picked up, growing quickly into hyperventilation as he clutched at his face, his nails digging into his skin.

“It is no one’s fault but theirs. I was too meek, slow, too complacent…”

Okamada Kamoyo could not make things right.

“… I…”

Okamada Kamoyo was not the man for the job.

“… I…”

Okamada Kamoyo was incapable of anything.

“… Fufufu…”

Because Okamada Kamoyo was just a mask. One he wore for convenience.

“… I am~”

He went still. Slowly, he slid his trembling hand down his face as he breathed freely for the first time in years. Unbound from his previous self, free to be what he truly was….

The herald of a beautiful world.

“… Madame Kamenbell.”

|Escape from Shanghai|

Ranma didn’t know what his father did, but somehow, they had managed to avoid that crazy warrior girl for days after cutting through that bamboo forest–more than enough time for them to hop aboard a train that took them straight to their final destination, the city of Shanghai. It was their last stop, from here it was a matter of hopping aboard a ship, or a plane, or hell just swimming all the way back to Japan.

Not that Ranma wanted to go back. Still stuck as a girl, he brooded under a dark brown cloak as the train passed through a security checkpoint in the railyard in the harbor. He was not alone in this railroad boxcar, as a dozen or so other people were huddled aboard it, waiting for the inspection to come.

Beside him, Genma Saotome sat in human form, similarly cloaked and grumbling as he looked out the partially opened doors at the pouring monsoon rains outside.

“Tell me again, why you get to have hot water and I don’t?” Ranma snarled at him.

Genma looked at his son. “Because pandas are extinct and if suddenly one were to start dancing around in public it would draw all possible attention.”

“And why can’t I be a guy for this?” Ranma asked.

“Because we want to get on the first boat out of here to Japan, and they’ll be more sympathetic if an ailing father and his daughter want to escape to a better life.”

Ranma saw the flaw in that plan. “And exactly how do you expect to speak to the Chinese guards and Chinese officials when you can barely bother to understand Japanese?”

Genma nudged him. “That’s why I had you study the dictionary after we lost that girl. I need you to speak for us.”

Scowling at his Dad, Ranma looked out the partially open boxcar again, seething.

“Like hell; I am not leaving China until I cure this curse,” he growled.

Genma growled in frustration. “Must you continue to be so hard-headed?! That girl will kill you before you get within a thousand kilometers of the spring!”

“Good! I would rather die than spend another second cursed to be a freaking girl!” Ranma snapped back at him.

“You would rather die as a girl?” Genma sharply countered.

It was a blow so low that Eddie Guerrero was calling foul, but since the ref wasn’t looking and Ranma sold everything at a discount, he slumped forward in frustration.

“… I can take her, even in this body. I took her on before, damn it!” He reasoned.

“You knocked her out once,” Genma said. “Do you think she’s going to just give up if you knock her out again?”

“I’ll knock her out as many times as I have to!” Ranma offered. “And it’d be easier if you didn’t run like a coward every time!”

“I’m being reasonable! We’re pulling back to put distance between us and the opponent, so we can figure out a better attack!” Genma said. “It’s the Saotome School special technique!”

“Bullshit! She doesn’t even want to kill you! She thinks you barely exist!” Ranma snapped at him. “Why is it so damn important that we go back to Japan when we could be figuring out how to beat that nutjob, then get back to Jusenkyo and find the spring that’ll cure us?!”

“I have my reasons, boy! You’ll appreciate them when you’re older!” Genma argued, before he heard talking coming from outside. “Now sit down and remember your lines! You have to say a very specific thing to the guards, just like we practiced.”

Ranma glared at his father, then looked out the doors again. Just outside were two sets of men, all in combat fatigues and wearing clear plastic rain ponchos. Two of the men were armed with assault rifles, the third wielded a shotgun, while the fourth man and the one seemingly in charge had his weapons holstered for a digital clipboard. Looking inside the car, as two of the soldiers opened the door wider, he said something in Chinese that Ranma’s study of the dictionary allowed him to understand bits and pieces of.

He was welcoming them to Shanghai, and something about congratulations and freedom.

The other passengers began talking all at once, a mixture of kind words and praise to an Empress, but Ranma paid it no mind as he shot a look at his father.

The soldier with the clipboard then ordered a queue, so that everyone could get off the train in an orderly fashion and get out of the rain in short order.

Genma poked Ranma’s shoulder, nudging him towards the guards. “Say the line, boy. They’ll put us up to the front if there’s an emergency.”

Staring back at Genma, Ranma’s eyes widened slightly… before they narrowed, and his lips curled into a sinister smile.

Abruptly, he turned around, pulling his hood off to reveal his bright red hair and cute face. With well-practiced desperation, he called out to the soldiers while pointing at Genma.

The other passengers in the box car, and the soldiers all outside looked at Ranma in shock–and then at Genma. With all eyes on them, the elder Saotome slumped back and played the sickly, ailing father.

Perfect, my boy. Even stubborn as you are, you cannot ignore what must be done, he thought.

Quickly two of the soldiers jumped into the box car, the rest of the passengers quickly backing far away from Genma and Ranma, and the former gave a start at the alarm with which they moved. What did Ranma say he was sick with?

Then the guards began yelling, angrily, with their weapons pointed at him, something Genma did understand:

For him to lie down on the ground or die.

Falling onto his belly, Genma looked up in disbelief as Ranma kept pointing at him–saying the same thing over and over while edging towards the doors. While calling his Chinese rusty was generous, there were a few things Genma quickly put together as his mind raced in full fight or flight mode that his normal laziness wouldn’t allow.

Old man. Sell. Slave.

Oh, you little SHIT! Genma thought as the soldiers began to kick him while wrestling his arms behind his back to cuff him.

With military police brutality going on inside the boxcar, Ranma stepped off it and into the rain. Ignoring the two other soldiers’ questions, he turned to them and flashed them a smile. With a thanks and goodbye in much more cheerful Chinese, he jumped up onto the top of the boxcar, and began running down the top of the train, towards the back end of it.

Ignoring the calls for him to stop, Ranma just kept running–a big grin spreading across his lips. “So long, Pop! Next time you see me I’ll be a whole man again!”

As he hopped the gaps between cars, he looked out over the massive port city of Shanghai and couldn’t help but let out a whistle.

He and his father had not come in through Shanghai at the start of their training journey, so this was his first time seeing it. A sleek, gleaming metropolis even in the pouring afternoon rain was spread out before him. Black and silver skyscrapers, like spires and monoliths, reached up into the low clouds, many more buildings were under construction, both of a traditional modern architecture, the wild alien aesthetic that came with Earth’s visitors, and amidst it all… a large palatial tower that served as the city’s new center–a modern palace.

“Okay, why were we in the middle of nowhere rural China with horse-drawn carts and cursed springs, when we could’ve been in cool Cyberpunk China with laser swords and aliens?” Ranma asked aloud.

He shrugged his shoulders, as the end of the train came up. “Oh well, I can visit when I come back… as a one-hundred percent man, hahaha!”

Right as he jumped onto the second to last car, his sixth sense–the very core of a martial artist that alerted him to threats–screamed like it was being murdered. He stopped, and barely avoided a projectile crashing into the center of the boxcar with such force that its thin roof bent inward like a V. The violence of the reshaping threw Ranma into the air in a ballistic flight towards the crowded city that surrounded the rail yard and port, leaving him bewildered.

For all of three seconds.

“… Oh shit,” He simply said as a familiar violet-haired human homing missile ran up and leaped from the destroyed box car’s other side, kicked off it, and hurtled at him with her twin chuí raised for the kill.

“Ranma!” Shan Pu roared as she reached him, bringing both weapons up to swing at him. “YOU! DIE!”

“Can you say any other freaking words?!” Ranma yelled back as he raised his hands to block the weapons, and was launched into the streets below.

As thunder rumbled and Shan Pu fell towards the streets below and her prey, the shape of a large black wolf emerged from another box car, and sniffed the air before the sound of slamming and banging came from the crowded city street where the woman warrior had launched her prey. Turning towards the noise, the wolf shook out the rain trying to soak into it–revealing a yellow and black bandanna around its neck–before it broke into a sprint to join the battle.

=-=-Note Time-=-=

Our boy's almost home... and what a home to come back to. A lot... a whole lot is about to go down with Volume 6 of Senpai.
 
Back in Black

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#24
|Back in Black|

The rest of Golden Week passed without incident, but with a building sense of tension that made the remainder of the days off from school uneasy. In spite of Kaori’s best efforts, she had seen no sign of Ucchan after he had run off, and Ryūnosuke had disappeared completely after her run in with Kamaitachi in the park. Must troubling of all though, was that there was no report of any unusual activity after dark in the SAD. No fights, no muggings, nothing. Like all the troubles in Nerima had taken the three days off like everyone else.

Leaving her apartment, Katie headed downstairs to the front, and found Anya sweeping the front steps of the building. An unusual sight at such an early part of the day. “Huh… I don’t normally get to say goodbye.”

Anya grumbled. “That is because last night I closed early. Business has been shit all week and it’s on my nerves.”

Katie could understand why. “Yeah, I don’t blame people none for stayin’ in. There’s a bad moon on the rise ‘round here. Ain’t nowhere feelin’ safe.”

Anya let out a dark chuckle. “So, your Uncle must be visiting, then?”

That won a frown from Katie. “Really, now?”

“I am just saying,” Anya said with a mysterious tune to her amusement.

“Hopefully this tension in the air’ll blow over or blow up soon.”

The old woman eyed her tenant. “Either way you’ll be there when it does?”

“Ayup!” Katie said before bowing to Anya and heading off. “Don’t break a hip now, granny!”

“Call me granny again and I’ll break yours,” Anya called after her.

Laughing and throwing a final wave her way, Katie picked up the pace and began a long stride sprint towards Furinkan–more hopping from one foot to the other rather than actually running. It was slower going than roof hopping–and there was a risk of running into someone outright, but it was still fast and a lot less conspicuous than jumping across the neighborhood’s rooftops–especially if she wanted to avoid being spotted by any drones.

Ain’t no sign of the freak squad since our last scrap, and not for tryin’ either. She thought as she dashed along. Two nights straight of duckin’ us after bein’ a right menace to the community. What are they up to?

The chime of her phone’s default ringtone caught her attention as she neared Furinkan, and she slowed down to a jog to grab it from her pocket. It was Curly; him calling out of the blue this early sent a spike of worry through her as she answered it.

“Hey Curly, what’s up?” She asked.

“We got problems!” Curly said quickly. Katie could hear shouting and the unmistakable thuds and clangs of combat in the background. “A whole bunch of those Sickle Gang weirdos just rolled up and they’re attackin’ everybodY they see!”

Her fears confirmed. “Shit, you guys good?”

“No, we ain’t! Everybody’s freakin’ out because these guys are straight up pervs!” Curly answered as on his end of the line numerous delinquents cautiously defended themselves against the lurid gesticulations of Sickle Gang members attacking them.

“They’re what?!” Katie took a moment to quickly reason. “Oh, okay yeah, shit of course nobody’s gonna wanna fight THAT in broad daylight!”

The sound of fighting ahead of her made Katie stop in her tracks to better hear it–but only for a second when she realized that the yelling and fighting was coming from Furinkan High School’s courtyard. Immediately her vision went red.

“Curly, we’re gettin’ hit, too! We’ll try to get ourselves sorted out and get to you as fast as we can!” Katie yelled.

Curly understood. “Try to get here quick, that weasel punk’s here and he’s squaring up with the boss!”

In front of Curly, Sōban swiped with all of his might at Kamaitachi who smartly flipped to escape the blow and the air it displaced. Landing gracefully, Kamaitachi smirked up at Sōban while twirling a pair of sickles.

“I’ll do what I can.” Ending the call, Katie forgot all about trying to be discreet and turned on the afterburner, breaking into a mad rush towards the school. From the sidewalk she jumped onto the school’s wall and ran along it to get a good view of what was going on. Sure enough, what she saw made her blood boil and her pale face redden with her building fury.

The courtyard was chaotic, with students running left and right, chased around by more members of the Sickle Gang. In their hands, the men wielded their usual weapons but also cutting shears and electric razors–brandishing these implements at the girls while cackling and lunging to grab the hair of any girl that was too close.

Akane’s friend Yuka, screaming, had been caught by one such Sickle Gang member, and was holding her long brown hair out as he positioned a pair of shears to lop it off. He didn’t get to finish, as an enraged Akane flew into him right foot first, her kick connecting with his jaw and sending him tumbling end over end into the school’s wall. Landing, Akane turned towards two more Sickle Gang members who fell on her with their iconic blades raised.

Moving much faster, Akane uppercut the first one to enter her range, then spin kicked the other in the side of the head before he could turn to attack her.

“Get inside the school!” Akane yelled at Yuka, before four more Sickle Gang men ran at her from the front.

Katie jumped from the top of the wall to a telephone pole and then kicked off it, ascending high enough to spin five whole times before she fell into the path of the charging Sickle Gang members. Her right fist hit the ground with such force that a shockwave directed at the men sent them flying backward, their weapons and hats flung even further.

“You must be out your GOD DAMNED minds!” Katie roared at them, before moving with great speed and force around Akane to jump and slam her fist into the jaw of another Sickle Gang member, dropping him to the ground like a sack of rice where he stood.

Akane turned and threw herself into a run, jumping onto the head of another leather boy berserker and kicking him into the ground as she jumped and kicked another Sickle Gang member advancing on a group of girls that included Nabiki and Sayuri. Jumping from that man, she spin-kicked a second leather enjoyer across the face.

“You okay?” Akane asked them.

Sayuri was weeping, holding her severed ponytail in hand. “… One… one of them got me…!”

Akane turned to the remaining Sickle Gang members, of which there was a little over a dozen of them. When they saw Katie arrived an both she and Akane were taking names, they dropped everything they were doing and regrouped, leaving the other girls alone.

“Nabiki, Sayuri, Akaneko!” Katie said as she joined them.

Seeing Sayuri bawling her eyes out as she held her ruined hair, she joined Akane in glaring death at the group. “HEY! You pieces of shit got a problem with us, then you take it up with us! This ain’t involve anyone else!”

Akane prepared to throw herself at them. “Don’t even bother, Senpai! We’re just going to make them regret squeezing into their short shorts and coming out here!”

She assumed her front stance. “Don’t show ‘em ANY MERCY!”

The remaining Sickle Gangsters didn’t attack, however. Instead the group slowly backed up, with one pulling out a portable speaker while another pulled out his phone and began going through his playlist.

Suddenly, Ricky Martin’s “Livin’ la Vida Loca” began blaring from the speaker, and the group parted evenly to reveal two men standing side by side. Unlike the rest who were dressed in black leather, these two were decked in much shinier PVC. One man was dressed little differently from the rest of the Sickle Gang, though instead of a mask he wore a pair of aviator sunglasses and a studded pvc collar. His companion however just had a pair of boots and PVC wrestling tights.

Together both men held out their arms and leaned back towards one another, letting out a “Hoooooooooo!” as their battle cry as they began to pelvic thrust in a provocative manner.

“I am… HG!” The more dressed man said while pelvic thrusting.

“I! Am! RG!” The tights and boots wearer said while also rhythmically working his hips.

They changed the directions of their pelvic thrusting, now towards one another, as they pointed at the strongest girls of Furinkan High School, HG shouting as they did. “And we are the champions of the Sickle Gang, hoooooooooooooooo!”

Nabiki, on the sidelines, tilted her head to one side. “Why are Hard Gay and Real Gay here?”

She looked around. “Wait, is this some kind of bit?”

Katie’s expression strained. “What’s wrong with these guys?”

“Don’t know.” Akane launched herself at them. “Don’t care!”

The man known as RG’s eyes gleamed, and he took off, rushing like a raging bull to meet her charge straight on. “HOOOOOOOOOO!”

As Akane reached RG, she easily read the lariat he lunged at her neck with. Turning to face him, she ducked under a roundhouse kick, then blocked the even faster wheel kick he followed it up with. RG moved in off his kick throwing fast jabs for Akane’s face that her quicker hands blocked and parried away.

“You think this is a joke?!” Akane demanded as she stopped another punch, a right, then rotated her wrist out of his grip when he tried to grab it. Flinging his arm away in the same motion, she swung her leg in a roundhouse kick that connected with the right side of his head. The blow sent the man flying, his body performing a full rotation before he hit the ground.

“Wait,” Akane said, as something didn’t feel right about that hit.

Then without warning he was up, and the heel of his shoe was connecting with Akane’s chin, lifting her off her feet. The jolt to her head was a surprise, but not enough to knock her out as she caught herself and curled herself backward to land on her feet. She looked up at her target to see RG come at her with a left hook she blocked and directed away before jabbing him twice in the liver.

Only the first connected, and RG doubled over. Quickly and smoothly she turned the second blow into an uppercut, connecting with his face and he snapped upright lightning fast. But again it felt surprisingly empty, even as the man seemed to–

“Oh no!” Akane managed to blurt out as she barely blocked the sledgehammer blow brought down by her foe. Moving to capitalize, Akane was once again caught off guard as RG suddenly brought his leg up in a super kick that she blocked.

It hit hard, enough to actually move Akane off her footing and allow another spinning kick to connect to her shoulder and throw her off her feet completely.

While Akane rolled along the ground and got up to face RG, HG came at Katie spinning with his arms held low like it was some weird flamboyantly awkward dance until he suddenly lashed out with a backhand aimed for her face that she blocked. She struck low, catching her left foot down around his as she weaved under the spinning heel kick he followed the first strike with.

Katie capitalized, sweeping HG’s foot from under him and sending him off his feet. As he fell, she brought her leg up and swung it down, but the surprisingly nimble HG curled his body up to avoid the stomp, then kicked back onto his feet. Side on on to her, he began striking with incredibly quick flicker jabs, Katie backing up and blocking the first few blows before she began to work her head and shoulders to narrowly bob and weave the punches.

When HG stopped Katie stopped, the two martial artists standing stone still and staring at each other. Both feinted towards one another, half-motions stopped when neither took the bait, before another explosion of movement ensued, both trying to strike each other in the face–trading offense and defense in narrow alternating margins. HG parried away a left from her, then Katie directed a right from him upward. Aiming for HG’s feet, Katie stomped forward while jabbing for HG’s face, forcing him on the defensive until she feinted catching his arms up near his face while driving her knee into his gut simultaneously.

The blow did not send HG flying, but he did stagger backward–to the shocked cries of the remaining Sickle Gangsters.

Katie did not relent, running up and using her height to jump and bring her elbow down atop HG’s head, as he was bowed by the force of the blow. Katie surged and shot her knee upward to meet his face. But only struck his crossed arms, the blow throwing him backward from her again.

Staggering, he shook his head and sidestepped to her left, moving like he was dancing with each step. Katie moved in the opposite direction, keeping her guard up as she assessed the situation.

This guy’s entirely different from the chumps last night, Sōban and Curly were right. She realized.

HG stopped pacing and began to pelvic thrust again. “You’re a strong girl! Right on…!” He struck his pose again and let out a “Hoooooo!”

Katie didn’t give him the courtesy of a reply, she rushed him. Once more she caught him in a loop of blocking and parrying her machine gun like blows, but this time he began to have fun with it. Shimmying his hips as he dodged her punches left and right, before she punched wide to his right that he exaggeratedly swayed his whole body to his left.

He was immediately kicked in the face. In a feat of flexibility Katie brough her left leg and hooked it back to slam it into HG’s mug. As her foot came down and his head came back, Katie brought her right arm over and elbowed HG in the jaw, sending him spinning through the air away from her.

Accepting that this wasn’t a bit was hard for Nabiki, but she managed. That did not end her suspicion that shenanigans were afoot as she watched the fight continue to spiral. While Katie and Akane were matching up well enough with their opponents, there was something that even the pacifistic middle Tendo–who didn’t even pay much attention to the fighting her sister got into–noticed.

Akane was getting frustrated as she pummeled RG with a deluge of punches and kicks, the blows connecting and allowing her to walk the scantily clad Sickle Ganger about while he stumbled backward with each forward blow, or to the sides with her horizontal strikes. As soon as she connected a spinning front kick to RG’s face, he took two steps back then woke right up with a counterattack.

“FOOOOOO!” He yelled as he struck with three fast spin kicks, that she ducked under. When the scantily clad Sickle Ganger mixed it up with another wheel kick, Akane capitalized, blocking and catching his leg before pulling him in and bringing her elbow down on his leg.

“Ahn!” RG suddenly moaned out. “So good!”

Akane immediately let go of his leg and recoiled, pale as a sheet. “Ew, what?!”

She realized the foolishness of her error just as RG’s southpaw haymaker connected with her jaw. His next punch wasn’t pulled in the slightest, the right smashing into her face and sending her off her feet and tumbling.

The first blow however had sobered her of her fear response enough to anticipate the second hit. As she moved with the punch, lessening the force of the blow–another epiphany had hit her. By the time she stopped rolling and got back onto her feet, she understood it.

RG, seeing her get back up, hugged himself and shivered. “You are the strongest I have fought in years! You hit so hard, and it hurts so good!”

Akane shuddered. “Hey! Don’t make this weird!”

His hands roaming down his sides, he grinned with every intention to. “For you, I will show you the true power of R! G!”

He grabbed his skimpy tights. “PANTSU! PURGE!”

Hearing and seeing what RG was doing, Nabiki cringed in horror. “Oh no.”

Akane went pale again, as RG snatched off the PVC tights and she looked away for a half second. Quickly remembering to not take her eyes off her opponent like she had before, she held her gaze on him–and immediately regretted it.

Underneath the already embarrassing wrestling tights was a bright red fundoshi.

Nope, she was not fighting this guy, this was too much. “Ew, ew, ew, EWW!”

Akane’s sudden change of tone alerted Katie and she looked in her direction. “… The fresh fuck…?!”

Out the corner of her eye, she saw HG recover and suddenly turn hard to come straight for her. When Katie raised her arm and blocked his punch, she felt the force of the blow travel through her arm and hit her face neck, and chest, knocking her back. “Eh?!”

She caught herself. “… That was…!”

“Prepare yourself…!” HG said as he rapidly pelvic thrust. “You just got a taste of the secret technique of H! G!”

Arms spread out, he approached Katie, spinning around in tight, quick circles to close the distance. Katie readied herself, more focused than ever, to meet his attack.

Instead of lashing out with a kick or a punch, however, the moment HG entered just outside of Katie’s standing reach he brought his hands behind his head and faced her fully.

Katie’s first instinct was to shoot forward and end the fight with a punch, but it was as she inched forward to do that she realized that she was the one wide open, not him.

HG performed his mightiest pelvic thrust yet. “HP MAGNUM!”

To everyone watching, Katie was moving forward to punch HG, and then she was blasted back, lifted off her feet and flying away from him–her body straight and stiff as a log. Hitting the ground she tumbled end over end backwards, stopping on her back, staring blankly at the sky.

She laid there for a second, blinked once, and spoke.

“… Did… did this dude…” She quietly and calmly asked the sky. “Did man just air slap me… with his junk?”

HG, the other Sickle Gang members behind him cheering, struck his favorite pose and humped the air. “HOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!”

Well, Katie had liked it here in Nerima, but even a place that was lax on the laws like it was still frowned upon murder. “… The bae’s gonna kill me, but… it can’t be helped.”

The shape of a very large craft passing over the school, however, interrupted her horrifically murderous thoughts. It filled the air silently, without warning, a massive craft painted a matte black, and easily the size of the school building itself. Looking across the width of the machine, she realized that it was a broad-winged air ship, like a few that she’d seen puttering about the SAD and Japan in general.

Numerous lines, over four dozen, streamed down from the airship as it came to a halt, as all combatants involved stopped and looked up at it. Then down the ropes came just as many men in white suits with matching ties and sunglasses. They egressed from the ship rapidly, touching down around Katie, Akane, all the other girls, and surrounding the Sickle gang members in half circles.

Nabiki looked up at the ship. “Giant airship… mass produced goons in matching suits and sunglasses…” She paused. “Oh no, don’t tell me…”

A final line slowly descended from the ship. but unlike the others there were two handholds at the end of the line. Holding onto the higher hold with his right hand and his right foot firmly secured in the lower, a young man in a sharp, black double-breasted uniform with a matching black cap and a long flowing black cape that was red underneath. His handsome, immediately recognizable face sported a new addition besides the black getup: an eyepatch over his right eye.

Setting down, the young man stepped forward from the line, and drew forth from his hip in his left hand a black-sheathed katana. He held it forward, looking pointedly at the Sickle Gang members.

Nabiki looked at his face and she lifted her right eyebrow. “… Okay?”

“For whatever reason you have come here, it ends now,” Mendō Shūtaro, A Fallen Scion, ordered the Sickle Gang members. “Disperse from this place or feel the full wrath of the Mendō Clan.”

The men staring at Mendō began to balk, both HG and RG together backing up nervously with the rest of them to back from the young man’s presence. As Mendō’s glare bore into them, the formerly belligerent men grew pale, then outright terrified.

Soft footsteps behind Mendō alerted Nabiki to someone she didn’t notice was there until he was. Seeing the former Vice Principal Okamada Kamoyo walk up to join Mendō’s side caused her eyes to narrow and her blood to simmer beneath her otherwise nonplussed façade.

“Gentleman,” the ex-authority of the school said, “This is a place of learning. You are not supposed to be here.”

And with that gentle insistence, the Sickle Gang was in a full rout, once more gathering their wounded and fleeing for their lives.

Katie joined Akane’s side. “Akaneko, are you all right?”

Akane shook her head. “No, I’m gonna be sick.”

“We gotta get going,” she said. “The guys over at Butsumetsu are being attacked, too.”

That jolted Akane from her daze. “What? Oh no!”

They were about to turn to leave, when Nabiki spoke up as she walked up to Mendō. “Hey, what’s are you doing here?”

Returning his undrawn blade to his hip, Mendō turned to Nabiki and was momentarily taken aback by the young woman. He then gestured to his chest. “Pardon my rudeness for not introducing myself; I am Mendō Shūtaro–”

Nabiki cut him off. “Yeah, I know who you are. Unless there’s some other guy who flies around town with his own personal airship and protection detail. The question was what are you doing here?”

Mendō bowed his head. “It is unfortunate, but due to circumstances beyond even my control, I have been forced to make a transfer. I am now a student of this Furinkan High school, I leave myself in your care.”

Nabiki stared a Mendō, Akane and Katie as well. All the other girls, relieved that they were safe from weird men in strange clothes, began murmuring among themselves in disbelief.

“Mendō Shūtaro has transferred here?”

“What happened that made him want to leave Tomobiki…?”

“Is he the only one? Did Moroboshi transfer, too?”

“I hope he didn’t, that pervert’s such a bad influence on him.”

“He’s so handsome, and he’s dressed so cool, too!

“He usually wears white…”

Akane’s voice rose over the yammering. “Oh, absolutely NOT!”

She marched over. “Kuno hasn’t even been gone two whole weeks! We are not replacing him with THIS moron!”

Seeing Akane, Mendō immediately averted his eyes from her; that put him right in line of sight of Nabiki.

“Exactly,” she continued, “Under whose authority are you even here?”

As she eyed the former Vice-Principal, a voice they all needed to hear right now called out. “An astute question, Tendo Nabiki!”

Radiating fury, Kuno Kodachi entered the school grounds, her eyes locked upon Mendō and Okamada. “I do not recall permitting you to set foot on my school as a guest, leave alone as a student!”

To Okamada she snarled. “And I believe that I had relieved you of your duties days ago, former Vice Principal!”

Without any of the stiffness he moved with before, almost a swagger even, the former Vice-Principal reached up and adjusted his tie. “As a matter of fact you did, Kodachi-kun. I am no longer the Vice Principal of this school, but contrary to your assessment–I was never one to shirk my duties within the position.”

Hands still on the tie, he answered Kodachi’s glower with an even sharper glare. “Namely, you brainless twit, who do you think handled admissions around here?”

Kodachi’s expression softened slightly. “That’s…”

Katie spoke up. “Now hold your horses, when did Mendō enroll at this school?”

“As it so happened. The very evening before Golden Week began, I was contacted by the Mendō family regarding an emergency transfer of their son from Tomobiki. Recognizing the urgency of the matter and the importance of the enrollee, I personally entered Mendō-sama into the school’s attendance with his classes to begin on the first day after Golden Week.”

Okamada lowered his hands from his tie and nodded to Mendō, before addressing Kodachi. “I would have informed you of this prior–but you were very preoccupied with your pageantry and tossing your power around like it were a brand new toy.”

Kodachi bristled. “You are joking!”

“Nonsense, Kodachi-kun, for I’m not paid to humor you anymore.” With that, former Vice-Principal Okamada began walking. “If you wish to rescind the action, I recommend you find an administrator with the qualifications and clearances to make such alterations to academic records. Until such a time…”

Passing Kodachi he spoke in a much lower voice. “Now that a man is here, remember your place and go back to where you belong.”

Kodachi turned to face him, her teeth clenched. “Okamada Kamoyo…!”

The former Vice Principal ignored her and passed through the gate, leaving the school. Seething, her eyes were wide with fury, she pointed her wrath at Mendō.

“Mendō Shūtaro, I will not permit you to attend this school!” She ordered him.

“WAIT!” A great chorus rose at once, and numerous girls all quickly crowded around Mendō, to the shock of Kodachi, the annoyance of Nabiki, and the disbelief of both Katie and akane.

“What in tarnation…?” Katie asked.

Akane only let out a confused “Eh?”

One of the girls shielding Mendō from Kodachi quickly spoke. “Hold on a second! Mendō-sama isn’t a bad guy!”

“Yeah! He came here and helped drive off all those perverts!” Another girl said.

Nabiki, who keeps her finger on the pulse of the goings on in Tomobiki, lifted an eyebrow. “You sure about that?”

Katie agreed. “Yeah, last I checked; he wasn’t the one gettin’ into a fist fight to save yer scalps…”

Mendō spoke. “True, while I was not here to defend my school this day… from henceforth that changes. As a student of Furinkan, and scion of the Mendō family, I will dedicate myself to the protection of this school and its students.”

Akane turned to Mendō. “We’ve seen how you ‘protect your school’ and we’ll be safer without it.”

At her words, Mendō immediately averted his eyes away from her, refraining from speaking. For a brief instant, Akane wondered why he wasn’t trying to make eye contact with her–then she remembered.

“Kodachi-san,” Mendō said calmly to the head of House Kuno. “Though we are of different houses, let us set whatever bad blood exists between us aside. The wealth of the Mendō exists to serve the fair Black Rose, now that I am a humble student of your esteemed institution.”

Katie knew exactly where he could shove that flowery speech–sideways, no less. Akane was keen to actually show everyone where those words could be shoved, though using Mendō’s airship instead of his words, when Nabiki cleared her throat.

“Nee, Kodachi, I think we’re being a bit hasty here,” she said–more to Katie’s surprise than Akane’s. She gave Kodachi a pointed look, then briefly darted her gaze over to indicate Mendō.

“Nabiki, I swear…” The younger martial artist girl growled.

Whatever thought Nabiki appeared to have, Kodachi was suddenly of it as well as her eyebrows rose, and she nodded in concession. With an expression akin to one being forced to smell the interior of an overloaded fishing boat beached and left in the sun for a month, Kodachi turned back to Mendō.

“If your fealty to me is true, scion of the Mendō, then kneel before me and declare as such,” she ordered.

Practically melting through the crowd, Mendō dropped to one knee and looked up reverently at the slender gymnast, his uncovered eye shimmering as he beheld her breathtaking beauty. “Whatever you command, I will cater to your whims.”

Akane seethed and prepared to say something, when Katie held her arm out. “Hol’ up, let her cook.”

“Very well then, Mendō Shūtaro. I accept your admission to Furinkan High School–but know that your continued attendance will depend on your use to me,” Kodachi declared.

And with that, Katie fully understood what was going on. Akane did, too, but the reluctance to accept it was written on her face–especially when she noticed how all the other girls brightened in response to the decision.

“Senpai, don’t we have places to be?” She asked Katie.

Katie nodded. “Yeah, let’s go.”

To Kodachi she called. “We gotta run real quick over to Butsumetsu. We’ll prolly be back in a class period or so.”

Kodachi turned to both girls. “Shall I accompany you?”

Katie held up her hand to wave away her offer of assistance as she bowed slightly towards her. “No need, we’ve got this.”

As they turned and headed towards the exit, her phone rang, Curly was reaching out to her again. “Hey, everything’s settled on our end and we’re on our way.”

Curly answered. “There’s no need, the situation’s calmed down…”

This was good news. “Really?”

On his end of the line, Curly and the rest of the bruised, bloodied, and generally banged up Butsumetsu boys were watching as a bloodied up but still standing Sōban faced Kamaitachi, who was no longer paying any attention to him or the rest of the delinquent gang. The Sickle Gang’s leader’s attention was locked upon Ucchan, his large spatula stopping the sickles he’d been wielding against the much larger Sōban.

“Yo, what’s good?” Ucchan asked before sharply parrying the sickles up with such force that they left Kamaitachi’s hands.

Kamaitachi quickly leaped back as Ucchan quickly followed up the parry with a wide horizontal slash, the thin edge of the massive kitchen utensil nearly bisecting him.

Curly offered the play by play to Katie. “This pretty boy dude with a spatula just showed up out of nowhere and started taking names–now he’s scrappin’ with that weasel punk.”

Katie recognized the description. “Ucchan…”

Akane perked up. “Ucchan’s there?”

Katie nodded back to Akane before responding to Curly. “Whatever happens, when they bolt, try to capture one of ‘em!”

Reliable guys were few and far between in Katie’s experience of the SAD, but Curly was one of the real ones. “I was thinkin’ the same thing. We got one of ‘em now, and we’re just waiting for the rest of these weirdos to scram.”

That’s what she loved to hear. “Well, we’re gonna be over anyway. I have some questions to ask.”

=-=-Note Time-=-=

What's this? My protagonists taking Ls? I can't believe I did that!
 
Changes

The Ero-Sennin

The Eyes of Heaven
Staff member
#25
|Changes|

Golden Week had been, for Ataru, too short. It was for this reason that he was lumbering through the gates of Tomobiki High School with his hands in his pockets, lamenting how unusually peaceful it had been. Despite Mendō’s stupid lunch-leaver plan, Ataru had expected the moronic little simp to still take Lum and the other girls on some adventure he could invite himself along. However, there had been no sign of him at all.

As Lum lazily floated overhead, Earth’s Unlikely Savior ventured deeper into the schoolyard and scanned his peers for the other person who had been missing since that day.

Fujinami Ryūnosuke hadn’t been seen since he’d seen her that evening outside of Tomobiki High School.

“Ataru,” a very familiar female voice asked from behind him, causing said young man to abandon his musings and look to confirm it was Shinobu. “What are you up to now?”

“Nothing.” The boy insisted, quickly looking around. “Just wondering where Ryū-chan’s been.”

“Ryūnosuke-kun? Why?” Shinobu didn’t seem as aware of events as would be helpful. Her eyes narrowed as she suspected a motive of a less than savory nature afoot.

“Hadn’t seen her around town at all during Golden Week,” Ataru said, ignoring the suspicion cast his way. They were moving towards the school again after this, the girl measuring his words for her response. “Seemed pretty wound up too when I last saw her.”

Shinobu’s glare was not unlike a knife pointed at Ataru’s soul. “What did you do?”

Defensively, Ataru turned his head away. “Nothing!”

Shinobu remained glaring at him, her head tilting slightly while he straightened and turned his nose up a bit. “You know full well I can have positive interactions with women. You’re one, you dated me!”

“I remember, I was there,” Shinobu said flatly.

With his nose still turned upward, Ataru’s eyes gaze transfixed on the clear blue sky. Something, he realized, was off.

Floating into his field of view, Lum called down. “Hi, hi, Darling!”

Shinobu noticed his staring. “What is it?”

“Mendō usually starts dropping in by now,” he mused aloud. “Don’t tell me his stupid face is missing, too.”

Lum looked around. “Oh, you’re right!”

Her eyes had just finished rolling reflexively at Ataru’s pettiness when she realized that he was right. In fact, there was a distinct lack of any craft overhead when the schoolyard would be overshadowed by it.

“Well… I hope he’s all right,” Shinobu murmured.

Lum floated down lower, nearly touching the ground as she hovered alongside Ataru. “Do you think we should call him?”

Ataru smirked at Shinobu. “Hey, yeah, don’t you still have his number~?”

“No!” Shinobu quickly and vehemently denied. “I lost his number faster than it took me to lose yours, Ataru.”

Ataru still took a semblance of pride from that. “Hah.”

He kept walking to the building. “Well, with no Mendō today, I’m thinking about heading off campus for lunch. You in?”

“Absolutely not,” Shinobu said as she followed. “We’re officially banned from leaving, remember?”

Ataru scoffed at the idea. “What are they gonna do, send the army after us again? I think everyone is free and clear to just leave whenever, now.”

“Not everyone is as much of a delinquent as you!” Shinobu rebuffed.

“Says the girl who helped lead the charge to fight for our lunch when the law came down,” Ataru said smugly.

Lum took the opportunity to tease Shinobu. “Talking out of both sides of your mouth looks weird, Shinobu-cha.”

Ataru held up a fist, and Lum bumped it with her own as Shinobu cringed from being called out.

Fuming, Shinobu lagged a little behind Ataru and Lum to glare daggers into the back of their heads. The hallway to their classroom had a very different atmosphere, with teachers avoiding eye contact with students who were openly glaring at them. The heaviness of the tension made it very clear that Golden Week’s holidays had not lessened the bad blood between students and faculty.

Entering the classroom, Ataru was dismayed to find that all of Lum’s Stormtroopers had survived the battle.

“And so we were there, cornered by the Black Sunglasses, being walked back to school… when divine providence shown from the heavens,” Megane–leader of said Stormtroopers–explained to the other students. “Another group of students, including Natsuko-san from 3-7 were being taken back to school as well.”

Kōsuke, seated behind a brooding Hokuto, joined his unusually large friend in staring unimpressed at the Stormtroopers.

Megane clenched a fist, holding it aloft, the light gleaming off his glasses. “It was in this decisive instant that I realized that between our trio and Natsuko’s group, we had the manpower to overpower our oppressors. So! Taking command of the situation I boldly pushed a teacher over–!”

Ataru spoke over him. “And got tased by one of the Black Sunglasses before the tank we were riding rolled up and blasted the rest of the teachers with bean bags.”

Megane turned to Ataru, furious. “I was getting to that!”

“Sure, Skorzeny, I’m sure the rest of the Letzte Battalion creamed their pants when you told them how awesome you were convulsing on the curb,” Ataru said as he made his way over to his desk and sat down.

Megane prepared to haul off on Ataru, when Lum wafted by and his hateboner was overridden by his regular boner. “H-hey Lum-san! I’m glad to see you’re up and about!”

Kōsuke was already done. “Boy, if you don’t get your squiggly diddly simping head ass outta here, Megane.”

“Monday was stupid and no one wants to hear about that shit,” Hokuto agreed.

Megane bristled. “Talk shit all you like, but we should be sharing our stories of victory! The students triumphed over the teachers Monday, our day of revolution, and now they’re ashamed to look at us.”

Ataru, the very leader of the rebellion, rested his cheek on his upraised left palm and stared at Megane. “Can’t steal Lum so you’re gonna try to steal my thunder, right?”

Bringing a finger to his glasses, Megane adjusted them smartly. “No one’s diminishing your contribution to victory–little as it was–but even you agree that this places us at a good position, right?”

Mulling over that point with closed eyes, Ataru could not help but agree. “Yeah, you’re not wrong. The teachers actually being dumb enough to go along with Mendō’s plan got a lot of us roughed up.” He looked over at the people he considered his friends. “Oi, Hokuto, Kōsuke, you guys good?”

“My nose is still messed up,” Kōsuke admitted.

Hokuto looked particularly annoyed. “My older brother chewed me out for skipping classes for lunch.”

Ataru hummed. “Which one?”

“The biggest one,” Hokuto revealed.

“Oof,” Ataru clapped his hands together. “My condolences.”

“Eh, what happens happens…” Hokuto then grinned before he spoke in a goofy, lighthearted tone. “My girlfriend comforted me after, and I got to spend the whole break with her.”

Ataru sighed enviously. “Man, I wish I had a girlfriend.”

Lum, who was at her seat, perked up and looked at him. “Ayo, what the fu–?”

Just as quickly, Ataru cut her off as he stood up. “Megane is right, though! We now have more leverage over the teachers than we ever had before, and I’m certain that in light of the complete failure of Mendō’s nonsensical idea, that we will have more freedom–not less!”

The classroom looked at Ataru, a little more engaged than they were when Megane spoke. “This is our final year, the last waning days of our youth before we leave the shelter of these halls for the walled world that surrounds us, and its cruel and absurd expectations!”

He began walking backward, towards the front of the class, so he could address everyone. “Even now, some of you are lulled by the temptation of entrance exams, and career prospects… but I say take those notions and throw them out with the burnable trash! This is the twilight of freedom we will never know again, the last gasps of childhood that will only become a fading memory with the crushing march of time.”

Ataru clenched his fists. “My brave fellow students! I'm pleased to report that Mendō’s failure has reduced the teachers’ morale to stardust. This brilliant victory is proof that our justice is served. With the massive embarrassment incurred, any authority the teachers may have left will be of no consequence. In other words: what remains of them is little more than debris. It is with confidence that I hereby declare it impossible for this weak host of faculty to force us to bend to their whims.”

His electrifying words captured his audience, with Megane gawking as even Lum forgot about Ataru’s smart girlfriend remark and was leaning in with interest. “Before us is the vibrance of spring, and a summer that promises fun, adventure, hope, and romance for all of us–except for you, Megane–”

Megane lit up in anger. “Ayo, what the fu–?”

“–And now we must use this time to teach the slow-witted faculty of Tomobiki High School a lesson they will always remember. Now is the time for us students to stand up for the future!”

Megane seethed. “Screw you, Moroboshi! You can’t shit on my hobbies then straight up quote babby’s first Hitler!”

Ataru smirked at Megane, who suddenly looked at him with gobsmacked fright. “Watch me.”

The entire class jumped in fright as Ataru shot his fist to the ceiling. “SIEG TOMOBI–”

A hand clapped across the back of Ataru’s head and down he went like a heap, a foreign-accented voice calling above him as he went down. “Man, shut your stupid ass up.”

“Haaa-tatatacha….!” Gripping the back of his head as he hissed in pain, Ataru turned around, beholding the tall foreign man looking down on him with a feral air. “Who…?!”

The man was wearing a dark blue suit with a white dress shirt visible underneath the jacket with a yellow tie. His red hair didn’t seem to want to stay in place, giving him a wild appearance while his dark green eyes pierced through the young man before him with a lupine hunger. “… You must be Moroboshi. You can go sit down now, the bell’s already rung,” he ordered.

Ataru got up, still rubbing the back of his head. “Oi! Who do you think you are?!”

The man gestured to himself. “One of them-there slow-witted faculty you were on about a second ago, Gihren-kun. Now, I’m going to say it one more time: go back to your desk and sit down.”

Ataru looked the man over, bringing his fingers to his chin and thinking over the command. Looking the man over, sizing him up carefully… he pondered his odds of standing up to him before he closed his eyes. “Mmm… if you’re not going to say it anymore, then I’m going to opt out of your request.”

He pointed at Nick. “Checkmate, da.”

The newcomer sighed. “Good grief.”

The next thing Ataru knew, he was seated on the floor hard. The teacher had taken him by the shoulders and shoved him down until he was flat on his butt. He looked up at the man as violent tremors rocked through his body, throwing him off and paralyzing him momentarily.

“You can sit on the floor right there for the rest of class.” He said before walking over behind the desk. “Oh right, time for introductions.”

Grabbing a piece of chalk, he quickly wrote his name in Katakana on the board.

“I’m Nicholas Fontaine Sherman.” The man introduced himself, blowing away the darkness looming around him with an amicable two finger salute. “I’m going to be teaching your class from now on.”

Ataru blinked in surprise as murmurs spread across the classroom. Over them, Shinobu found her tongue to ask. “What happened to Onsen Mark-sensei?”

“Your previous teacher, Onsen Mark, recently received a job offer at a very prestigious private school back in Japan proper. He’s taken it and already beyond the wall.” Nick revealed, giving a rueful shake of his head.

Ataru still couldn’t find his words, so Kōsuke spoke up next. “He just quit?”

“It was decided by everyone that he leave quietly as opposed to being publicly dismissed for his role in Monday’s tomfoolery.” Nick gave an innocent smile. “And that is where I come in. I’m replacing him as your homeroom and English teacher.”

“Onsen Mark-sensei… gone?” Shinobu asked with a certain numbness, finding her breath grow a little faint as she tried to process it.

“Onsen Mark-sensei is gone,” Nick corrected. “Goodness, you’re a third year, use your words.”

With that he turned to the board and began writing on it. “With introductions out of the way, I have a few more announcements to make. Hold onto yer seats and don’t go makin’ a racket because there’s gonna be some changes ‘round here.”

Ataru could start to feel his legs again and quietly commanded himself to wiggle his big toe as Nick spoke.

“First and foremost, I will be choosing a new class representative—and no, there will be no election. I want to deal with a student I can work with, and I don’t want you all gettin’ ideas about spiking the spot with a problem child.”

He turned to the class as Megane raised his hand. “Not to make life hard for you–”

“You already are,” Nick noted.

“–But the class representative is Mendō Shūtaro, and as much as I would like to see him lose the spot… he’s probably the only one you’re gonna get along with,” Megane finished.

Nick clapped his hands and briefly rubbed his palms together. “Is that a fact? Well, son, have I got some news you’re gonna wanna hear: Shooter ain’t coming back to school anymore, he’s been expelled.”

A pin falling through the air could be heard in the classroom as Nick finished speaking. The news needed a moment to sink in, be processed, and then met with disbelief, confusion, and denial. All of it exploding back at Nick as a singular, mighty.

“WHAT?!”

Ataru completely forgot about his inner Kill Bill referencing and was paralyzed with shock once more. His brain whirled as he tried to think of a response, even as his speaking faculties were still in the process of rebooting.

Mendō Shūtaro… Mendō… had been kicked out of Tomobiki for his crap? The richest guy in Japan, gone for something stupid he did…?

A girl stood up. “That’s impossible! Mendō-sama can’t be expelled, he’s the–!”

The piece of chalk Nick had been holding smacked her between the eyes and she yelped in pain before dropping back into her seat.

“Mendō Shūtaro organized a mass gang assault on his fellow classmates, abusing the wealth and privilege afforded to him by his idiot parents! I don’t give a rat’s ass who he is or what he’s got, you pull that kind of nonsense and yer gonna be thrown out on your backside with prejudice! This is a school, you got an education to be gettin’, and if yer not too keen on that then the door’s right there!”

He gestured to the door. “I don’t mind havin’ to teach a class with one student. As a matter o’ fact, I’d be perfectly fine kicking my feet up on this here desk with no students. Y’all want to mess around and act like there ain’t no repercussions? Then I implore you to drop out of school now. Y’all can figure it out on yer own from there.”

Placing his hands on his desk, he leaned forward, looking down at Ataru, then up at the rest of them. “But if you’re interested in learnin’ and actually ‘standing up for your future?’ Well, shoot, I’m your huckleberry.”

Ataru regained his faculties, but he remained still, his thoughts racing. Wait, wait… who is this guy? Who does he think he is coming in with that assertive attitude?!

He looked up at Nick, who met his gaze. No… you’re not just gonna waltz in here and act like a cool adult. What’s your real damage? Who are you really under this front you’re putting up? You’re too good to be true!

“You got something to say, son?” Nick challenged him.

Ataru slowly got up. “As a matter of fact, I do.”

He pointed at Nick. “You’re a fraud.”

That prompted Nick to raise an eyebrow. “… I beg your pardon?”

Folding his arms, Ataru turned side on to him. “You’re not the first teacher to come into this class, spouting pro-student fluff. If you think a forceful personality is going to deceive us into falling in line, then you’ve got another thing coming.”

Nick pointed out the door. “Look son, I don’t have patience for you. Either sit down or be on your way. There are plenty of combini and restaurants in Taian looking for workers and they’ll hire dropouts.”

Now Ataru was on the back foot. “Huh?”

The foreigner locked his glare with Moroboshi’s gaze while his finger remained aimed out the door. “I’m not here to puff your ego or try to beat you into line. Either you are here because you want to learn… or you can get the fuck out of my school and stop wasting my time.”

Ataru could suddenly feel the eyes of the other students on him. When he looked back… everyone was in their seat and staring either at him or the teacher. Even Megane was in his seat and silent; even Hokuto quietly had his hands on his desk. The only person who didn’t look directly ahead was Lum–she was scanning the classroom in confusion, having never seen it like this before.

Quietly, cautiously, Ataru backed up and sat back at his desk.

Nick nodded to him. “You made the right call, son.”

Ataru looked back at Lum and then at his classmates. The atmosphere was so different, like cold water had been poured on everything but it didn’t feel refreshing or invigorating at all.

In just a few minutes the life had been stolen from the classroom.

This guy… Ataru thought. Just like that he’s taken control! How are we supposed to fight back against someone like this?

The door slid open, and Nick looked towards it. He lit up with a smile. “You know… you are in past the bell.”

“Sorry, teach… I had to take the long way around to get in,” a familiar voice called from beyond the threshold, and Ataru perked up.

Ryū-chan! She’s not gonna take this whole act sitting down! If there’s anyone who can get fired up, it’s this school’s number one fighting girl, Fujinami Ryūno–!

Ataru’s thought processes were abruptly cut to white noise, as a beautiful young woman in Tomobiki High School’s dark blue girl’s uniform carefully walked in and right up to the side of the desk. She was easily one of the prettiest girls that Ataru and every other male student in classroom 3-4 had ever seen in a Tomobiki uniform. The girl turned to look at everyone, her face flushing slightly as she endured the stare, but her lips curled into a joyous smile she was consciously fighting from turning into a stupid grin.

Nick called to her. “How’s the uniform treating you, kiddo?”

Ryūnosuke let out a giggle, an honest to goodness giggle, as she turned to him, her skirt spinning with her movement. “Like a dream, teach! It’s perfect!”

“All right, then,” Nick said before shooing her towards the direction of her desk. “Go and siddown, we got class to catch up on–and we’ll deal with you havin’ to take the long way around soon enough.”

Ryūnosuke practically floated to her desk, the new teacher deciding to take his foot off the gas and allow the rest of the class to behold her radiance. As she took a seat, a flabbergasted Shinobu leaned forward. “R-Ryū-chan! You… you’ve got a girl’s uniform!”

Lum was amazed. “And you’re wearing makeup… is that lipstick?”

Ryūnosuke brought her hand to her cheek. “Yeah, it’s pretty crazy… the new teach got me this stuff.”

Shinobu looked back and forth between her and Nick. “Ehh?! He did? Why?!”

Lum likewise looked back and forth. “Is this one of those… what is it…” She leaned close and spoke in a hushed voice. “… Candy father things…?”

Shinobu turned and looked at Lum in sheer horror, while Ryūnosuke just let out another giggle. “It’s not like that at all! I’ll tell you about it later but get this… get this…!”

She leaned close, brimming with joy. “He’s a friend of my mother.”

As Shinobu gasped and Lum brought her hands to her mouth in disbelief, Ataru was still staring at Ryūnosuke. In three days, Onsen Mark was gone, Mendō was gone, and Class 3-4 had a teacher who wasn’t tolerating any crap. These were changes that under any other circumstance Ataru would be literally fighting on the side of the street to undo.

He didn’t like change.

He didn’t like losing the familiar.

He didn’t like the dynamics in his life changing for anything, because it was NEVER for the better.

And yet… he finally got to see Fujinami Ryūnosuke in a girl’s uniform, and smiling like it was the first time in her life she’d ever been happy.

Maybe this wasn’t so bad.

=-=-Note Time-=-=

Sensei starts NOW! Meet the 100% overhauled Nicholas Fontaine Sherman.
 
Top